Teach’

Yourself

ENGLISH
AS A FOREIGN ——
‘with English culturel
free
2 over 2000 words
confidently
English

*Succeed with |
t e j ‘

.y 4 ————— ———
ss ° i
FSi aeRE Sart adie eae eaaee
eis
a
ii
ols
adits
eal
co)cot piel
hl a
eee
eee aan
Marre
-\. Learn faster, remember more

Sandra Stevens
Complete English as a Foreign Language
Sandra Stevens
Assistant author Bismarck Vallecillo
Language consultant John Shepheard
Development editor Carolyn Burch

LIBRARY

wi OL 3011813064496
 Teach
Yourself

Complete English as
a Foreign Language
Sandra Stevens
Assistant author
Bismarck Vallecillo
Language consultant
John Shepheard
Development editor
Carolyn Burch
First published in Great Britain In 2001 by Hodder Education. An Hachette UK company.
First published in US in 2001 by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
This edition published by John Murray Learning 2014
Copyright © Sandra Stevens 2001, 2003, 2010, 2014
The right of Sandra Stevens to be identified as the Author of the Work has been asserted by
her in accordance with the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988.

Database right Hodder & Stoughton (makers)

The Teach Yourself name |s a registered trademark of Hachette UK.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system
or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording
or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or as expressly permitted
by law, or under terms agreed with the appropriate reprographic rights organization. Enquiries
concerning reproduction outside the scope of the above should be sent to the Rights
Department, John Murray Learning, at the address below,
You must not circulate this book in any other binding or cover and you must impose this same
condition on any acquirer.
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data: a catalogue record for this title is available
from the British Library.
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: on file.

Paperback ISBN 978 1 473 60159 8

eBook ISBN 978 1 473 60209 0

1098765432
The publisher has used Its best endeavours to ensure that any website addresses referred to in
this book are correct and active at the time of going to press. However, the publisher and the
author have no responsibility for the websites and can make no guarantee that a site will
remain live or that the content will remain relevant, decent or appropriate.
The publisher has made every effort to mark as such all words which it believes to be
trademarks. The publisher should also like to make it clear that the presence of a word in the
book, whether marked or unmarked, in no way affects its legal status as a trademark.
Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher to trace the copyright holders of
material in this book. Any errors or omissions should be notified in writing to the publisher,
who will endeavour to rectify the situation for any reprints and future editions.
Cover image © Shutterstock.com
Typeset by FS Albert Pro Light 9.5/12 by Integra Software Servises Pvt. Ltd., Pondicherry, India
Printed and bound in Great Britain by CPI Group (UK) Ltd., Croydon, CRO 4YY
John Murray Learning policy is to use papers that are natural, renewable and recyclable
products and made from wood grown in sustainable forests, The logging and manufacturing
processes are expected to conform to the environmental regulations of the country of origin.
John Murray Learning
338 Euston Road
London NW1 3BH
www.hodder.co.uk

Also available 3011813064496 0

in ebook
Askews & Holts |22-Oct-2014

428.34 STE £24.99

o
i
Contents

About the author viii

Introduction ix
Key points about English pronunciation xiv
1 Saying hello 2
Starting a conversation using question tags; continuing a
conversation using short answers and saying more; giving
invitations and making offers, using Would you like...?; using
-a/some with countables and uncountables; offering more
(food and drink); saying yes and no to offers
Vocabulary: food and drink
Pronunciation: question tags; rising intonation
for offers; falling intonation for saying yes and
no to offers
2 Asking for things 18
Responding to offers; making decisions, using I'll; asking for
things using Could Ihave?. ordering drinks; talking about
availability using have got, there is + some/any; asking for
and giving opinions and comparisons, using What’s ... like?,
smaller, more expensive, etc.; asking for permission using Is it
all right ifI ...?
Vocabulary: more food
Pronunciation: using intonation to sound polite

3 Making conversation 40
Talking about everyday activities, using the present simple;
talking about ability, using can; expressing interest using
echo questions .
Vocabulary: countries, nationalities, languages
Pronunciation: can and can't; intonation — expressing
interest with echo questions; stress with countries,
nationalities and languages
4 Talking about your daily life 58
Talking about jobs using the article a/an; using the
prepositions in, for, to; asking Do you like it? and responding;
talking about likes and dislikes using verbs + -ing (the gerund)
Vocabulary: jobs and work
Pronunciation: stress and weak forms: do/don't,
does/doesn't; stress for emphasis; intonation in
single words/short phrases
5 — Giving explanations 78
Using possessive pronouns — mine etc.; using the present
progressive for temporary actions in the present; choosing
correctly between present progressive and present
simple; using the present progressive for future personal
"arrangements; saying why, using to, so that, because
Vocabulary: first names; the family
Pronunciation: extra syllable, 3rd-person singular,
present simple; weak form of to
6 Staying in contact 108
Talking about future plans, using going to; talking about
making arrangements: possibilities, suggestions and offers;
using phone language
Vocabulary: numbers, family names
Pronunciation: using stress to correct mistakes

7. Travelling and handling money 136

Inviting people to do things using Ifyou would like to....;
suggesting doing something together, using Let’s and
responding; asking people to do things using Can you ...?,
Could you ...? and Would you mind ...? and responding; asking
for help using indirect questions
Vocabulary: numbers, luggage and travel; money
Pronunciation: linking words
8 — Using public transport 170
Using prepositions at the end of questions; asking for
and giving instructions; asking for help; asking for and
understanding travel information; asking for and giving the
time; using the present simple for timetables and itineraries
Vocabulary: public transport; the time
Pronunciation: stress in place names
9 Meeting friends 206
Using impersonal it; asking for opinions, using how was?,
using adjectives + -ed and -ing; saying and responding
to thank you; expressing obligation and necessity, using
have to; using the imperative; making and responding to
offers, rejecting, insisting, accepting; introducing something
negative in a polite way using I’m afraid
Vocabulary: large numbers; public signs
Pronunciation: intonation — expressing strong feelings
10 Finding accommodation 242
Talking about length of time and prices; asking who? and
responding using short answers; talking about the number of
people using how many; talking about the same thing using
one, ones; asking for an alternative, using comparatives;
making negative comparisons, using not as ... as; making
decisions — buying things, using I'l; using the verb.hope +
present simple; talking about the past, using the past simple;
talking about life experiences, using the present perfect
Vocabulary: hotel language; ordinal numbers
Pronunciation: schwa /a/
Answer key 286

Glossary 335
Quick reference: communicative functions 340
Quick reference: English grammar 348
The story — American English audio transcripts 357

Index 368

Image Credits 377

vii
About the author

I have worked in English as a foreign language for over 40 years, as

a teacher, teacher trainer, trainer of trainers, materials writer and
consultant. Places of work have included the UK, France, Spain and
Nicaragua with the British Council, ministries of education and private
language schools. I have also made working trips to other countries,
including Argentina, Hong Kong, Italy, Kuwait, Mexico, Poland and
Uruguay. My experience has been with both children and adults.
Before becoming a teacher of English as a foreign language, I was an
interpreter/translator (English/French) and a teacher of French. I have
taught myself Spanish and have an understanding of German.
My current work includes specialist one-to-one teaching (e.g. pronunciation,
grammar for communication and writing skills), together with the design,
materials development and management of projects for both learners
and teachers of English.
Having lived and worked in a number of countries and taught students
from many parts of the world, I have developed both a practical
knowledge of — and a theoretical framework to explain — how culture
(the unwritten rules, beliefs and behaviours of a society) plays a part in
international communication. As a result of this, linguistic and cultural
mentoring have become a part of my current professional activities and
an area of research.
Sandra Stevens

Vili
 Introduction

How the course works

What is Complete English as a Foreign Language?
A complete self-access course to learn English without a teacher.

Who is Complete English as a Foreign Language for?

This course is for young and adult learners who want to understand and
speak English with confidence. It teaches you how to use the language in
real, everyday situations.

How much English do I need to use this book?

You can follow this course with very basic English.

What is special about this course?

The Discovery method: learn to learn!
There are lots of different ways of learning a language. Perhaps you have
tried some methods, together with some learning techniques of your
own. This course is based on the Discovery method. First you'll hear the
language in context, then you are guided to work out the meaning, notice
language patterns, understand grammar concepts, work on vocabulary
and build your ability to understand, speak and write English. As a result
of your own efforts, you will remember better what you have learned and
use the new language with confidence. You will also be able to use these
same learning skills to continue to learn the language after you have
finished this course.
Everyone can learn another language — the key is how to learn it. Learning
is more than just reading or memorizing grammar and vocabulary. It’s
“about being an active learner, learning from real-life examples. If you
work out a language point yourself, you can remember it more easily and
you will be able to use it in your own situations.
And, because many of the essential details, such as grammar and
pronunciation rules, are introduced through the Discovery method, you'll
have more fun learning, too. Very quickly you will notice the progress you
are making.
Enjoy yourself!

How do | use this course?

You learn English in English.
The course is flexible. You decide where, when and how long you study.
Each exercise has a complete title, so you can stop and start at any time.
We recommend that you study little and often. Some people find it fun
and helpful to work with a friend.
The focus of the course is discovery of language and communication. You
learn some grammar and you also learn how to do things in English, for
example, ask for information, offer to do something, accept or reject an
invitation, make a suggestion, etc. This book also teaches ‘the little things’,
for example how to attract attention. These ‘little things’ help learners fee!
more confident with their English.
It also teaches you how, in English, speakers communicate their feelings
and attitudes through language, stress and intonation.
It prepares you to talk about yourself, your life, your family, your work or
studies, and your country.
At the end of the book we give you the answers to the exercises. You can
check your progress as you go along.

What is in this course?

The complete course consists of this coursebook and audio with all the
listening and pronunciation material.
The audio:
> gives you practice in listening and understanding
> isamodel for pronunciation
> includes the guided pronunciation exercises.
The course contains this Introduction, ten units and a reference
section. The Introduction includes a guide to Key points of English
pronunciation, with exercises that you can do before you start Unit 1.
Each unit starts with a list of learning discovery points (In this unit, you
will learn how to ...), so you know what you will learn in the unit.
 The story conversations
The course follows a story, so you know the characters and the situation.
The story is a conversation between the characters at the start of each
unit (and sometimes within the unit, too). You start by doing a short
exercise to check your understanding of key points of The story. Listening
and reading exercises then help you to understand more detail.
An American English version of the conversations is available in audio
form: an audio reference is given after each conversation transcript in the
units. See the end the book for the American English transcripts.
The story conversations include examples of the new language in the
unit. These examples then help you to discover and practise the language,
under the following five main headings:

Language discovery
= In these sections you listen and read examples from The story to discover
how the language works. This is where you will learn important points of
grammar and communication.

Sy 2 Vocabulary builder
=’ In these sections you will find vocabulary and dictionary exercises. You'll
also find some listening and reading for useful words and expressions.

1 Practice
= Here you will practise language from the Language discovery sections
and words and expressions from the Vocabulary builder sections. Some
of the exercises have a special focus on developing your speaking and
writing skills.

eee! Reading, Speaking and Writing

== These four skills are practised in all the units. Listening and Reading
iy help you to learn and understand more language. In the Speaking and
“= Writing sections you use the language you have discovered. At the end of
each unit, before Revision and Test yourself, you will also practise these
-Skills to:
> talk about the unit in relation to you, your life and your country: About
you
> practise using your English in realistic situations: What would you
say?

xi
 sy Pronunciation
Pronunciation is very important, especially for confidence. If you know
how to pronounce English, this helps you to understand others and helps
them to understand you. In these sections you will find guided practice
and clear examples with lots of audio support.
oR
fs) addition, there are also sections about British life, customs and habits.
Revision
At the end of every unit is a Revision section, which includes the
following:
> What is it in your language? Here you translate into your language
some examples of the main language points from the unit.
> Arealistic Writing task.
>» A Speaking task. Now it’s your turn to join the conversation. This
is another look at the first conversation in the unit. This time you
participate.
eA Test yourself
=” There is a test at the end of each unit for you to check your progress.
Each test has two parts:
> Inthe first part, each question asks you to choose the correct or better
option of two possibilities.
>» Inthe second part, you write one side of a guided dialogue.
I can...
This summary list is for you to check your own progress: can you tick all
the learning discovery points from the unit?

Reference section
The reference section at the back of the book has four sections:
4 Aglossary. The first time we use a grammar term, we provide a short
definition in brackets. In the glossary we give full definitions, with more
examples, of these grammar terms.
2 A quick reference section of phrases for communication. This is in
alphabetical order, to help you find words and expressions quickly.
3 A quick reference section of English grammar. This gives clear
explanations and examples of the main points of English grammar.
4 Acomplete index. With the help of the index, you can find a specific
language point quickly.

I study English in a school. Is this book useful for me?

Yes, you can use this course at the same time as other books, for extra
practice, revision and the ‘little things’.

I’m a businessperson. Can this book help me?

Yes. This book emphasizes social competence in English in a variety of
situations.

I want to travel. Is this book useful?

Yes. This book gives lots of practice in the language you need, for
example, to order food and drink, find a hotel and use public transport.

I’m an English teacher. How can I use this book?

You can use this book:
> for reference
> asa coursebook
> as supplementary material
> for homework.
In addition:
> The audio can be used as a listening course.
> The syllabus and exercises can be “sd alone or in the combination
you choose.
> The Language tips and Common mistake points are there to help
with persistent problem areas.
>» The About you, your family and your country sections can be used
for personalization.
> The Culture sections can be starting points for comparisons with
customs and habits in students’ own countries and for fluency work.
>» The Revision sections and the Tests can be used independently or as
homework.

xiii
8 Key points about
English pronunciation
English pronunciation has four areas you need to think about:
41 Sounds. This area is about consonants and vowels.
2 Stress. Stress means emphasis. There is both a) word stress, i.e.
the stressed syllable in a word and b) ‘sentence stress’, the stressed
syllable(s) in a sentence. Word stress is introduced in this section.
Sentence stress depends on the context, so this is explained at various
points throughout the course.
3 Connected speech. This is about the changes in sound that happen
when we say words together in a phrase or sentence, e.g. an_apple.
4 Intonation. Intonation is the music, or rise and fall of the voice.
English often uses intonation to express feelings, e.g. Hello with a
big fall sounds friendly, but with flat intonation it can sound rude or
unfriendly.
This introduction to Key points about English pronunciation gives you
important information about these four areas. It also includes guidance
on pronouncing plural nouns in English, a key point which is difficult for
many learners.

1 Sounds
How many letters are there in the alphabet?
26.
How many sounds are there in English?
LL.
How many consonants are there in the alphabet?
21. But there are 24, consonant sounds in English;
FA
FDHow many vowels are there in the alphabet?
DrFDA

Xiv
A Five-a,e,i,o, u. But there are 20 vowel sounds in English. Twelve of
these are ‘pure’ vowels and eight are diphthongs (two vowel sounds
together that make one).
fe) How do I know how to pronounce an English word?
A English spelling and English pronunciation are sometimes different.
This is why, in this course, I always suggest you listen to the audio
several times before you read the words. Listening to English before
you read it always helps with good pronunciation.
When you look up a word in a good English dictionary, you see the
word in phonetics (e.g. course = /ka:s/ ),At the front or at the back of
a dictionary you will find a list of the phonetic symbols. Look at the
vowels. Five of them have a /:/ mark after them. This means a long
sound. Other vowel sounds are short. There are many pairs of words
with similar sounds in English. They are different only in the vowel
sound, one is short and the other long, e.g. Sit and seat. Sit is short /i/
and seat is long /i:/.
fe) Which is the most common sound in English?
A The vowel sound, schwa /9/. It’s the only sound with a name and it
means ‘weak’.
fe) Is there a difference in pronunciation between no and know?
A No. In English one pronunciation can have different spellings and
different meanings. For example:
see and sea
right and write
meet and meat
There are many pairs like this in English.
1 Read and match.
For each word a-f, choose the word with the same pronunciation
from list 1-6.

XV
 The alphabet
Do you know your a, b, c (alphabet) in English?

In English we very often have to spell words aloud for other people.
This may be names, family names, addresses, email addresses, etc. We
also need to understand when other people spell something for us. It is
thereforeoe thee to learn the alphabet in rhe
y 2 1 Listen and repeat.
wi
a0 Look at the columns of letters. The letters in each column have the
same sound.
Listen and repeat the names of the letters. You will hear each letter
twice.
a

ae

oe
-
One:
p>
yo

3 00.02 Can you say the names of the letters?

Listen to the first letter from each column.
Say the others with the same vowel sound.
Listen and check.

2 Stress
Q What is stress?
A Emphasis or accent. English has no written accents. It has stress on some
words and syllables. This course explains and gives practice in stress.

xvi
 Word stress
Q Where's the stress in words?
A In words with two syllables or more, one syllable has stress.
Q What's a syllable?
A Part of a word with a vowel sound.
YT 4 00.03 Listen to the following words and find the syllable with
stress.

Q Where’s the stress on a word? How do I know?

A Insome dictionaries, they show stress (I) at the beginning of the
syllable. For example, above /albav/
Q Where's the stress in phrases and sentences?
A On the important or new information. For example, in My name’s Tom,
the stress is on Tom.
y)5 00.04 Listen to the phrases and find the syllable with stress.

When you learn a new word, make sure you learn where the stress is.
Weak forms
Q What about the syllables without stress?
A In these little words (for example some, to, from, are, does, them),
sometimes the vowel sound changes to the first sound in the
word — about. It’s the only sound with a name. It’s called schwa.
We write it like this /a/. Schwa means ‘weak’.

xvii
2 6 00.04 Listen. How many /a/ sounds are there — four, five, six
' or seven? Where are they?
Q Is the pronunciation of the words above, for example some, to, always
the same?
A No. Without stress the vowel sound is weak (schwa). When the word is
important, the vowel sound is strong.
Q So, one word has two different pronunciations?
A Yes, that’s right.
»7 00.05 Listen and repeat the phrases with these words. In a) the
vowel is weak, in b) the vowel is strong.
1 Some weakstrong a Some Coke : 2
b Would you like some?
2 To weak strong —_a_toLondon

bWhofon?
3 From weak strong a from David ee

4 Are weak strong _a Are they here?

‘b Yes, theyare.
5 Does weak strong a Does it change?
'bYes, itdoes.
6 Them — weak strong
‘b. skthem, notme. es

Q Isthere aname for this, when one vowel has two different
pronunciations? :
A Yes, the weak pronunciation, /9/, is called a weak form.
Q Why are weak forms important for learners of English?
A Learners often say I can’t understand English people — they speak very
fast and swallow their words. One reason for this is the weak forms.
This course explains and gives practice in understanding and using
weak forms.

xviii
 3 Connected speech — linking words
l@ 8 00.06 Listen and repeat.
== Look at the link lines and stress in the transcript of the audio:

The word of is weak in all the phrases, so the vowel is schwa /a/.
Listen again to the list of snacks, and repeat.
Pay special attention to:
a_ stress b linking words c weak of (av)

4 Intonation
> Intonation is very important in English. What is intonation? The music
or movement of our voice. Sometimes our voice goes up —¥” (a rise) —
sometimes our voice goes down ~x (a fall). This is intonation.
> Different languages express things in different ways. English uses
intonation a lot for communication. A different intonation gives
a different message. Is intonation important in your language?
This course explains and gives practice in understanding and using
intonation with confidence.
Intonation and feelings — voice movement
> In English we use intonation to express attitude (our feelings).
> In general, big voice movements express strong feelings. fer
“> Flat intonation expresses that you are not interested or that your
attitude is negative.

xix
 99 00.07 Listen and repeat the words. You will hear each one twice.
a_ big movements = positive and interested
b small movements = not very positive, not interested, negative.

Intonation in questions
10 00.08 Listen and repeat the words.
Ma tises b falls

Q Is there a pattern here?

A Yes. Arise on a single word or phrase is generally a question.
Q Where exactly is this rise or fall?
A On the syllable with stress or emphasis. (A syllable is a word or part of
a word with a vowel sound.)
Intonation in questions with what?, where?, etc.

a 11 00.09 Listen and choose.

“= Read the questions.
Listen to the mini dialogues. Pay special attention to the important
word in the question — the syllable with stress.
Choose a) or b) (the answer is the same for all the dialogues):
In questions with what?, where?, etc. the voice:
a goes upon the syllable with stress_% OR
b goes down on the syllable with stress.

Do.
 Common mistake
Many learners of English use an ‘up’ intonation with questions.
Questions with question words (what, when, etc.) go down.&
12 00.09 Listen and repeat.
* Listen again and repeat the questions.
Pay special attention to the fall on the syllable with stress.

Plural nouns with an extra syllable - es

In the sentence Do you speak any foreign languages?, how many
syllables are there in languages?
Sometimes plural nouns have an extra syllable. For example, language
has two syllables (lang-uage) but languages has three syllables (/ang-uag-
es). (A syllable is part of a word with a vowel sound.)
The pronunciation of the extra syllable is is /iz/.

xxi
Gaga 13 00.70 Count the syllables.
“= Look at the pictures and listen to the audio.
Write the number of syllables you hear.

1 One page Two pages

2 One box Two boxes
3 One bus Two buses
4 One house Two houses
5 One bridge Two bridges
6 One sandwich Two sandwiches
7 Oneslice Two slices
8 One piece Two pieces
9 Onedish Two dishes

xxii
 10 One glass Two glasses
11 One orange juice Two orange juices
12 One kiss Two kisses
How do I know when there's an extra syllable?
After the letters s, ss, sh, ch, ge, se, ce, x there’s an extra syllable.
Why these letters?
>DBecause after these letters it’s difficult to pronounce the s without an
PFD
extra vowel in the middle. An extra vowel = an extra syllable.
14 00.10 Listen again and repeat.

xxiii
 Saying hello

In this unit you will learn how to:

> start a conversation using question tags
> continue a conversation — short answers
> continue a conversation — saying more
> give invitations and make offers, using Would you like ...?
> use a/some with countables and uncountables
> offer more (food and drink)
> say yes and no to offers.

VOCABULARY
> food and drink

PRONUNCIATION
> question tags; rising intonation for offers; falling intonation for
saying yes and no to offers
CEFR: Can ask people for things and give people things. Can understand
and use familiar everyday expressions aimed at the satisfaction of needs
of a concrete type (A1). Can understand sentences and frequently used
expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance. Can agree and
disagree. Can make and respond to suggestions (A2).

De]
 The story
01.07* Our story begins on a plane.
=~ Listen to the conversation one, two or three times.
Choose the correct answer, a, b or c.
1 Its______in the plane.
a cold
b sunny
c hot
2 The conversation is about ...
a_ London.
b adrink.
c dinner.
3 The woman would like ...
a some Coke.
b tosleep.
c toeat.

: Man ‘It'shot, isn't it? 4

: Woman Yes, it is — very hot. :
: Man Would you like a drink? :
: Woman M'm, yes, please. :
> Man _ What would you like? :
; Woman Some Coke, please. :
COTO C OSCE SESCSHSHHOSTO OSCE HSH EH OCHO HRS EHO CHO HEHOTOHASEHT OCHEHREHHRHTECOZEHEH®

* For an American English version, listen to 17.1.

~} Listening and reading

Cover the text of The story conversation.
Read the sentences.
ig) 07.01 Listen and complete the words.
~ Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
41 a Themanstarts the conversation.
PIOSOYS eS Ae hh aco Pu?
b The woman answers,
Waste CA NN eA uc wl PANYseals

1 Saying hello 3
 2 a Theman offers a drink.
He says, Win ee LY cee) SB OT ele
b The woman accepts.
She Says, -¥ sale eieg Hj acta es ee Sh it
3 a Theman asks what drinks she wants.
He Sets VY at ool WY otesecreeset WOM en mean
b The woman answers,
poo ee deGlreated, {aren Weneperor nepay)

6\2 Vocabulary builder

DRINKS
1 Find seven drinks in this word search.
> The words go across —> and down J. Use the pictures and your
dictionary if necessary.
FOOD
2 Label these pictures. Use your dictionary if necessary.

| Language discovery 1
STARTING A CONVERSATION ~ QUESTION TAGS
Example from The story :
The man starts the conversation. He says, It’s hot, isn’t it?
Q What is ‘isn’t it?’?
A It’s a question tag. Question tags are very common in English.
Q What are question tags?
A Question tags are short questions at the end of a sentence.
Meaning
Q Is this a real question?
A No. The man knows it’s hot. The falling intonation also tells us it’s not a
real question. Here, the question tag starts a conversation.
Form
> Weuse the same tense in the main verb and the question tag.
> With a positive main verb, we use a negative question tag.
>» With a negative main verb, we use a positive question tag.

1 Saying hello 5
1 Complete the table with the correct part of the verb be.

Grammar summary — question tags with verb be

Positive verb + — negative tag Negative verb + positive tag

Lam right, aren't I? I'm not wrong, pec

AER
|He is English, | he? [Hews Lb ts he?
She she? | She English, she?
It it? It it?
We are happy, iz we? We aren't we?
You |
you? |You happy, you?
They they? |They they?_|

Q And if there isn’t a verb?

A That depends. Here are some examples.
Negative
It’s good, isn't it? It's not very good, is it?
OR OR
Good, isn't it? (informal) Not very good, is it? (informal)

With an adjective we use a negative question tag. With not + adjective,

we use a positive question tag.
In informal spoken English, it is possible to start with the adjective. For
example, It’s interesting, isn’t it? is correct and always appropriate.
Interesting, isn't it? is correct and informal.
THE WEATHER
It is very common for British English speakers to talk about the weather. People
often use the weather to start a conversation with people they don't know or don't
know well.

2 Complete with the correct question tag.

1. It's really. COld TOG0V iuisseasies | eects
2 Nice andavarm this, morning,
3 The weather's not bad today, ___/
& Lovely doy oo eo os?
07.02 Now listen and check your answers.
 jaHow do you pronounce it?
STARTING A CONVERSATION
41 01.02 Listen again and repeat the sentences.
© Pay special attention to the falling intonation on the question tag.

QUESTION TAGS WITH FALLING INTONATION

2 Match the pictures (1-9) with the correct sentence a-i and
complete the question tags.

a It’savery good film, ____?

b You're David, ______? My name's Sam.
c_ This food's very nice, _____?
d_ This programme's not very interesting, ______?
e She's beautiful, ___?
fF iis sncnont,
g It’s not very warm in here, ______?
h They're lovely, —__?
i He's a good singer, _______-?
) 071.03 Now listen and check your answers.

23 071.03 Now practise repeating these conversation starters.

“© Pay special attention to the falling intonation on the question tags.

1 Saying hello 7
) Language discovery 2
CONTINUING A CONVERSATION - SHORT ANSWERS
Example from The story
Man | It’s hot, isn't it?
Woman Yes, it is — very hot.
‘Yes, it is’ is a short answer.
Meaning
The woman wants to continue the conversation.
Form
Man It’s hot, isn’t it?
Woman Yes, it is — very hot.
Here’s a different example:
Man It’s not very nice, is it?
Woman No, it isn’t.

LANGUAGE TIP
Contractions
It’s hot, isn't it?
| Yes, it is. (Not: Yes, it’s.)
It’s is the contraction (short form) of it is. It is not possible to end a sentence with a
| positive contraction.
| And in the negative?
It isn’t very hot, is it?
1 No, it isn’t.
This is correct. It is possible to end a sentence with a negative contraction.
SePe
Q Can Ijust say Yes?
A Yes and No alone can sound impolite. It can mean you are not
interested in the conversation.
Q The negative has two forms No, it isn’t and No, it’s not. Are they
different?
A_ No, they are the same.
1 Complete the short
answers with expressions
from the box. Yy
Example: They aren't here, are they? No, they aren't.
1 He's not there, is he? No,
2 She's pretty, isn’t she? Yes,
3 This isn't difficult, is it? No,
4 Were ready, aren't we? Yes,
5 You're Paul, aren't you? Yes,
6 They're in France, aren't they? No,

CONTINUING A CONVERSATION — SAYING MORE

> Itis very common to say more after short answers.
Look at these responses:
A Nice weather, isn’t it?
B Yes it is.
OR: Yes, lovely.
OR Yes, it’s lovely.
OR Yes, it is. It’s lovely.
OR Yes, it is, isn’t it?

1 Saying hello
 07.03 Listen to these conversation starter sentences one more
time. Match sentences 1-9 with responses a-i and complete
the responses.
1 It'savery good film, isn't it? a Yes, . They're beautiful.
2 You're David, aren't you? b Yes, . It's delicious.
3 The food's very nice, isn't it? c No, . Not at all.
4 This programme's not very d Yes,__. I like him a lot.
interesting, is it?
She's beautiful, isn’t she? e Yes, _____ . She’s wonderful.
auThis isn't right, is it? f Yes, it is. It's excellent.
7 It’s not very warm in here, is it? g No, . You're not too
good at maths, are you?
8 They're lovely, aren't they? h_ Yes, that’s right, . And
your name is...?
9 He's.a good singer, isn't he? i No, The window's
open.

INVITATIONS AND OFFERS ~ FOOD AND DRINK

Example from The story
The man suggests a drink.
He says, Would you like a drink?
-4)3 ©7.04 Listen and practise your pronunciation and intonation.

‘A’ OR ‘SOME’?
Examples from The story
The man offers a drink. He says, Would you like a drink?
The woman chooses some Coke. She says, Some Coke, please.

10
Look at these examples:
Would you like a sandwich? |a sandwich singular (one)
Would you like some crisps? |some crisps plural (more than one)
Would you like some bread? |some bread uncountable (can’t count it)

4 Write a or some to complete the sentences.

a ______is for plural things, for example some grapes, some
biscuits, and for things we can't count, for example _______ soup,
rice.
b ______is for singular things, for example —______ hamburger,
sandwich.
5 Choose the correct number for each picture.
an ice cream
some ice cream
some ice creams
a cake
some cake
some cakes
a chocolate
some chocolate
some chocolates
=OWa pizza
ON
BWHN
DU
some pizza
«A=
-a
—_—N a Coke
13 some Coke

TH

1 Saying hello 11
6 Now write invitations for these pictures.
1E xamplele: Sia
é

67.05 Listen and check your answers.

7 ©71.05 Listen again and practise making these offers.

LANGUAGE TIP
Q Can I say Do you want a drink?
A Do you want...?
The grammar is correct.
It is very informal.
You can sound rude.
Use: Would you like ...?
Say: Do you want ...? only with people you know very well.
+Q Can! say Do you like ...? for offers and invitations?
A No.
Do you like ...? is a.general question about likes.
For example: Do you like ice cream? -—a general question.
Would you like an ice cream?— an invitation or offer.
ee ee

12
 OFFERING MORE ~- FOOD AND DRINK
Look at the table.
First offer Second offer
A sandwich? Another sandwich? | singular
Some crisps? (Some) more plural
crisps?
Some water? (Some) more uncountable
water?

8 Complete these offers with another or more or some more.

i ae rer ea 8
2 Would you like of tispae
Bip ee eWIned
4 Would you like _______ biscuit?
Gey See TOME

SAYING ‘YES’ AND ‘NO’ TO OFFERS

SAYING ‘YES’ AND ‘NO’ TO OFFERS
-\ People say please and thank you a lot in English.
| Itis the norm to say Yes, please or No, thank you (or thanks) to offers.
Yes or no alone can sound rude.
Thanks is a little more informal than thank you.

9 Look at these examples. Draw one, two or three © symbols for

each answer 1-4.
Saying yes
1
Would you like some water?

2 |
Another cake? Yes, please, : that would
be nice.

3
Would you like a cup of tea? Yes, please, I’d love one.

1 Saying hello 13
Saying no

1 Would you like some ice cream?

2 Some more coffee? No, thanks, I’m fine.

Q Inan offer, for example Would you like some tea?, can I answer, Yes, I
would or No, I wouldn't?
A The grammar is correct but they are not appropriate answers to offers.
Say, Yes, please and No, thank you with offers.

» How do you pronounce it?

RISING INTONATION FOR OFFERS; FALLING INTONATION FOR
SAYING ‘YES’ AND ‘NO’
01.06 Listen and repeat these offers and answers.
ed ag Ha Sz eo pe GS eeu RUC Soe cater esac reeS CN

: —W ?
i tA Cones? 3
: B_ Yes, please. 4
; —w :
:
.
2 A Some more tea? .
2

: B No, thanks. :
;> ene
3 A Would you like another drink?
::
: B Yes, please. :
: nee as 3
:
*
4 A More orange juice? ° e
° »
‘ B_ No, no more thank you. I’m fine. ‘<
: ' ee :
: 5 A Would you like some more bread? ;
: B Yes, please, I'd love some. - :
COCCCOO CHC CVE COTTER CCV OES OO ROCCO OCCU COCO USO U SC CCC URES CUS CUO C CC CU CUS CO

14
 Reading and writing
i]

~ ABOUT YOU - FOOD AND DRINK

Answer these questions.
1 Are you hungry? Would you like something to eat?
2 What would you like?
3 Are you thirsty? Would you like something to drink?
4 What would you like?

24Speaking
What would you say?
Situation 1 You are in the street.
A person says to you, Hello Chris. You are not Chris.
You say:
Situation 2 You are in a coffee shop.
You want tea, your friend wants coffee.
The waiter says to you: Here’s your coffee and tea for
your friend.
You say:

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember — translate the idea, not the words.
1 It's hot, isn't it?
Yes, it is — very hot.
Would you like a drink?
Yes, please.
What would you like?
Some Coke, please.
rwWN
Aum

1 Saying hello 15
 4 Writea shopping list of your favourite food and drink.
Write a minimum of ten things, e.g. cheese, fruit juice.
Note: in a shopping list we don’t use a/an/some.
2 What is in your fridge or food cupboard?
Write a list. This time use a/an/some e.g. I’ve got some milk,
a chicken, some eggs...

ox Speaking
01.07 Now it’s your turn to join the conversation.
Listen again to The story conversation at the beginning of the unit.
Say the man’s words in the spaces.

?) Test yourself
Which one is right?
Choose the correct sentence, a or b.
1 Starting a conversation a Nice day, is it?
b Nice day, isn't it?
2 Offering a Would you like a drink?
b Do you like a drink?
Saying yes a Yes, I do.
b Yes, please.
3 Starting a conversation a_ This food's not very hot, isn't it?
b This food's not very hot, is it?
4 Starting a conversation a_ This soup are delicious.
b This soup’s delicious.
Responding a Yes, it is, isn’t it?
b Yes, it’s.
5 Offering more a Another bread?
b Some more bread?
Saying no a_ No, thanks, I’m fine.
b No.

16
3} Write a dialogue.
=" Situation: You are in the street with a friend. It’s cold.

You Your friend

1 Start the conversation.

2 Respond.

Tes
3 Invite your friend for a drink.

4 Accept the offer.

OK, Let’s go then! ;

SELF-CHECK
ICAN...
.. Start a conversation using a question tag with falling
intonation
.. continue a conversation using short answers and saying
more

.. give invitations and offer food and drink using Would you
like plus a or some
.. offer more food or drink, using another ...? or (some) more....?
with rising intonation.

1 Saying hello 17
 Asking for things

In this unit you will learn how to:

> respond to offers
> make decisions, using I'l...
> ask for things, using Could I have... ?
> order drinks
> talk about availability, using have got, there is and some/any
> ask for and give opinions and make comparisons, using What’s ...
like?, smaller, more expensive, etc.
> ask for permission, using Is it all right if 1 ...?

VOCABULARY
> more food

PRONUNCIATION
> using intonation to sound polite
CEFR: Can ask people for things and give people things. Can understand
and use familiar everyday expressions aimed at the satisfaction of needs
of a concrete type (A1). Can understand sentences and frequently used
expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance. Can use simple
descriptive language to make brief statements about and compare
objects. Can make and respond to suggestions. Can order a meal (A2).

18
 The story 1
62.0%" The two passengers would like a drink ...
~ Listen to the conversation one, two or three
times.
Choose the correct answer Yes or No.
1 The woman wants Coke. Yes/No
2 The man wants water. Yes/No
3 The woman wants ice. Yes/No
4 Thewoman wants lemon. Yes/No
5 Theman wants ice. Yes/No
6 The man wants lemon. Yes/No

§ Man Excuse me. :

: Flightattendant Yes, sir? :
: Man Could I have a Coke and some orange juice, please? :
: Flight attendant —_Of course. Would you like the Coke with ice and lemon? :
: Woman Yes, please, :
; Flight attendant _Ice for you, sir? :
: Man No, thanks. :
Flight attendant —_Here you are. One Coke with ice and lemon and one orange juice.
Man and woman Thank you./Thanks.
POSS CH OTS OH SSH HSS O TSO TTC OHSS TSHESOSHTHTTHOH HET HT HOH H HT SEETHER STEHT HOHE OD®

* For an American English version, listen to 74.02.

~}Listening and reading 1

Cover the text of The story conversation.
Read the sentences.
3) 02.07 Listen and complete the words.
=“ Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
41 The man wants the attention of the flight attendant.
He says, Lag
ipted
2 The man asks for the drinks.
He says, C oe ay eine / Coke and 7's wt /
On Oh a BPE Ge. ¥ pleases.

2 Asking for things 19

 3 The flight attendant gives them the drinks.
He says, H__ _.__./y——_/a——/. 0 ____/ Coke with ice and
lemon and / __ — —/ orange juice.

2A > In English we say Excuse me to attract attention.

Other ways, for example a sound like ts, ts, ts, are impolite.

nV Vocabulary builder
MORE FOOD
Label pictures a-f with the food names. Use your dictionary if
necessary.

fish
chicken
beef
lamb

20
ay ° 2.02* The flight attendant serves dinner to eight passengers.
=< Listen to the conversation one, two or three times.
Choose the correct.answer.
Passenger 1 a_ chicken b_ beef
Passenger 2 a_ beef b vegetarian
Passenger 3 a_ fish b pork
Passenger 4 a lamb b fish
Passenger 5 a_ fish b_ beef
Passenger 6 a_ fish b beef
Passenger 7 a_ vegetarian b_ chicken
Passenger 8 a_ fish b= chicken c¢ asandwich

? 1 Attendant Chicken or beef, sir? 4

: Passenger Chicken, please. :
: 2 Attendant Beef or vegetarian, madam? :
: Passenger Beef for me, please. :
: 3 Attendant Would you like fish or pork, sir? :
: Passenger I'd like fish, please. :
: 4 Attendant What would you like to eat, madam, fish or lamb? :
: Passenger Could I have the lamb, please? ‘
: 5 Attendant Is it fish or beef for you, madam? :
; Passenger I'll have beef, please. :
> 6 Attendant And for you, sir? :
; Passenger The same for me too, please. :
: 7 Attendant Would you like vegetarian or chicken, sir? :
: Passenger I don't mind. I like both. :
° 8 Attendant Would you like fish or chicken, madam? :
; _ Passenger Nothing for me, thanks. I'm not very hungry. Could I have a :
: sandwich instead? :
; Attendant Of course. :
CFOS HCSSE SETH SHTHH HHO SH SHOSCT SOHO HTHOSTSHFTHHOOCHTHOCHSSESTHHHSOOSEHOUVAHEEHOE
SOO

* For an American English version, listen to 17.03.

ry

2 Asking for things 21

 RESPONDING TO OFFERS - FOOD AND DRINK
1 Complete the conversation.
Cover the text of The story conversation.
Read the dialogues.
02.02 Listen and complete the words.
’ Then read the text of The story 2 conversation (passengers 1-5) to
check your answers.
1 Attendant = Chicken or beef, sir?
Passenger Chicken, /p—-_—_____ _.
2 Attendant — Beef or vegetarian, madam?
Passenger __ Beef / f_.__/ m—_,/ please.
3 Attendant Would you like fish or pork, sir?
Passenger _[’__/|______/ fish, please.
4 Attendant = What would you like to eat, madam, fish or lamb?
Passenger 9 C___-_-___/I/h______/ the lamb, please?
5 Attendant _ Is it fish or beef for you, madam?
Passenger [’'_-__/h______/ beef, please.

02.02 Now listen again ( @Ai(Hitaaut

to Passengers 1-5 and Flight attendants and other people who work
practise repeating these with food and drink don't always say some. They :
responses to offers. say Tea?, Chicken?, Fish or beef?, etc. for offers. |
| This is saaaatsoeeins

Language discayery.1
RESPONDING TO OFFERS
Read the text of The story 2 conversation again for passengers 1-5.
1 Asking for the same.
Complete the sentence.
In the mini dialogues in The story, possenae! 5 wants beef.
Passenger 6 wants beef, too.
Passenger 5 says !’l/ have beef, please.
Passenger 6 says, 7 __./s___.___/f___/m __/t——., please.
2 Using the verb mind.
The flight attendant asks Passenger 7, Would you like vegetarian or
chicken, sir? o
He says, I don’t mind...
Choose the correct meaning, a, b or c.
a _He wants vegetarian.
b He wants chicken.
c_ Itisn’t important. He likes vegetarian and chicken.
3 Saying no; talking about alternatives.
Complete the sentences.
> The flight attendant asks Passenger 8, Would you like fish or chicken,
madam? She isn’t hungry. She says, N — — — —. __ __5 eae |

MAKING DECISIONS USING ‘T’LL

decision
0 O
er)
od

Example from The story

The flight attendant asks
Hens 5, Is it fish or beef for ie
When youceo sisay I’/....
decide and speak, Th |
you, madam? The passenger says, (7
I'll have beef, please. arr ’
4 Make decisions in these situations.
4 Would you like Coke or fruit juice?
pele iaySeren ae fruit juice, please.
2 Which cake would you like, fruit or chocolate?
ee a a'slice of the chocolate one, please.
5 Westancttime... 1 think some-bread
and cheese.

2 Asking for things 23

 4 Are you tired?
Yes, I think __. ___. go to bed.
5 The supermarket is closed now, —’__/
tomorrow.

1 Negative decisions
Situation: It's time to go to work but you feel terrible. You decide to stay at home.
| I don’t think Tl. go to work.

f
Negative
f
Positive
NOT: I think I won't go to work. X

Positive
f
Negative
} Put the negative with think, not with J’//.
nce nai Se eee

ASKING FOR THINGS USING COULD I HAVE ...?

Example from The story
The man in Story1asks for the drinks. He says, Could I have a Coke and
some orange juice, please?
In Unit 1 we look at a/an and some with offers.
For example, Would you like some coffee?
> The use of a/an and some is the same for both offers and requests.
> Please is very common when you ask for something.
Look at the examples:
Singular
Offer Would you like a cup of coffee?
Request Could
} I have a cup of coffee, please?
Can
Plural
Offer Would you like some biscuits?
Request Could
Fen } I have some biscuits, please?

24
 Uncountables
Offer Would you like some fruit juice?
Request Could
}I have some fruit juice, please?
Can
5 Complete the requests. Put the words in the right order.
1 A Would you like a drink?
Nh = Reetherence! dan1sogatolllbetes 45) 0 44
have/I/coffee/some/could
2 A Would you like something to eat?
BiveSat45 eileen 2 Se tn please?
sandwich/have/can/I/a
3 A What would you like to drink?
Be eS eee lenses
have/something/we/can/cold
4 A Would you like some pizza?
BS cp ee sie ae legse/
slice/have/I/could/small/a
BAR EXCUSE ING, cetera
ee te Dieser
a/water/I/glass/could/have/of
6 A Would you like some grapes or some strawberries?
Binet stantial oth ee DIOOES?
grapes/could/have/I/some

Q What's the difference between Could I have ...? and Can I have ...?
A The grammar in both is correct.
CouldI ...7 is always appropriate.
Can I...7is a little informal.
Give me ... The imperative can be impolite. Use it only in informal situations and with
people you know well. (See Unit 9.)

ORDERING DRINKS
It is common to omit cup and glass when you order drinks.
6 Situation: You work in a coffee shop.
Vo? 3 Listen to three customers ordering drinks. What would they
be) like?Write their orders.

2 Asking for things 25

USING INTONATION TO SOUND POLITE
> Intonation is important with requests.
» Abig fall sounds polite.
> Flat intonation can sound rude.
1 02.04 Listen to these requests. You will hear each one twice.
Listen to the fall on the syllable with stress. One is rude (flat
intonation) and one is polite (big fall). ea
Choose R for rude (flat intonation) ~ or P for polite (big fall)
a Could I have some coffee, please?
1 R/P 2 R/P
b Yes, can I have a sandwich, please?
1 R/P 2 R/P
c Can we have something cold, please?
1 R/P 2 R/P
d Could I have a small piece, please?
1 R/P 2 R/P
e Excuse me, could I have a glass of water, please?
1 R/P 2 R/P
f Could I have some grapes, please?
4 R/P 2 R/P
02.05 Now listen and repeat the request.
Pay special attention to the big fall on Coke.

26
 3 Now write requests for these food and drink items. Find the
syllable where there should be a polite fall.

02.06 Now listen and check your answers.

02.06 Listen again and practise making these requests.

Pay special attention to the big fall on the syllables with stress.

The story 3

=< What drinks would these three passengers like?

Listen to the conversations one, two or three times.
Write the drink each passenger chooses.

2 Asking for things 27

 Are their requests possible? Choose Yes or No for each one.
CPOOSESOHHHHSSAS SSH EHS HAO HHO OSH HEHE OHSFOHHTHEHSOHFHSEHHHSHTHTHETHHHOHHHTTOGE
°

: Attendant Would you like a drink with your dinner? I've got some :
: apple juice. :
: Passenger 1 Yes, please. °
: Attendant What would you like to drink with your dinner, sir? :
: Passenger 2 Have you got any cold beer? :
: Attendant Of course ... Here you are. :
¢ Passenger 3 Could I have some white wine, please? :
: Attendant I'm sorry, madam. I haven't got any more white wine. Would :
you like red instead?
COCO Ce COTS HEHOHE HOC OHO OHOHOOH OOOH HSE TEEHOTOEOHTEHHHOOHOOSOOHOEHOHETESE®

Passenger1 Yes/No
Passenger 2 Yes/No
Passenger 3 Yes/No
“For an American English version, listen to 17.04.

) Language discovery 2
TALKING ABOUT AVAILABILITY USING HAVE GOT
1 Complete the sentences.
Cover the text of The story 3 conversation.
Read the sentences.
02.07 Listen again and complete the words.
~ Then read the text of The story 3 and check your answers.
Flight attendant I’_.__./g—--_/some apple juice.
Passenger 2 Ho Ley i gece feny cold beer?
Flight attendant Teena ioe cea ale ny Mmdne White
wine.

28
Form

2 Complete the table withthe correct form of have got.

Grammar summary — have got
Positive
I/you/ have got.
we/they or
oe 4 ;
He/she/ has got a drink.
it or
s

I/you/we/ got
poe a drink.
He/she/it got

I/you/we/ got

r Sa a drink?
he/she/it got

Question tags Short answers

I I
You ‘ve got a you
We drink, NBS: we
They they
He he
She ’s got a drink, Yes, |she
[It it
I I
You haven't got a No, {You
We drink, " —|}we
They | they
He 3 he
She a Beret ae No, /she
It a We it? it

2 Asking for things 29

 3 Complete the sentences with the correct parts of have got. Use
the table to help you.
4 A What sort of drinks have you got?
B [’_.__/g—_—./ water, juice, beer or wine.
2 A Could! have chicken, please?
Ba Tin sorrywe aoe ’— /———/ any more chicken.
3 A_ If you're hungry, I’ _____/ g_____/ a pizza.
B H______/y____? Could I have some now, please?
4 A ——— he any milk for the coffee?
B.. Yes, he... Here it is.
BAS We ak ie es 2a fo ony bread:
BB Hee oy oY OK, Ti Goand buyseme:
Bi Peeeae eaeth eneKen BEET oof args
B_No, thanks. Can I have a sandwich, instead, please?
7 OA They'a2 fg / Coke Nea a they
B_ Yes, I'll ask for some.
8 A Why see ne | Nanny fees
BI don't know.

TALKING ABOUT AVAILABILITY USING THERE IS/THERE ARE

3) 4 02.08 Listen to these six mini dialogues. Write the food or drink,
and choose Yes, No or We don’t know.

4 A What is there to drink?

B There's some beer, if you like.
2 A Isthere any bread?
9008
O92
2OSLOS B Yes, it's in the cupboard.
3 A Thereisnitany cheese!
B Yes, I know. I'll get some later.
4 A There are some biscuits in the tin, aren't there? LOBES
ESESHO
TA
ES
SOT
SOR

B I’mnot sure. —
A Are there any crisps?
B Sorry.
6 A There aren't any grapes.
B Yes, there are. They're in the fridge.
SCO
LOHDOLEDEEE
EOODLESO
SOOO
OO CCTOH LO DO POTS HCHTS SSS OOS S TS SHC SHSOFCOSCHSCT OTOH SS OHHPOSCSHO CHRO TOSSOROEOENS Sesecce

30
 Name of food/drink Have they got it?
Yes/No/We don't know
Yes/No/We don't know
Yes/No/We don't know
Yes/No/We don't know
Yes/No/We don't know
bBWN
awn
= Yes/No/We don't know

Grammar summary ~ availability: there is, there are, some, any

With a singular noun With an uncountable noun |With a plural noun
e.g. book e.g. water e.g. grapes

There’s/There is a... There’s/There is some...

(no contraction)
Negative

Question
Are there any ...2
Question tag
There’s d..., isn’t there? There's some... isn’t there? |There are some..., aren't
There isn't a... is there? There isn’t any...,isthere? |there?
There aren't any ..., are
there?
Short answers
Yes, there is.” Yes, there is.” Yes, there are. *
No, there isn't. No, there isn't. No, there aren't.

* ¥es-there’s. X Positive contraction at end of sentence is not possible.

2 Asking for things 31

Practice
41 Complete these sentences with some or any.
1 I've got _______ wine but there isn’t _______ beer.
2 A Isthere________ more pizza?
B No, but there’s ______ bread.
3 A Are there ______ hamburgers?
B No, but there are ________ sandwiches.
4 A Have you got —______ biscuits?
B No, and there isn’t _______ chocolate either.
S A Is there _______ soup?
B Sorry, Ihaven't got ________ more.
2 Situation: You’re at home with a friend. It’s time to eat.
Put this dialogue in the correct order.
Use your dictionary if necessary.
a Actually, I don't drink alcohol, so could I have
some Coke, fruit juice or something like that
instead, please?
b I really don't mind. I like all vegetables. Sk AM
¢ What would you like to eat? There’s oy
MI
chicken or I’ve got some beef, too.
d We've got some apple juice in the fridge.
Could you get it for me?
e And would you like something to drink?
I've got some wine if you'd like some.
f I'd like some chicken, please.
Of course. Here you are.
soaWith peas or carrots?

The story 4
02,09" The passengers have dinner. The flight attendant talks to a
passenger.
Read the sentences and choose True or False.
41 The chicken isn't good. True/False
2 More passengers eat beef. True/False
3 More passengers eat chicken. True/False
4 The passenger wants to try the beef. —-True/False
5 The passenger wants to try the chicken. True/False

32
 SHLSSHSHHO
MEO OE SEDO SE
HOHOO
OOOO OO9O2546009966000:
LOOHH 600050009090909090
OO008

Passenger This fish isn’t very nice at all. What's the chicken like?
: Attendant I thinkit's very good.
: Passenger Nicer than the beef?
: Attendant I think so, but the beef is more HanesBeef is always the most
: popular dish on the plane.
: Passenger Could I change this fish then, please? Is it all right if Ihave a
: different dinner? :
: Attendant. Of course. What would you like instead?
: Passenger Can I try the chicken, please, if that's OK?
SSSSCSS STS SSSSHT HPSS SHCHSHS THT ESTOS SHOT HSCTOHSHHSETOSC SESH HSETEH TT ESHHERHC HHO O SESE Peceoee

*For an American English version, listen to 11.05.

__) Listening and reading 2

- Cover the text of The story 4 conversation.
Read the sentences.
02.09 Listen and try to complete the words.
= Then read the text of The story 4 to check your answers.
1 The passenger isn’t happy with the fish.
She says, This fish / i_—’_/ very nice/a_—_/a— —.
She wants an opinion about the chicken.
She says W _. _._’s / the chicken // ____. —_?
The flight attendant thinks it’s very good.
The passenger asks for a comparison with the beef.
She says, N —. ——_. —./t — ___./ the beef?
The flight attendant thinks yes.
She says, I think/s —_.
But the passengers eat more beef.
Beer iS Minos Las pae eee than chicken. In fact, beef is
[PE > Galen Ce my fh0rearGlee maegeimay
rere dish on the plane.
a The passenger wants to change the fish.
He says, C__ __ __ __/I / change this fish then, please?
b He wants to have another dinner.
He says, Po Foo Gy oh ety T/T have a.dijerent
dinner?
c He would like to try the chicken.
He says, C_____/I/ try the chicken, please, ifthat’s OK?

2 Asking for things 33

>) Language discovery 3
OPINIONS AND COMPARISONS
Example from The story
The passenger asks for an opinion about the chicken.
She says, What's the chicken like?
The attendant thinks the chicken is nicer than the beef, but beef is more
popular than chicken. In fact, beef is the most popular dish on the plane.
Form

Comparing two
Short adjectives > adjective + er + than — nicer than
Long adjectives > more + adjective + than + more popular than
Comparing three or more
Short adjective — the + adjective +est — the nicest
Long adjectives — the + most + adjective + the most popular

COMMON MISTAKE J
Tea is the most popular drink in Britain. /
Not, Tea is the sere popular drink in Britain. X
To compare three or more, say the most or the....est.

1 Complete these sentences. Use the table to help you, if

necessary.
1 A How big is London?
B Well, it's b__.gg__-__/ t_____ New York.
2 A. Which tS thet see building in the world?
B That's the Burj Khalifa Tower in Dubai, isn’t it?
3 Whichis m—— —/ difficult, understanding English or speaking it?
& He'st____/m______/ interesting person I know! |

ASKING FOR PERMISSION

Examples from The story
The passenger wants to change the fish, have a different dinner and try
the chicken.
He says, Could I change this fish then, please?
Is it all right if Ihave a different dinner?

34
 Can I try the chicken instead?
The flight attendant responds: Of course.
2 You are in a friénd’s house. Ask for permission in these situations.
1 You want to use the phone.
2 You want to use the toilet.
3 You want to smoke.
4 You want to have some more bread.
5 You want to watch TV.

SAYING ‘YES’ AND ‘NO’ TO REQUESTS

The attendant says: Of course.
Another response: Yes, go ahead.
Negative responses: I’m sorry but + reason.
For example: I’m sorry but my mother’s on the phone at the moment.
3 Complete these mini dialogues.
1 A Isitall right if we go later?
Be Ves; oOCaer eee ee,
2 A Can] invite my friend?
Bri So ee We've only got three tickets.
3 A Could! read your magazine?
Bi 0es, Gf Oe
4 A Isit all right if 1borrow your car?
(= Ment flee Say ame Paeeeee I don't think that’s possible.

| The most popular drinks in Britain are tea and coffee. Favourite alcoholic drinks are
beer and wine.
Coffee shops are very popular for meeting friends and having a snack, especially a
light lunch, such as a sandwich or salad; many offer Wi-Fi.
| The traditional English dish (‘a roast’) is commonly eaten on Sundays at lunchtime, at 3
home or at a pub. This consists of meat cooked in the oven (beef, pork, chicken, etc.)
roast potatoes and vegetables with gravy. It is often followed by a traditional dessert
| (pudding) such as trifle.
Fast food — from the traditional ‘fish and chips’ to international dishes such as curry,
Chinese meals or pizza — is very popular. Most fast-food places offer a takeaway
_| service and many offer home delivery. There are also a large number of restaurants
and bars offering international food.
| Most restaurants offer at least one vegetarian option and some offer locally sourced
| and/or organic food.

2 Asking for things 35

) Writing
ABOUT YOUR COUNTRY - FOOD AND DRINK
Write answers to the questions.
Use your dictionary to help you.
Write complete sentences if possible.
4 What is the most common drink in your country?
2 What is the most common food? Is it served with rice, potatoes,
pasta, etc.?
3 Write about the traditional drinks and dishes in your country.
4 When is the biggest meal of the day — at midday or in the evening?
5 Write about your favourite meal.

Speaking
What would you say?
Situation 1 You are a customer in a coffee shop.
Another customer says to you, Excuse me, could I have two teas, please?
AOL SO a seattle pee eee
Situation 2 In a restaurant
You ask the waiter for chicken. Then your friend says, Oh the chicken here
isn’t very nice at all but the beef’s wonderful.
Now you want beef. Talk to the waiter.
You say:

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember - translate the idea, not the words.
1 A Excuse me, could I have some bread, please?
B Of course, here you are,
2 A Beer or wine?
B I don't mind. I like both.

36
 3 A I've got some coffee but I haven't got any milk.
B There’s some milk in the fridge, isn’t there?
4 A Isitall right if I use your toilet, please?
B Yes, go ahead.
5 One tea and two coffees, please.

fey Writing
~ You live in a small flat and you are planning a party. Complete this
email to your good friend who lives in the house next door.
1 Greet your friend and say you are planning a party.
2 Write some food and drinks that you have got at home and one
thing you haven't got. You decide to buy it tomorrow.
3 There’s asmall problem — you haven't got any wine glasses. Ask to
borrow some from your friend.
4 If lots of your friends decide to come, your flat will be very small.
Say this and ask whether you can have the party in your friend's
house, if necessary. Compare the size of his/her house and your flat.
5 You decide to call your friend tomorrow and talk about the party.
6 End your message and say goodbye.

Ae eater ALWIL ene eee meee NOME

tomorrow.

6 Until tomorrow,

2 Asking for things 37

 Speaking
; Now it’s your turn to join the conversation.
3) 02.16 Listen again to The story 1 conversation.
© Say the man’s words in the spaces.

) Test yourself
Which one is right?
Choose the correct sentence, a or b.
1 In arestaurant.
a Please, please, a Coke.
b Excuse me, could I have a Coke, please?
2 I'll make you a cup of tea.
a Isit all right if I have water instead, please?
b Is it possible I have water in the place of tea?
3 Would you like some white wine or red?
a Red for me, please.
b Red to me, please.
4 Fruit juice or lemonade?
a I don't mind.
b I’mnot mind.
5a I think Igo to the supermarket later.
b I think I'll go to the supermarket later.
6a Could 1 have some biscuits, please?
b Could I have any biscuits, please?
7a [haven't got some beer.
b [haven't got any beer.
8a_ There isn't any more cake, is there?
b There isn’t any more cake, isn’t it?
ga Would you like something for drink?
b Would you like something to drink?
10a Which test is the more difficult in the book?
b Which test is the most difficult in the book?
eS Write a dialogue.
"=" Situation: You are in a restaurant with a friend. It is the end of
the meal.
 You Your friend / the waiter
1 Offer your friend tea or coffee. 2 Your friend wants coffee.

3 You would like coffee too.

Call the waiter and order. RN Cot oP
You'd like some ice cream but
it’s not on the menu. Ask.
4 The waiter hasn't got any ice
cream.
occ ar 5 Hegives you the coffee.

(Ten minutes later ...) ese

6 Offer your friend more coffee.
Seger gh wraR 7 Your friend says no.

8 Call the waiter and ask for

the bill.
(The waiter brings the bill.)
9 Check if it’s possible to pay
by card.
eA ies 10 The waiter says yes.

SELF-CHECK
CORD eRe enna bee Ma HEH MeN en EH HEGRE AeeNEH EOP ESOEDLEEDENOERESUREDES EAU EED EN EH HESSD EDS ORESEESSPESERNDN TONE EEE EEDEESDHEN HOSE EEE

.. respond to offers
APPA Dee Er EEE OHOESOAEEE HES TEES EHEEHST OSH RETESNE ESSN OES PED ESS OSES ES EHEEES IDES SHOES ESET FERS SEMEN SHS SHEEHSDO ESSE HERONS

.. make decisions, using I’l/....

PPRERPUTTEET + sear eesesrnsnsssnenae eee ne ase ns essen eee n eens ee ese GH Bea EHH HEU REHLEDSU NEES ONO MEER TSOR OA AEHENEEESEEE EER ONS ORESE AER EEE EO DENSE E

..ask for things, using Could I have... 7

PUPEEESUEEET: «seas srccesccssaegnseeesesshbearae esses ans nnsseesessenseensh¥snONs ESOT EEGUEERESE ESSER GEESE EER ESEDESESAOE SOE EHEESEEESENE RAED

.. order drinks
PEREEREREEE: os cere cerccssesrannseresunessehsssssnesees ese eseee Sn HEH OHH eee sens EHH OE SHA SEG EHOOHAGER HGH AEH EEREHSERHEES EL PASER SEDER O HEED

... talk about availability, using have got, there is and some/any.
FPPEREISE ET ow essa rssecrenseeeeeeeneeeenesessses ease asses Sessa eHOOH SEE AOE EN EOS EDESESFOHDEDESSSTSH ORES RENEE EEPEE ESL EOE ESAS OSEAN ERSTE EROS

..ask for and give opinions and make comparisons, using

FPEPRERETED > vrs erresnecvensensnneanatebabsssenseseeesSesPnFabasHeHar HES Esa ADDED OEEOSDSHSUNYEESSHOENSHOHEUN UNE EUS DESO ATSASEESESERY OHNO EDE

..ask for and give permission using Is it all right ifI ...?
pesvencss ss SepPEEEEEEEEELELELEELEELLELEEEELELERe EERE ELEE EET ETT Ee ire reeeeee reer tere creer etree eerie eee ered

.. make requests using intonation with a big fall to sound polite.

2 Asking for things 39

 Making conversation

In this unit, you will learn how to:

> talk about everyday activities, using the present simple
> talk about ability, using can
> express interest, using echo questions.

VOCABULARY
> countries, nationalities and language

PRONUNCIATION
> can and can’t; intonation: expressing interest with echo
questions; stress with countries, nationalities and languages
CEFR: Can understand and use familiar everyday expressions aimed
at the satisfaction of needs of a concrete type (A1). Can understand
sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of most
immediate relevance and describe family, other people and present or
most recent job. Can establish social contact. Can cope with follow-up
questions. Can explain what he likes or dislikes (A2).

40
 The story
03.01" The conversation on the plane continues ...
~ Listen to the conversation one, two or three times.
Note ALL the correct answers.
They talk about a countries
b_ their families
¢ nationalities
d_ their names
e languages.

; Woman Where are you from? 4

: Man : I’m English. And you? 3
> Woman _ I'm from England, too. :
: Man Oh, really? But your book isn’t in English. :
‘ Woman Well, actually, I live in South America, in Uruguay, and so I speak :
: Spanish. :
: Man Do you? That's interesting! :
: Woman Yes, |like it there. How about you? Do you speak any foreign :
: languages? :
¢ Man I can speak a bit of French. :
? Woman Can you? :
: Man Yes, I use it in my job sometimes — but I’m not really very good :
; at it, :
j Woman Oh, aren't you? I really like languages. :

* For an American English version, listen to 47.06.

"} Listening and reading

1 Listen and choose.
Cover the text of The story conversation.
Read the sentences.

3 Making conversation 41
>) 03.0% Listen and choose Yes, No or We don’t know.
“= Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
4 The woman is English. Yes/No/We don't know
2 Theman’s English. Yes/No/We don't know
3 She speaks Spanish. Yes/No/We don’t know
4 She uses her foreign language Yes/No/We don’t know
in her job.
5 She lives in London. Yes/No/We don’t know
6 Helives in London. Yes/No/We don't know
7 Hecanspeak alittle French. | Yes/No/We don't know
8 He uses his foreign language Yes/No/We don’t know
in his job.
9 Languages are easy forhim. Yes/No/We don't know
10 She's interested in languages. Yes/No/We don't know
2 Listen, read and complete.
Cover the text of The story conversation again.
Read the sentences.
) 03.07 Listen and complete the words.
“= Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
@ The womoan,asks, Wa Sos) Gar yaya Fea
b The man.answers, [2/76 2. 0
ecthewomon says TA fiscs Bus Ceee if tee
3 Asking questions; expressing interest.
03.01 Listen to The story again and complete these sentences.
hal
“" Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
a The woman says, I’m from England.
The man is interested. He says, Oh, r__ __ __ __. __ ?
b The woman says, Actually, I/ | — —/ in South America, in
Uruguay.
The man is interested. He says, D__/y ____.?
c The woman asks about languages.
She says, Dos/ Vio oy 8 Gna aa ea ela
|ovengrejenteenls
RUN -g
The man answers.
EP Cs SY Ge ae ance ee
The woman is interested. She says, C__ _/ an a

4&2
 4 Read the text of The story again and complete the sentences.
1 Asking the same question.
a The woman asks: Where are you from?
The man doesn't ask, Where are you from? He asks,A —_/ y—_?
b The woman says, I speak Spanish.
She doesn't ask the man, Do you speak Spanish? She asks,
PS Shae ee oa Va
2 Making conversation.
The woman says, I speak Spanish.
Then sie sys, Avs oa y, I live in South America.
3 Theman doesn't speak French very well.
He says, I speak a bit of French... but I’m not very good / __ _/ it.

| And you? How about you?

Here, these two questions mean the same.
You can use both questions with all tenses.
The structure of the questions is always the same.

Practice
1 Asking about the same topic — And you? How about you?
Complete these dialogues.
4 A What's your name?
Bit SON tense et
A Mynames...
a Nfs 2)3 Se Se ete ORTH,
B I’mall right, actually.
3 A Here's the coffee bar. I’d like something cold to drink.
?
B I think I'll have the same.
2 Making conversation — actually
Make mini dialogues. Match 1-5 below with a-e.
1 Terrible weather, isn't it? a Yes, actually the food here is
always good.
2 Are you Japanese? I don't mind, actually. I like both.
3 Teaor coffee? Yes, I’m from Tokyo, actually.
4 Where is he? Yes, it is actually, isn't it?
5 This is really delicious! sa
oanActually, I’m not sure.

3 Making conversation 43
 LANGUAGE TIP
Actually
| Actually makes the sentence less direct. The British welcome indirectness.
| Foreign speakers of English can sometimes use actually wrongly:
Situation: A tourist in Europe.
Actually I am in Paris. X Tomorrow I fly to Madrid.
In some languages actually means now, at the moment.
In English actually is not about time.

}) Language discovery 1
~ EVERYDAY ACTIVITIES - PRESENT SIMPLE
Examples from The story
a Thewoman says, I live in South America.
b The man says, I use my French in my job sometimes.
Meaning
In sentence a) the present simple is for permanent situations.
In sentence b) the present simple is for repeated actions.

hes
 He/she/it

Does he/she/it

don’t work. He/she/it doesn't work.

We (do not)
They

af 5
eae
I I
Yes, you do. No, — |you don't. -
we we
they they

he/she/it does. he/she/it doesn't.

le 2sh | i,

I 1? I I?
You work, don't you? You don't work, do you?
We we? We we?
They they? | They they?

He he? He he?
She works, doesn't | she? She doesn't work, does she?
It | it? It ; it?

3 Making conversation 45
1 Complete the sentences about the two passengers.
Use the table to help you, if necessary.
1 I speak Spanish. She ________ Spanish.
2 I live in South America. She ________ in South America.
3 [like it there. She _______ it there.
4 luse French in my job He _____ French in his job
sometimes. sometimes.
2 Complete the questions and answers about the two passengers.
Look at the tabie and use the information from The story.
Example: Does she speak Spanish? Yes, she does.
she live in South America?
she like it there?
the man speak Spanish?
he speak French?
he live in South America?
krwWwn
=
au they work together?
Now answer the following two questions about you.
7 Do you speak Spanish?
8 Do you speak French?

ABILITY —- CAN
Example from The story
The woman asks about languages. He says, J can speak a bit of French.
She's interested. She says, Can you?
Meaning
Here, can is for ability.

46
Form

You
He/she/it can eat fish,
We
The
te:

Can you
he/she/it eat fish?
we
they
1

I
You
He/she/it can't eat fish.
We
They

Positive Negative
I I
you you
Yes, he/she/it can. No, he/she/it can't.
we we
they they
LOJUT=
afolamne (ef
I 1? 1?
You you? your?
He/ can eat fish, can't he/she/it? can't
eat fish, can he/she/it?
she/it
We we? we?
They they? they?

3 Making conversation 4&7

 Common mistakes — can
He can speak French.
NOT He-ear-te-speaktrench:X
Can you speak English?
NOT €ar-yetrte-speaktrgtish?X
OR Pe-yotrear-speaktrotish?X
3 03.02 Listen and complete these questions and short answers.
4 Pe Mah oy Se Prener ut Ne caeSy
Spanish.
2 inl. The WOMGR ease Spanish? Yes, ooo |
3 —______ they both ________ English? Yes, they're English.
4 About you: 1______ /____ some English.

a How do you pronounce it? (1)

CAN AND CAN’T
>» The vowel ain can has two different pronunciations, one weak /3/ and
one strong / @ /.
>» The vowel a in can't / a: / is different from the two pronunciations of a
in can.
1 ©3.02 Listen to the sentences again.
This time pay attention to the pronunciation of can. Can you hear
three different vowel sounds for the a?
Then read 1, 2, 3 to check.
4 weak can /a/ (can is not the most important word in the sentence):
a The man can speak French.
b Can the woman speak Spanish?
c Can they both speak English?
d I can speak some English.
2 strong can / @/ (can is the important word):
a Yes, she can.
3 Negative can’t / a: / (The negative doesn’t change. The vowel is the
same as in car):
a He can't speak Spanish.
Q Why is this pronunciation important?
A Because if you say strong can instead of weak can, sometimes people
hear can't.

4S
Gas) 2.03.02 Listen again and repeat the sentences.
“" Pay special attention to can/can't.

i) Language discovery 2
- EXPRESSING INTEREST — ECHO QUESTIONS AND REALLY?
Examples from The story
1 The woman says, I’m from England, too.
The man is interested. He says, Really?
2 The woman says, I live in South America.
The man is interested. He says, Oh, do you?
3 Theman says, I can speak a bit of French.
The woman is interested. She says, Oh, can you?
Form
Echo questions use auxiliary (do, can, etc.) + subject. Or you can use the
response Really?, as in Example 1. In Examples 2 and 3, another possible
answer is Oh, really?
1 Read the sentences and choose Yes or No.
1 Itis always possible to use Really? Yes/No
2 Weuse echo questions to express interest. Yes/No
3 If the verb in the first sentence is positive, Yes/No
the echo question is negative.
4 You can use really with all tenses. It doesn’t change. Yes/No

©) How do you pronounce it? (2)

INTONATION — EXPRESSING INTEREST, ECHO QUESTIONS
> To express interest, intonation is important.
> Abig fall and alittle rise in the voice expresses interest.
> Asmall fall or a flat tone of voice expresses little or no interest.

ee
a very interested b not interested

3 Making conversation
 03.03 Listen to these echo questions.
“=~ You will hear each echo question twice: a then b.
One expresses interest (intonation with big fall and small rise) and
one is not interested (intonation flat/small fall)
Write I for interested or NI for not interested.
Example: 1a N/
1 a Really? b Really?
2 a Doyou? b Doyou?
3 a Can't she? b Can't she?
4 a Isit? b Isit?
5 a Does he? b Does he?
6 a Aren't you? b Aren't you?

*2Speaking
EXPRESSING INTEREST WITH ECHO QUESTIONS AND
CONTINUING THE CONVERSATION
1 Express your interest.
Read the sentences.
First show your interest by choosing the correct short question
from Box 1.
Then choose a sentence from Box 2 to continue the conversation.
Example: His new song is really good. Is it? What's it called?
41 I can play the guitar.
My brother's new job's very interesting.
My father lives in the States.
My children don't like ice cream.
I'm thirsty.
Sue's not here today.
I like this cold weather.
Jessica can't drive.
I don't drink tea.
BWI'm not very well.
=HN
CWO
AU
ON

50
 Box 1 Box 2

What's the matter?

Are you? Oh, can you? So, how does she get to work?
What does he do?
Don't you? Isn't she? I prefer the summer myself.
What sort of music do you play?
Do you? Does he? Isn't that her, over there?
I have about five cups a day.
Can't she? Aren't you? Whereabouts?
Would you like something to drink?
Don't they? _Isit? It’s very popular in my house.

[-) 03.04 Now listen and check your answers.

=) 2 03.04 Nowlisten again to Person A in the mini dialogues and

ei respond.
Remember to show your interest with your intonation.

° Very interested men Not very interested

Example: Can you? Can you?

s¥A Vocabulary builder

Er: COUNTRIES, NATIONALITIES AND LANGUAGES
Match these countries, nationalities and languages. Use your
dictionary, if necessary.
LANGUAGE TIP
All countries, nationalities and
languages begin with a capital letter
in English.

3 Making conversation 51
 Country Nationality Language
a Spain 1 Polish A English
b Japan 2 Spanish B Spanish
c the United States 3 Mexican C Polish
d Italy 4 Portuguese D German
e Portugal 5 Australian E Chinese
f Egypt 6 Brazilian F Portuguese
g China 7 American G Japanese
h Australia 8 English H Arabic
i Mexico 9 Italian I French
j England 10 Egyptian J Italian
k Poland 11 Japanese
1 Brazil 12 Chinese
m Germany 13 French
n France 14 German

COUNTRIES — STRESS
=41 03.05 Where's the stress?
~’ Read the names of the countries in the box.
Look at the stress patterns below the box. Each syllable has a circle.
A large black circle means that the stress is on that syllable, e.g.
Norway = @o
Listen and write each country under the correct stress pattern.
EA ERE a ie a

a@e@o boe c @0o

Example: Egypt

do@oo eo0000®@

52
 LANGUAGES — STRESS
-\)2 03.06 Look at the groups of languages. Listen and find the
syllable with the stress.

NATIONALITIES AND LANGUAGES — STRESS

3 Checking stress.
Write the name of your country and three more — not those on
the list above.
Write the nationality and language for each one. Find the stress
on each word.
Country Nationality Language
1
2
3
4
Check your answers in a good dictionary. Here, after the word, you
will see the word in phonetics, e.g. Swedish / Iswicdif/. A part of this
is a mark (’) at the beginning of the syllable with stress.

LANGUAGE TIP
Q InThe story (03.01) the woman says, Where are you from? Can I say Where do
you come from?
A Yes, both are correct and common. The meaning is the same.
Q Can I say Do you speak English? and Can you speak English?
A Yes, both are correct and common.

3 Making conversation 53
¥Q Speaking and writing

TALKING ABOUT YOUR ABILITIES

The British welcome a modest attitude, especially when speaking, They don't
usually say I can ... very well. However, other people can talk about you and say, e.g., |
She can speak Arabic very well. It is common to talk about yourself in a less positive
way than your real ability. For example: I can speak Italian, but not very well and I
can cook not too badly.
When they want to say they can do something very well, the British often describe
a situation that tells you their level is good, but without using the words good or
very well. For example:
A Can you speak French? B Actually, I’m a French teacher.
A Do you cook? B Oh, me? I’m head chef at the big hotel in town.
In written English, for example when writing your CV (curriculum vitae), it is
common to state your abilities accurately, but without using very well. For example:
I can speak Korean fluently. / NOT #speakKeorean-very-wettX
My communication skills are good. / NOT Feermrunteate-very-wettX

03.07 Listen and respond.

Look at the symbols (+)/(-) and the responses.
Listen and repeat the responses.

03.05 Giving the correct response.

Situation: You can speak two foreign languages.
Read the questions and look at the response symbols (+)(-).
Listen and complete the questions. Then read your response.
41. Can you speak__.__? You (-)
2 And do you speak ___? You (++)
3 Howabout You (+)
4 And what is your native language? You

54
3 What can you do? How well? A little? Not too badly?
Write about the following topics.
Use your dictionary to help you, if necessary.
1 Transport — for example, can you ride a bike, drive a car, drive
a bus...?
2. In the house — for example, can you cook ...?
3 Sport — for example, swim, ski ...?
4 Music —for example, can you play the piano, sing ...?
4 What would you say?
Situation1 Inthe street
Someone speaks to you in a language you can't speak.
You:
Situation 2 You are in a language class.
At the end of the class another student takes your dictionary by
mistake.
You:

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember — translate the idea, not the words.
4 Where are you from?
2 I'mfrom...
3 Oh, really?
4 How about you?
5 A Canyouspeak German? 8B Yes, but not very well.
6 A Doyou like it here? B Not very much, actually.
7 A Helives in Paris. B Does he? That’s interesting.

3 Making conversation 55
 9 Writing
You apply for a job with an international company. You are writing
your CV (curriculum vitae). Write about your abilities and hobbies.
Use the present simple and can.
Curriculum Vitae
Name
Contact details

Your computer abilities

Your foreign languages
Your hobbies

“~ Listen again to The story conversation.

Say the woman’s words in the spaces.

) Test yourself
Which one is right?
Choose the correct sentence, a or b.
1 Ability
a Hecan swim.
b Hecan to swim.
2 a I’mnot very good in maths.
b I’m not very good at maths.
3 Present simple — everyday activities.
a Dohedrive to work?
b Does he drive to work?

56
 4 Echo questions — making conversation. I’m not an English student.
a Are you?
b Aren't you?
5 He lives next door.
a Does he?
b Is he?
<} Write a dialogue.
= Situation: You are at a friend’s house. You meet Claudia there. She
isn’t from your country.
You Claudia
1 Ask Claudia where she's from. 2 Respond. Ask the same
question.

3 Reply. 4 Express interest and make

conversation.

elena
E>ccerrerer ertres
5 Ask about languages— which? 6 Respond.

7 Express interest and make

conversation. Tenia

i)= oi Gl|
ICAN...
.. talk about everyday activities, using the present simple
.. talk about ability, using can and pronouncing can and can’t

.. express interest, using echo questions with the correct

intonation.

3 Making conversation 57
 Talking about
your daily life
In this unit you will learn how to:
> talk about jobs using the article a/an
> use prepositions in, for, to
> ask Do you like it? and respond
> talk about likes and dislikes using verbs + -ing (the gerund).

VOCABULARY
> jobs and work

PRONUNCIATION
» stress and weak forms: do/don't, does/doesn’'t; stress for
emphasis; intonation in single words/short phrases
CEFR: Can introduce himself and others and can ask and answer
questions about personal details such as where he lives, people he knows
-and things he has (A1). Can understand sentences and frequently used
expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance and to describe
family, other people and present or most recent job. Can cope with follow-
up questions. Can explain what he likes or dislikes (A2). Can briefly give
reasons and explanations for opinions and plans, and actions (B1).
ao

58
 The story
04.01 The two passengers continue their conversation. They talk about
~ their work ...
Listen to the conversation one, two or three times.
1 What's the man’s job?
2 What does the woman do?
PROP AAHEHOOPAAOAHOSHHEDOHOOHORASEDOH
DFO AOD HAVBD ADO HOHE OHEO9 8S 920982090008 008

: Woman What do you do? ;

: Man I work in computers. And you? What’S your job? :
: Woman ; I'ma teacher. :
: Man You're not an English ‘coder by any idee are you? :
: Woman Yes, Lam, actually, Iteach in a school in oe :
: Man Really? Whereabouts? :
: Woman In a town about 75 miles from the capital. I teach in an :
: International school. :
> Mon. = Do you? Do you like your job? :
: Woman Yes, I really enjoy teaching and the students are lovely, What :
: about you? What sort of work do you do in computers? :
: Man Well, I’m in marketing. Iwork for a big company, soltravelalot
for myjob. In fact, I'm on my way home now from a computer
fair in Argentina.
Woman And do you enjoy working in marketing?
Man It's OK, but I'm not very keen on all the travelling.
CO OC OHH HTSCHSOOT SOLES HHSCOHOSTHH SHH OS OHHO TESTES HEE SHOOT HEHEHE TEVOH HR OR OTOH”

* For an American English version of The story, listen to 174.07.

“} Listening and reading

. 41 04.01 Choose the correct answers.
~ Cover the text of The story conversation.
Read the sentences.
Listen and choose the correct answers.
Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
1 The woman
a_ lives in London.
b_ works in South America.
c teaches in an International school.
d doesn't like her job.
4 Talking about your daily life 59
 2 Theman
lives in Argentina.
is on a business trip.
works for a small company.
n likes his job.
anda
e really enjoys the travelling.
2 Talking about jobs; likes and dislikes.
Read the sentences.
04.07 Listen and complete the words.
Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
a The woman asks, What /__ —_/ you /__ __?
The man answers, I / w__ — —_/ —. __/ computers.
B <The moarvasks, W's / Vee So
The woman answers, J’ / __/ teacher.
c The woman asks for more information. She says,
W oo o/s Of/ wk /do: you do in. computers?
The man answers,
Toe i ee a g.
d The man talks about his company.
He says, I work /______ __/ a big company.
3 Likes and dislikes.
Complete the sentences.
a Theman asks,D/y—___/like/ your / —._. __?
She answers, Yes, I’/ really/e____y/t___—_ ch _._. 9.
b. She asks, Do youre a Sy) Week ee
marketing?
He answers, — — “_/ OK.
c He doesn't like the travelling very much. He says,
Pm noel WV oe AK ONYGi the travelling.

60
4 Read and complete.
Read the questions.
Read the text of The story conversation again and complete the
sentences.
a The man thinks the woman is an English teacher. He wants to
check and make conversation.
He says, You're /__. __ __/ an English teacher, b —./ — — —/
(rst fanCana rea vf otatigad VOU?
The woman says she teaches in an International school.
He asks where. He says WW — s?
The woman talks about her job. Then she asks the man about
his job.
She doesn't ask, How about you?
Instead, she asks, __ __ __ __ about you?
d It’s the end of the computer fair in Argentina. Where is the man
going?
e He says, 7f 2 Dm (OS a Wee ies Ba
now/ f_.—_ —/ a fair in Argentina.
>» The phrase by any chance makes a question less direct.
> What about you? and How about you? mean the same.
> In fact is very similar to actually. (See Unit 3.) In fact can
be more formal.

4 Talking about your daily life 61

’Practice ‘a LANGUAGE TIP
Q What's the difference between
;
|
1 Where? and Whereabouts? | where? and whereabouts?
| A The meaning is the same.
Complete these conversations. Where is more direct and specific.
Choose a-f from the sentences below. Example: I can't find my keys?
1 I live in London. | Where are they?
? | Whereabouts is common because |
| it is less direct. a
We go to Italy for our holidays. | It is especially common when it is |
ae
| the only word in the question. q
My parents are in Aenala, | Example: Paul works in the
? | States. Does he? Whereabouts?
I travel to Cadaques a lot. .
?
This is the name of the hotel
?
Whereabouts do you wae
>
wWrwnruwrwypaypna

LANGUAGE TIP

with these
words
to school No the
to work with these
places
tothe giport | 7

62
 2 On the way...
Look at sentence e in Listening and reading Exercise 4.
Look at the pictures and complete the sentences.

No, I’m __/__/way

back.

TANGY 5e2/ el gens,

___ to school.

Bree SiON fica},

___/ home.

4 Talking about your daily life 63

ia How do you pronounce it?
DO/DON’T; DOES/DOESN’T
1 Do/dor't
> The vowel in do has two pronunciations, one strong / u: / and one
weak / a /.
> The vowel o in don't / ov / is different from the two pronunciations
of o in do.
04.02 Listen to these three sentences. Can you hear three different
“ vowel sounds?
weak do /a/ (do is not the important word)
strong do/ u:/ (do is the important word)
negative don’t / ov / (the negative doesn't
change)

2 Does/doesn't
> The vowel in does has two pronunciations, one strong / A/, one
weak / a /.
> The vowel in doesn’t / A/ is the same as in strong does / A /
}} 04.03 Listen to these three sentences. Can you hear two different
4’ vowel sounds?
weak does / a / (does is not the important
word)
strong does / A / (does is the important word)
negative doesn’t / A/ (the same vowel as
strong does)

64
3 Do/don't; does/doesn't
04.04 Listen to the sentences and repeat. The stressed syllables
are marked.
Pay special attention to the vowels in do, don’t, does, doesn't.
weak / a/ strong / u: /
weak / a /
weak / 9 /
negative / 00 /
strong / u: /
weak / 3

strong and negative / A /

Q Why are these differences important?

A If you know that some words can be very short, with weak vowels, you can
understand more when people speak. If you use stress and weak vowels when
you speak, people can understand you better.

STRESS FOR EMPHASIS

In The story, the woman asks the man about hisjob.
She says, What do you do?
The man answers. Then he asks, What’s your job?
Stress (emphasis) is on the important information words in a sentence.
For example, A asks: What’s your name? The important information word
is name.
B answers and asks the same question. What’s your name? This time,
name isn't important — we know the conversation is about names. This
time your is important.
4 Where’s the stress? .
Read the seven mini dialogues. The person answers a question
and then asks the same question. Find the stressed word in the
questions.
1 I'm fine thanks. How are you?
2 I’m Carol. And you? What’s your name?
3 I live in London. Where do you live?

4 Talking about your daily life 65

 4 My birthday’s in April. When's yours?
5 I don't smoke. Do you?
6 I’dlike some coffee. Would you like a drink?
7 I live with my parents. Do you live with yours?
)4;.05 Now listen and check your answers.
Listen and repeat.
4.05 Listen again and repeat the answers and questions.
Pay special attention to the stress in the questions.

INTONATION AND MEANING — SINGLE WORDS AND SHORT

PHRASES
One way to express feelings in English is through intonation.
Example from The story

y
‘It's OK’ is positive. ‘It’s OK’ is not very positive.
> To sound positive, start high and finish low.
> Flat intonation expresses that you are not very happy or interested.

positive = high start + big fall

not very positive = low start + small fall

6 Listen and choose.

4.0 6 Listen to the questions and answers.
For each question, one eeponce is positive and one response is
not very positive.
Write P for positive or NP for not very positive.
> Yeah is informal for Yes.
4

66
 7 Listen and repeat.
04.06 This time listen and repeat the responses, Can you hear the
_~ difference? Can you use intonation to sound positive?

4\ Vocabulary builder 1
Jobs
Look at the pictures and the letters.
Write the correct word for each job.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.

4 TPSIERECONTI 5 CIMECAHN
4 Talking about your daily life 67
 7 TACRO 8 OPSH SSTANISAT 9 UROT DUEGI

12 EIRSHCA 13 TDUSENT

‘Language discovery
JOBS WITH THE ARTICLE A/AN
Examples from The story
The man asks, What’s your job?
The woman says, I’m a teacher.
Common mistake
She's a teacher. NOT Ske’steacher. X

68
 Form
Subject + verb be tare(lalelin-melad ial
Singular : ee travel agent
actor
|
Plurals: compare He's ‘a doctor (+ article a)
| and |They're doctors (no article)

1 What do they do?

Look again at the pictures in the Vocabulary builder. Some
people have name labels - for example, the waiter is Dan.
Complete the answers and questions.
Example: What does Dan do? He's a waiter.
1 What does Dan do?
2 What's Pat’s job?
3 What does Carl do?
4 What's Kate's job?
§ Now youusk: Jo? She's
= atour guide.
6 You ask again: Jim? ____. He’s.c travel agent.
Q) 2 04.07 Listen and repeat the questions and answers.

Z USING PREPOSITIONS — WORK IN

Example from The story
The man says, I’m in marketing.
3 Correct the mistakes.
Correct A in the conversations. Use the words in the box at
the end.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
Example: David makes planes.
A You're a dentist, aren't you, David?
B No, I’'min engineering, actually.
4 Jack is a Member of Parliament.
A Jack works in publishing.
B No, he’s
2 Brenda works for Barclays Bank.
A Brenda's in education.
B No, she’s

4 Talking about your daily life 69

 3 Paul is the director of a language school.
A Paul works in banking.
B No, not Paul. He’s
4 Matt draws pictures for books.
A Matt works in administration.
B Are you sure? I think he works

USING PREPOSITIONS - WORK FOR

Example from The story
The man says, I work for a big company.
4 Write the words in the correct order.
1 for/Sue/Amazon/works.
2 does/for/brother/which/your/company/work?
3 who/know/she/for/Mworks/do/you?

DO YOU LIKE IT?: QUESTIONS.

AND RESPONSES
Examples from The story
The woman says: Jreally enjoy teaching.
Then she asks: Do you enjoy working in marketing?
The man says: It’s OK but I’m not very keen on all the travelling.
5 04.07 Read, listen and repeat.
Read the phrases and look at the symbols.
=) 04.08 Listen and repeat the phrases.
Rea) asi “

LANGUAGE TIP
To answer only yes or no to the question Do you like ...? can sound rude. Use one of
the phrases above instead.
> With actually, the negative isn't so direct. (This is the other common use of the
word actually.)

70
 56 Listen and respond.
Look at the questions and symbols, for example (++).
=) 04.09 Listen and respond.
= Example: You are the woman in The story.
Question: Do you like being a teacher?
| (++) You answer: Yes, |really enjoy it.
| 1 Dan, do you enjoy being a waiter?
| (+) Yes,
. 2 Pat, do you like working in reception?
(-) No,
3 Carl, how do you like your job?
(++)
4 Kate, do you enjoy working in a shop?
(+/-)
5 Jo, what's it like being a tour guide?
(=)
6 Do you like working in travel, Jim?
(+) Yes,

LIKES AND DISLIKES: VERB + -ING (GERUND)

Examples from The story
The woman says, I really enjoy teaching.
The man says, I’m not very keen on all the travelling.
After enjoy, like, not mind and be keen on the verb ends in -ing. This is the
| gerund.
enjoy + verb/ing like + verb/ing
| mind + verb/ing be keen on + verb/ing
7 Read and find.
| Read this interview with a schoolgirl, Sophie.
Find all the verbs + gerunds.

: Interviewer So, tell us about what you like doing and don't like doing, Sophie.
Sophie Well, I really enjoy going out with my friends at the weekend.
I like inviting them home, too. I don’t mind doing my homework
— I know that’s important, but I’m not very keen on helping my
mum with the housework. S@eeesoe
COO OOOO OOOOH
@eeoveeesessseece OEE OHE TECH HOOT OOOO TEST HHESE HO HOSH ESOS HOREHEHHEHETOHHEE®

4 Talking about your daily life 71

 8 Read and complete.
Complete these mini dialogues using enjoy, like, don’t mind, not
keen on.
Use the verbs in the box.
4 A What sort of thing do you like _______in the evening?
B Well, actually, I enjoy —__ Gr and I like ___ £7, too.
2 A Jack, can you help us with some housework on Saturday?
B OK. I don’t mind —_____ Lb but I’m not very keen on

3 A Do you like _____

B Yes, I really enjoy ______.. i=!
4 A That new film is on at the cinema.
B Actually, I’m —______ out tonight. I’m very tired.
5 A I’msorry but the dentist can’t see you for another half an hour.
BalthotisiO Ke bse

(V2 Vocabulary builder 2

WORK
Match 1-12 with a-I.
First try without a dictionary. Then use your dictionary, if necessary.
4 Hannah works in the house a She works full-time.
for her family
2 Kate is 70. b She's unemployed.
3 Dawn hasn't got a job. c She's acolleague.
4 Sue works from 10 until 2 o'clock. d She does alot of overtime.
5 Twenty people work for Julie. e She's a housewife.
6 May works 50 hours a week. f She's a manager.
7 Denise works from nine to five. g She works part-time.
8 Moyra is a student doctor h_ She works freelance.
at the hospital.
9 Chris's office is in her house. i She's retired.
10 Sheila works in the same office | j She works shifts.
as her sister.
41 Lena works on short contracts k She works from home.
for different companies.
12 Lucy goes to university. | She's a student.
72
Writing
1 Work: How about you?
Write or prepare to tell a friend about your job/studies. What do
you do/study?
Give some extra information about your job/studies.
Use some of the expressions from the Vocabulary builder. How
much do you enjoy your job/studies?

:2 > In Britain, usual office hours are 9.00 or 9.30 a.m,.—5.00 or 5.30 p.m., Monday to
Friday, but times vary.
> Many shops open seven days a week and some supermarkets are open 24 hours
a day, only closing from late Sunday afternoon to Monday morning. :
> Using mobile and Internet technology, many people can work from home at least
some days. Flexible working hours are possible in some jobs. j
People usually take a break for lunch at some time between twelve and two o'clock. |
Four weeks per year is the average holiday plus eight public holidays.
The company deducts some taxes from the salary before they pay it.
It is not usual to ask people their salary.

2 Work in your country

Write or prepare to tell a friend about work in your country. Give
information on the points in the Work section.
Use the phrases in the text to help you. Write a minimum of one
sentence for each point.

kQSpeaking
What would you say?
Situation 1 You and John work for the same company. John leaves and
goes to work for another company. Someone telephones and asks you,
Can I speak to John, please?
You say:
Situation 2 You work in a shop that is open seven days a week. You work
on Saturdays and Wednesdays. It’s the end of the day on Saturday. A
colleague asks you, Are you in tomorrow?
You say:
> Here to be in means to be here, at work.

4 Talking about your daily life 73

 Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember - translate the idea, not the words.
4 What do you do?
I'ma...
2 Do you like cooking?
Yes, I really enjoy it.
Yes, I quite like it.
It’s OK.
I’m not very keen on it, actually.
Actually, I don't like it at all.
3 I don't mind waiting.
4 I’monmy way home.

=y Writing
e Unive got a new job. Write an email to your friend Josh.

| Hi Josh,
| I’m writing to tell you about my new job.
| Write about ...
... the things you really enjoy - and say why
... the people you quite like - and say why
... the things you don’t mind - and say why
... the people you are not very keen on — and say why
... the things you don’t like at all - and say why
| Looking forward to seeing you at the weekend.
|Best regards,
(your name)

74
7 Speaking
faa) 04.10 Now it’s your turn to join the conversation.
~ Listen again to The story conversation.
Say the man’s words in the spaces.

" ) Test yourself

- Which one is right?
Choose the correct sentence, a or b.
4 a What work does your brother?
b What does your brother do?
2 a Like you your job?
b Do you like your job?
3 a We're on our way there now.
b We go to there now.
4 a Are you enjoy to travel?
b Do you enjoy travelling?
5 a What sort of company does he work for?
b For which sort of company he works?
6 a Wecan't use the car but I don’t mind to walk.
b We can't use the car but I don’t mind walking.
Choose the correct stress.
7 My brother's a mechanic.
a What does your brother do?
b What does your brother do?

4 Talking about your daily life 75

) Write your part of the dialogue.
” Situation: You are at a party. You are in the middle of a
conversation with a person you don’t know.
You The other person

}
1 Say what you do.

eames
Ask his job.

| work in television.

2. Ask for details.

| read the news.

3 You think you know him.

You think his name is David
West. Check.

Yes, | am, actually.

4 Askif he likes working in

nee
television.

Yes, it’s very interesting.

The only thing I’m not too
keen on is working late at
night. What sort of work do
you do exactly?

76
| 5 Respond.

.
Do you enjoy your job?

6 Respond.

7 His wine glass is empty.

Offer more.

Yes, please. That would

be nice.

SELF-CHECK

. ask Do you like it? and respond.

. talk about likes and dislikes, using verb + -ing
...use stress for emphasis.

4 Talking about your daily life 77

 Giving explanations

In this unit you will learn how to:

>» use possessive pronouns — mine etc.
> use the present progressive for temporary actions in the present
> choose correctly between present progressive and present simple
> use the present progressive for future arrangements
> say why, using to, so that, because.

VOCABULARY
> first names; the family

PRONUNCIATION
> extra syllable, 3rd person singular, present simple; weak form of to
CEFR: Can introduce himself and others and can ask and answer
questions about personal details such as where he lives, people he knows
and things he has (A1). Can understand sentences and frequently used
expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance. Can use a
series of phrases and sentences to describe family and daily routines.
Can cope with follow-up questions (A2). Can understand the main points
of clear standard input on familiar matters regularly encountered in
work and leisure. Can produce simple connected text on topics which are
familiar or of personal interest (B2).

78
 The story 1
My 05-0 1* The conversation on the plane continues. They exchange names,
= talk about their families and the reasons for their trips.
Listen to the conversation one, two or three times.
__ Choose Yes for the things they talk about.
Choose No for the things they don’t talk about.
They talk about:
: a_ their names Yes/No
b_ where he lives Yes/No
c_ his family Yes/No
d the reason for her trip Yes/No
e her mother Yes/No
f her father Yes/No

: Woman = What's your name? ;

: Man- Oliver, And yours? :
: Woman My name's Tasha, It’s short for Natasha, a Russian name, My :
: = mother’s Russian. So, whereabouts in England do you live, Oliver?
> Man = I live in Scotland, actually, in Edinburgh, but I'm staying in :
: London for a couple of weeks, because of myjob. And you? Are :
‘ you on holiday? :
: Woman Yes, I'm going to England to see some friends of mine. Theylive +
: near London. ;
> Man Oh, right, And your family? 3
: Woman — __My father’s working in the States at the moment — until next :
June. He works abroad quite a lot. It’s nice because my mother
organizes her work so that she can travel with him, Even if they
aren't at home, I go to England every year because I need to see
other relatives and friends.
SOOO POCO OEE OES TE TRE SOHHH EHO HHEOEH HOT OTHH USO RE TST HCEOHEHHTONCELOHHE®

* For an American English version, listen to 17.08.

~} Listening and reading

4 Read, listen and choose.
Read the questions.
) 05.01 Listen and choose the right answer.
/ 4 His name is Oliver/Leo.

5 Giving explanations 79
 Her name is Sasha/Tasha.
Her name is from Greece/Russia.
Her mother/father is from the same country.
The man lives in Edin ,
But for the next two/three weeks his work is in Oxford/London.
She's on her way to visit her family/som
They live in/near London.
WOW
BWN
OU
ON Her parents are in South Africa/America for another two years/
six months.
When her parents aren't in England goes/doesn’t
she go home.
When she goes to England she visits her friends and museums/
her family.
2 Read, listen and complete.
Read the sentences.
5.0% Listen and complete the words.
‘Then read the text of The story conversation to check your answers.
1 The woman asks the man his name.
He says, Oliver. Then he asks the same question A — —/
Vast Beene
a_ Oliver has work in London for two weeks.
He sya as ae Seee / in London for a couple of
weeks.
b He says why.
BSS a /o —/ my job,
Oliver asks Tasha, Are you on holiday?
She says, Yes, /I’_./g —.______/ t __/ England/ t __/ see some
friendsfo 22 / mie SS
Tasha’s parents aren't in England now.
she'says) My /fieoot es SP Vias ee Ss g/ in the States
at the moment.
Tasha’s mother likes travelling with her father but she works.
Tasha says, My mother organizes her works —/t —__t/s____/
c — — travel with him.
Why does Tasha go to England every year?
She soya: 8 Ge e/I/n___.___/t _/see other
relatives and friends.

80
3 Read and complete.
Read the sentences.
Read the text of The story conversation again and complete
the words.
1 Tasha is the short name. Natasha is the long name.
Washo is S 23 2 EIT 2 Notosha:
2 Tasha says, My mother’s Russian. Then she starts a new topic.
She says, —__ /whereabouts in England do you live, Oliver?
3 Tasha asks, Whereabouts in England do you live, Oliver?
Oliver doesn't live in England; he lives in Scotland.
He says, J live-in Scotland /, @ a. A se
4 Oliver's going to London. How long for? Two weeks.
He says, 7 2.7 a4 Co oe OY Oc) WEEKS.
5 Is Tasha working? No, she’s __ _ holiday.
6 Tasha says, I’m going to England to see some friends. They live
near London.
Oliver responds with another question.
He says, O__, /r ____ __t. And your family?
7 Tasha’s father works in other countries. He works a__ _.__.___ _.
8 Does Tasha's father work in other countries all the time?
Not all the time but q__ _____e / __/|____ of the time.
9 Tasha goes to England when her parents are there and when her
parents aren't there. She goes to England e __ __ ___/ i —_her
parents aren't there.
10 How often does Tasha go to England? E________/y____r.
4 Make sentences.
Practise the expressions in Exercise 3.
Choose one from each column, A, B, C, D, to make five sentences.

‘Uni’ is jon a couple weekend.

The baby spends {short the time of months.
She phones home {with us for every university. |
My brother is staying |from uni holiday to Italy.
They're going lalot of i asleep.

5 Giving explanations 81
@ Language discovery 1
” NAMES
< First names
<==) In Britain, it is common to have one first name, one middle name and
one family name.
Example:
First Middle Family name or surname
Victoria Ann Smith
>» Some people have more than one middle name. It is not common to
use your middle name(s).
> First names and middle names often come from other members of the
family.
> Itis very common to shorten first names, e.g. Victoria > Vicky.
> Ifa first name has a short form, it can be more formal to use the long
form. e.g. Michael can be more formal than Mike.
>» When we write a name, we usually start with the first name, e.g. Emily
Gardener. Emily is the first name; Gardener is the family name. On
official papers and documents, the family name usually comes first.
> At work it is very common to use first names.
» You can give your child the names you like. There is no official list.
Example from The story
Tasha is short for Natasha.
1 Match the names.
Look at the following names,
Match the short and long names.
Girls Boys
1 Abi Rissicie eseee 1 Ollie
2 Beth 2 Chris
3 Ellie 3 Nick
4 Sam 4 Dom
5 Kate 5 Sam
6 Ros 6 Josh
7 Chris 7 Mike
8 Mel 8 Finn
9 Jess 9 Tom
10 Becky 10 Matt

82
 SPSS HST SSE SHSEAHHTESHSTOHHSEETOTHEOHETO OLE ETESEOLEHH LOH EEE CCRC OOHROH4EROE

Girls Boys
Jessica Christine Nicholas Samuel
Abigail Rosalyn Michael Matthew
Bethany Eleanor Dominic Thomas
Melanie K/Catherine Finley Christopher
Samantha Rebecca Oliver Joshua SOSHSSEH
SOCSEHOSHOEHHHHEHEHROEEHHHBEDEOEES
SHHSHSHSSHSSHSHHSSHSHSHSSHHESHTSFOHSHSEHHSHOHTHTHESHTHSOHEHHAHSEOHHSESESEHETEHBEH®

2 Names for men and women.

As you can see, some short names are the same for both men and
women.
How many examples can you find in the lists?
3 Asking someone about their name.
Put these words in the right order:
for/name/what/your/’s/short?
4 About you: first names.
Write answers to these questions or prepare to tell a friend.
Is your first name short for another name?
Does another member of the family have the same name?
Where does your name come from?
Is it common or unusual in your country?
What does your first name mean?

USING SO, ... TO START A NEW TOPIC

Example from The story
Tasha: My mother’s Russian. So, whereabouts in England do you live, Oliver?
>» Wecan use so to change the topic.
>» Inthe example, Tasha talks about her mother.
> Then she asks Oliver where he lives. So starts the new topic.
> Sois not essential but it introduces a change of topic.

5 Giving explanations 83
 5 Using ‘So, ...’ in a conversation.
Situation: John and Sophie live in Miami. They have a party. Two
guests have a conversation.
Read the conversation. The topic changes three times.
Choose where to say So.

; Jo My name’s Jo, and yours? :

; Sam Sam. :
: Jo Where do you come from Sam? :
« Sam I’m from New York. I work in a bookshop there. :
2 Jo Do you like it? :
: Sam Yes, I really enjoy it, actually. I love books. Do you know this :
: town well? °
: Jo Quite well, I come for a holiday from time to time. How about ‘
: you? Where do you go on holiday? ;
: Sam I like going to Europe for my holidays — I love London and I know :
: Paris and Rome and a few other places. How do you know John :
and Sophie? :
2 Jo John's my brother. :
> Sam Oh, right. :
SOSOOOHROSSASHSHHAHOOHGFAHHOCHOHHTHFSHSHHOTEHOHHOCHHOESOC
HHO HEOTEHT HOGER ESEOESCESE®

CORRECTING PEOPLE USING ACTUALLY

Example from The story
Tasha: So, whereabouts in England do you live, Oliver?
Oliver doesn't live in England. He lives in Scotland.
He says: I live in Scotland, actually,
He doesn't say the wrong information, I don’t live in England. This can
sound rude.
He says I live in Scotland, actually. He says the correct information + —
actually.
> With actually the correction is less direct.
> Actually goes at the beginning or the end of the correction: Actually, I
live in Scotland or I live in Scotland, actually.

84
 6 Read the short dialogues and correct the mistakes.

7 05.02 Listen and say the responses.

: USING ABROAD
Example from The story
Tasha’s father works abroad.
Abroad has no preposition and no article (the). It isn’t correct to say:
He works tthe abroad. X
He goes te abroad for his holiday. X

5 Giving explanations 85
 8 Complete these answers with abroad and information about
Oliver and Tasha from the audio.
4 Is Tasha’s mother in England?
NG)
2 Does Tasha live in England?
No, she ;
3 OlNG Cea aig for tis Jon:
4 Jasho's father 2 quite d lot.
5 What sort of holidays do you like?
I enjoy (travel)

) How do you pronounce it?

‘HE’, ‘SHE’, ‘IT’ AND ‘WHO?’ FORMS OF PRESENT SIMPLE
Example from The story
My mother organizes her work.
4 05.03 Listen to the sentence on the audio and choose a or b.
“ Remember, a syllable is partof a word with a vowel sound.
The verb organize has three syllables — or-gan-ize.
The word organizes has:
a three
b four syllables?
> Some verbs add an extra syllable / iz / with he and she, it and who?
2 5.04 Listen and repeat these verbs.
RESRARER ERE ce aceieeea aie cesses ee rere cesar erase

86
3 My wife and I. los
Situation: Kate and Joey are
married. Joey has a shop and his CLOSED
wife works in a supermarket. Who
does what in their house?
Read Joey’s sentences.
Complete the verbs and write the
number of syllables for each verb
where you see brackets ( ). All the
verbs here change.
Practise the extra syllable. Read the
verbs aloud as you write.
Example: 1 I close (1) my shop
at 6.00 but Kate's
supermarket closes
(2) at 9.00.
2 I finish ( ) work early but she
( ) late.
3 Athome I wash ( ) the dishes
and she _____ (_ ) the clothes.
4 Ifix( ) the car and she
( ) things in the house.
5 [relax ( ) in the bath but she
( ) with a book.
6 I watch ( ) sport on TV but Kate
( ) news programmes. ©
7 Idance( ) abit but my wife
( ) well.
8 Iuse( ) soap but my wife
( ) shower gel.
9 I change( ) the baby in the
morning and Kate _______(_ )
her at night.
10 I sneeze ( ) when I’mill but she
{ ( ) every morning.
11 I organize ( ) the money and
she _______ (_) the holidays.
12 [kiss ( ) my wife and my wife
( ) me.

5 Giving explanations 87
 > 05.05 Listen and check your answers.
‘=’ 4 Listen and repeat.
05.05 Listen again and repeat.
ddd)
“—’ Pay special attention to the extra syllable for she.

ASKING WHO? — PRONUNCIATION OF 3RD-PERSON SINGULAR -ES

5 Who does these things in the story My wife and I? Kate or Joey?
Complete the questions with one word only.
4 Who the dishes? Joey.
2 Who____ work at 9.00? Kate does.
3 Who_______sport on TV? _ Joey does.
4 Who things? They both do.
> When who is the subject of the verb, there is no does. Use who + verb
with s or es.
Q When do we add an extra syllable for he, she, it and question who?
A When it’s difficult to say the s without adding an extra vowel sound.
An extra vowel sound = extra syllable. (It’s the same reason why we
add -es for plural nouns, as we saw in Unit 3.)

PRESENT SIMPLE 3RD-PERSON SINGULAR: PRONUNCIATION

AND SPELLING SUMMARY
For he, she, it and who, add an extra syllable to verbs ending in:

6 Look and decide.

Look at the verbs.
Which ones change with he, she, it and question who?

88
V7. Vocabulary builder
THE FAMILY: CLOSE RELATIVES
Who’s who in this family?
Key
e> = female
[+=} = male

ee
e SSSHOTOHSHSSHSSHHSESHSAHSHTHSHHHAHHEOSHHETEAEESSAHESHEHESHSASHOHHHRHHCHSHEHEHHHEHRHESAEEBESEOOEE
e
°
°
e
e
s
Karen@<————> Mike Karen/Mike ««—= Naomi, Josh,
*
Wife Husband Daniel
Karen and Mike are married. eceosecnese

Mike is married to Karen, Parents Children

Naomi ««——+s Daniel/Josh

Karen/Mike ««—2 Naomi/Daniel |]
Sister Brother(s)
Mother/Father ««—sxDaughter/Son hoshomeTiuin brotha
1S Daniel

Naomi lives with David. Josh is going out with Rebecca. Seeeeeees

Partner << Partner Boyfriend «—— Girlfriend

Rebecca isn’t related to Jenny.

Tom and Josh are related. eeeesesses

eeee
SCOHOHHRAHTHSEHSHHOHHREHOHHATOHTHGOHSSHOTSHTHSHHHHHSOHHHHHROHE
SSSHSAFHSOHSTSFAHHHSESTETHOSSOSHTSSHTCHEHEOTBESEHEEOEE SOK eHseesovoaevessesne09”®

5 Giving explanations 89
 EHIEHSD
COS OHHOOHSGOAHHRESHTSEHHSSOSFHSHHSHEHOHTHRHHHHHEEHOHOHIHTEOOHHHTHHOSHTEFHSC )

Naomi -———» Karen ‘Hello, Mum‘

fom ———— Naomi ‘Hello, Mummy: (young children)
Naomi ———— Mike ‘Hello, Dad’
Tom ——» David ‘Hello, Daddy: (young children)
David
eeeseeeece —————» Tom/Rachel ‘Hello, kids’ (informal)
SSOC
eesoae SOHHSHSSSHOHHSRHSEHTOHHHSETRHHTIOOHS CHOOT HC EHHLEEHETHHEHETOSOH
STORRS REH0*

1 Read and complete.

Look at the family diagram and the vocabulary in the boxes.
Now complete these sentences with the vocabulary from the
diagram and boxes.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
=_. Mike: Could I speak to Karen, please? It’s her _______ here.
This is Karen, Josh’s mother. Is my —_____ there, please?
I’m Naomi, Daniel's sister. Is my —_____ here, please?
A: Who's David? B: Naomi’s
A: Josh, are you __/ Mike? B: Yes, he’s my dad.
Mike: Naomi’s a lovely ;
Mike: I’m married to Karen now. Sue's my first
Naomi: Daniel’s my
Josh is Daniel's ___ / —_____.. They look exactly alike.
owJosh is in love with his
=aDN
ouvBW
ON . He wants to marry her. He asks
her, Will you marry me?
When David goes to work, little Tom says, Bye, bye, :
12 A: Naomi, is Daniel a of yours? B: Yes, he’s my brother.
13 We always give our flowers on Mother's Day.
14 It's Daniel here, Naomi’s brother. Can I leave a message for my
, please?
1§ a Naomi and David have got two :
b When Naomi takes them out, she says, Come on, —______!
We're going out.
16 Daniel: I need to talk to Mum. Naomi: Mum isn’t here but
—_______. IS. Shall I.get. him?
17 Tom is in a shop. He can't find Naomi. He says, Where's
POM ase
os
 18 Naomi and Josh are_____ and LANGUAGE TIP
SSeS, | We say Come on, kids!
19 A: Who's Karen / (informal) or Come on,
B: Mike. children! but with a singular, }
20 A: Who's Rebecca / j |We use the name, e.g. Come |
i > eae ie, MaeOR, EXAVNCE) |
: We say Married to ... and
B: Her _____’s name’s Josh. | related to ... (not married/
related with....). :
POSSESSIVE ’S - CONTRACTION OF ‘1S’ eeeeppeeeeeerereeret
AND ‘HAS’
A sentence can have more than one possessive ’s.
Look at the examples.
1

Who's Karen? Mike's wife.

is possessive 's
NOT #he-wife-ofHyike: X
2
Karen's daughter's name's Naomi.
possessive ’s possessive 's is
NOT +he-nameofthe-datghteroHtarenis
Naomi: X
3
What's David's son's name?
is possessive 's possessive 's
NOT Whetisthename-ofthesor-of-Bavid? X
4
Who's Jack? A friend of Daniel's.
is possessive 's
NOT AfrienctofBDaniet X
>» Add ’s to the name in the phrase A friend/cousin/neighbour/colleague
of + name + ’s.

5 Giving explanations 91
 2 Complete the words in these sentences about the family in the
Vocabulary builder.
1 AWho’s Josh? Biok mee ate
2 AWho’ Mike? BK eee aan
3 Daniel’ ___/m ‘aoa bkalte
rei A OROETNG
PAGE og GONSAR fh
Aen TOU ly ty RRR eem HO 1)LF
Biikee (Oi in Naomi
LCP aja 10|aRwN 1)SOU Sey p eMBNYto PCO ere iy i Prantl meal,
B Naomi.
7 AWho__ Daniel? BAf. POs
a ee
<)3 Write about you and your family.
Choose the right information to make a paragraph about you and
your family.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
Example: I’m {married.
retmearried.
My husband's
wife's
partner's :
gitifriend’s name's Mary/John.

boyfriend's
I've got one
two children.
three
OR
IT haven't got any children.
About you About your partner
My name's os My husband's
My family and friends wife’s name’s
call me partner’s
I'm Lee girlfriend's
not married boyfriend’s
I've gota /¢ partner.
|
girlfriend.
boyfriend.

I haven't got a partner/girlfriend/boyfriend.

92
 About your brothers and sisters
I've got one brother. His name's :
two brothers. Jhelrnamesiare 2. wand
three brothers. Their names are____, Sand
_
four, etc. brothers. Their names are and

I’ve got one sister. Her name's

two sisters. Their names are and
three sisters. Their names are arn
four, etc. sisters. Their names are____,»__SE and
OR
I haven't got any brothers or sisters. I’m an only child.
About your parents :
Both my parents are alive. They live in
Both my parents are alive but they aren't together. My mother lives in
and my father lives in
My mother’s alive but my father’s dead. She lives in
My father’s alive but my mother’s dead. He lives in
Both my parents are dead.
About your children
I've got one child, a son. His name's
I've got one child, a daughter. Her name's
I've got two, three, four, etc. children. Their names are
and

®) Language discovery 2
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS — MINE ETC.
Examples from The story
4 The woman asks the man his name.
He says, Oliver. Then he asks the same question.
He says, And yours?
2 Why is Tasha going to England?
She says, To see some friends of mine.

5 Giving explanations 93
> They're friends of mine is more common than they're my friends.
4 Use the possessive pronouns in the box to complete the table.
Subject Possessive adjective Possessive pronoun
I my
he his
she her
you your
we our
they their

2 Complete the sentences with the correct possessive pronoun.

1 AMy birthday’s in April. When’s ____? B In November.
2 We'e seeing friends of ______ for dinner tomorrow.
3 A Does David know Jack? B Yes, Jack's a friend of
4 Thatisn’t their car. ____ is blue.
5 Als Joaclassmate of ______? B Yes, we’re in the same
English class.
6 The family is going on holiday.
a Which bag is yours? That big one's
b And John's? The red one's
c Where's Mary’s? —_________ Is this black one.
d How about Kay’s and Mike's? ______ are in the car.
e Andwecantake_____. Come on, let’s go.

‘Language discovery 3
PRESENT PROGRESSIVE - TEMPORARY ACTIONS
Example from The story
Tasha’s parents aren't in England now.
She says, My father’s (father is) working in the States until June.
The name of the tense is the present progressive.

94
 Meaning
| 4 Choose the right answers, a, b or c.
| 1 Inthis example from The story, the present progressive is for:
| a_ the past.
b the present.
c_ the future.
| 2 The action is:
a permanent.
b temporary.
Form
2 Choose the right answers, a or b.
1 Inthis example from The story, the verb has:
a one word,
b two words.
2 The present of be is/isn’t part of this tense.
> Here the present progressive is for a temporary action in the present.
3 Complete the table.
Use the correct part of the verb be.
Contractions are in brackets.

Positive Negative

jae | Denes (OL

(—'m) (CEE) tore
io be
eye | He.not
SHO Irei. | She(’ ) not
It(__) | |OR She n't
|working. | It) not working.
OR It-__—_nt
VOUrsaea ai [You not
Wess oo | We(’ _____) not
MGV (ee) | They(’_. —_) not
OR They 25 int .

5 Giving explanations
 Questions Question tags — to make conversation
Echo questions — to express interest

Positive Negative
Sages | baie (4 _jaren't I? west
he aed Beenie?
Le She working? |—— she? at sent she?
eau A eG heii?
oe you i to youl area, you?
See We ee Wey, See
nt we?
Jae they ae ees EV <a = Mb theye
4 Answer Yes or No to these questions.
4 The main verb is always with -ing.
To make questions, you use auxiliary do.
To ask a question, you change the word order.
In questions, the verb be is before the person.
The negative can have two forms.
N The I form of the negative question tag is irregular.
kW
an

5 What’s happening at home?

Situation: Mark arrives home. He’s talking to his brother, Dave.
They’ve got one sister, Sharon, and a brother, Jamie.
Complete the conversation. Use the correct parts of the present
progressive and appropriate verbs.
POHSSHSSHOSHSHTOCHHEHHHEHEHHTHEHOHFTHHHHSSHTHTHHHHOHHESHHEHRTEHESHEHHEHTHSHHOSHEEHHTESHEHAHESHEEOE
e

: Mark Where's Dad? :

: Dave He____/__ the car. This water's for him. >
> Mark And Mum? :
: Dave She's in the kitchen -___a cake for your birthday. €t\= :
:. Mark Whotei oo Jorma. oe :
> Dave ——_____TV in his room. :
> Mark lilacs Focal :
: Sharon —____ her homework? :
: Dave Of course she ; . She's upstairs with some :
: friends, They’ LL / to music, :
> Mark They Ch ae a eee mare), :
: Gxt thee yy:
Mark goes to Sharon’s room. :
: Mark SRQCON WHOL | cscistaatataniaas VOU Vat
eee Dee oP :
: Sharon Your new CD, It's great! Ts realy itl :
> Mark A______/ y__? Now come on. Give it back to me. :
: Sharon Sorry! Here you are. :
CHP HHHOHTOHAHOHHHHOHOEHH
HE OTESHHOHETHHEHO
HOHOTHO SHHESTHESEHESES
HEHSAE ESEOSs®

q
Q Inthe conversation, what's the difference between these two answers?
Mark What's Jamie doing?
a Dave He's watching TV.
b Dave Watching TV.
A Both are correct and common — a is always appropriate;
b is more informal.
Q Inthe story, why is it: My father’s living in the States until June?
(present progressive)
Can I also say, My father lives in the States? (present simple)
A This is avery important point. The grammar in both sentences is
correct, but they mean different things.
With the present progressive (My father’s living), the situation is temporary.
With the present simple (My father lives), the speaker thinks the situation
is permanent. So, My father lives in the States until June is wrong.

LANGUAGE TIP
| Q Situation: It’s 3.00. Where's Sharon?
A sit correct to say, She’s sleeping?
This answer is not wrong but it’s not common.
She's asleep is more common. It’s the same with
questions and the negative.
| Is she asleep? is more common than Is she
| sleeping?
| She isn’t asleep is more common than She isn’t sleeping.
pS Silas wel eas oh palabra pea Si acne, CPN ROS A Pea TNS EDT ED PRE RS

PRESENT SIMPLE OR PRESENT PROGRESSIVE?

6 Choose the correct verb form.
Choose present simple for permanent situations.
Choose present progressive for temporary situations.
41 Your teacher's ill, so today I teach/I’m teaching your class.
2 Are you ina hotel? No, Lstay/I’m staying with friends.
3 Myson lives/is living with me until his new flat is ready.
4 Now,come on Joseph, you are/you're being very naughty today. Stop
that and sit down. Usually are/you're
you being a very good boy.
5 Normally, Lwork/I’m working hard but this month I don't/I’m not.
It’s very quiet.
6 Does your daughter live/Is your daughter living at home? Yes, she’s
only 14.

5 Giving explanations 97
 PRESENT PROGRESSIVE - PERSONAL FUTURE ARRANGEMENTS
Example from The story
Oliver is on a plane on his way to London.
He says, I’m staying in London for a couple of weeks,
Meaning
7 Answer these questions. For 1, 2 and 3, find the right answer.
For 4, answer Yes or No.
1 Here, this tense is for an action in the:
a Past b Present c Future
2 The decision to stay in London is:
a Inthepast b Inthepresent ec Inthe future
3 The arrangement is personal/part of a timetable?
4 a Theplan is for Oliver to spend two weeks in London. Yes/No
b The action to arrange the time in London is in the past. Yes/No
> Here the present progressive is for personal future arrangements.
8 Complete this conversation between two friends.
SPHOHSSHHHHSHEHSHTSHSEHHHGHHSSHSHSSHHHHHHSHHHHHOTHHOTHEHRHHHTHOHTHTHOTHCHSHHHTHORIGHHDOH
°

:A What —__ / you _____ this evening? :

>B l'____/ ___ tothe cinema with Don. Would you like
: to come with us? ,
>A No, thanks; Jimine minute, :
: Wes ge ee OUP OMCRan hk: :
>B Which publics aoe Vout sacs sifie ta :
7A The one by the river. :
SOHSLEHHHTEHEHHHHHTOHGOTOTHESSHHTOSHHOFOH THREE HOHHSHHEEHEHEBESSEELCESERBES®

| Example: I’m going to the cinema this evening.

Q_ Canlalso say, I go to the cinema this evening?
|A__No.I'm going to the cinema this evening |s a personal future arrangement.
The present progressive is the only correct tense. :
(The present simple is used for the future, but only to talk about a one-off action that
is part of a timetable, schedule or itinerary — see Unit 8.) 4
See

98
Practice
1 Present or future meaning?
Read the sentences. They are all in the present progressive.
Which sentences refer to an action in the present?
Which sentences refer to a personal future arrangement?
Choose present or future for each sentence.
1 I'm doing it right now!
I’m leaving soon.
Is he arriving on Friday?
I’m busy talking on the phone at the moment.
I’m seeing him in the morning.
The telephone’s ringing — can someone please answer it?
I’m having dinner with him tomorrow evening.
They're having a holiday at the end of the contract.
You're not meeting John after work, are you?
=aCO
ON
EWN
DU A Mummy, I can't sleep.
B I’m coming in a minute, darling.
2 Future arrangements.
Read the mini dialogue about arrangements for next weekend.
Find the personal future arrangements.

A So, what are you doing next weekend?

B Well, on Saturday morning I'm visiting a friend. Then, in the
evening we're having dinner in the new pizza restaurant. On
Sunday my parents are coming for the day. @eeecsee
SHRHSCSSHESSSOHHHTHEHHHSEHHSHSHHOSSHHHAHEHTSHTHHSSHEHHHHETHHSHOHSHEHHOSHSHHEHEHZESCEHOHES
@seeeeesnes

3 Find the mistakes.

There are five mistakes with the verbs in this mini dialogue. Write
the correct dialogue.
A Do you come to class tomorrow?
B No,I won't.
A Why you can't come?
B Because tomorrow comes my mother from Germany. I go to the
airport to meet her.
4, What are you doing next weekend? Write or prepare to tell a friend.
Write a minimum of three things about your arrangements for next
weekend.
5 Giving explanations 99
) Language discovery 4
ANSWERS TO ‘WHY ...?’: TO, SO THAT, BECAUSE
Examples from The story
Tasha says, I’m going to England to see some friends.
Then Tasha says, My mother organizes her work so that she can travel
with my father.
Why does Tasha go to England every year?
She says, because I need to see other relatives and friends.
Why is Oliver staying in London for two weeks?
Because of hisjob.

Summary — saying why

A Why is Tasha travelling to England?

To
B Because she wants to/likes to/needs to visit friends and family.
So (that) she can
A Why is Oliver staying in London?
B Because of hisjob (because of + noun)

Complete the answers.

Why is Tasha travelling to England?
Write because, because of or so (that) she can.
a ——____ buy new books for her job.
b ______her friends and relatives,
C5 its her.country.
d —___ have a holiday.
COMMON MISTAKE
Saying why
Example from The story:
Tasha says, I’m going to England to see some friends,
This is the infinitive of purpose. In other words, it answers the question Why? or
What for?
| NOT: Frr-geingte-England-torto-see-sometrends: X
NOT: Frr-geing-te-Engtand-torseeing-
some trends: X

100
a How do you pronounce it?
SAYING WHY: USING AN INFINITIVE OF PURPOSE: TO + VERB
Look at the words with stress in this phrase: ... to see some friends.
The pronunciation of to is weak / ta /. The important word in the phrase
‘to see’ is see,
1 Complete sentences 1-8 with an expression from the box.
Example: We go to France to buy nice wine.
41 I’mphoning k
2 Igo tothe coffee bar
3 I need some change
4 I’mgoing to the kitchen
5. Avera ggg gs
2c.
co
6 Iswim :
7 Shes tn toly sae
8 I’dlike to go to London

ep fit
to relax and ke
fo “ak,

: to learn Italian ones oo

to tell you about the
party
to have some tea ri'
ce to-buy-nice-wine
ulan
an amb
to get
: “ius eums
a snack
and have
friends
lk to my
; to ta
eee ee ee eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeeeeeseseeoseeeeeeeeese

. 2 05.06 Listen to the sentences again and repeat them.

od Pay special attention to weak form to / ta /. The stress is on the verb
_ after to..

5 Giving explanations 101

3 Read the questionnaire and choose the right answers for you.
Then read your answers aloud. Remember the weak pronunciation
of to in infinitives of purpose.
Why are you learning English?
Because 1 like it. It’s a hobby.
Because I need it for myjob.
Because I need it for my studies.
Because I want to visit England.
So I can travel independently.
So I can understand and talk to my colleagues and/or visitors.
So I can get a better job.
To pass exams.
Because I want to understand the words of songs in English.
Because I like to watch films in English.
To help my children with their English studies.
BCBecause there is an English-speaking person in my family.
BER
ey
Eiri
El
Ee
ei
Et)
EP
What are your main reasons?

Why are you using this Complete English as a Foreign Language book?
To improve and practise my English in general.
To learn how to communicate better in English.
To understand speakers of English when they talk.
To improve my pronunciation.
To improve my vocabulary.
To improve my grammar.
To find out more about British life and customs.
Because I can't go to classes.
ekBecause I study on my own.
fe
ed
eB
hy
What are your main reasons?

102
 {Speaking
What would you say?
Situation 1 You are next in a queue in a shop. The shop assistant asks
Who’s next? The person behind you says, Me.
You:
Situation 2. The phone rings. Your friend answers it. You’re in your room.
Your friend calls you and says, It’s for you.
You:

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember - translate the idea, not the words.
1 Here’s my car. Where's yours?
Maria's a friend of mine.
I’m studying English because of myjob.
I listen to the CD to improve my pronunciation.
I’m working tomorrow.
A Where's Pat? B She's having a bath.
I don't work so that I can be with my children.
NoubwWNn

—=q Writing
a You’re on holiday. Write a email to your friend Charlie. For each
space choose the correct verb from the box.
Use the present simple, the present progressive or the infinitive of
purpose.

5 Giving explanations 103

 Hi Charlie
We 1______ a great time on holiday in Malta.
| We 2____in a lovely hotel, opposite the beach.
|3_____ to you from my room - it’s very comfortable.
Every morning we 4 _______ for a swim, then
we §_____ by the pool and6___.
Tomorrow we 7 _______ the boat to a little island near here.

A friend of ours 8 ________ therre for a year.

We 9 __ sr him for lunch and then he 10 ____ us on a tour
round the island 11 _______ the beauty spots.
Don’t forget we 12 ________ to the theatre on the 20th. I’ve got the
| tickets.
See you when we get back,
(your name).

)Speaking
=) 05.07 Now it’s your turn to join the conversation.
“= Listen again to The story conversation.
Say Tasha’s words in the spaces.

) Test yourself
Which one is right?
Choose the correct sentence, a or b.
1 Where's Sue?
a_ She's in holidays.
b She's on holiday.
2 a Do you go out this evening?
b Are you going out this evening?

104
 3 I goto the cinema alot:
a because of I like new films.
b because I like new films.
4 I'm working hard:
a so as to can travel abroad.
b so that I can travel abroad.
5 Why are you calling David?
a To invite him to the party.
b For to invite him to the party.
6 We go there:
a all the weekends.
b every weekend.
7 Ilike playing tennis:
a even if it’s raining.
b if even it’s raining.
8 a I don't wait any more. I leave right now.
b I’m not waiting any more. I’m leaving right now.
9 a Susan is the girlfriend of Paul and Paul’s a friend of me.
b Susan is Paul’s girlfriend and Paul’s a friend of mine.
10 a She's a friend of Peter.
b She's a friend of Peter's.
For 11 and 12 choose the appropriate answer.
11 You live at number 2, don't you?
a No.
b Actually, my house is number 3.
12 I’ma friend of your brother's.
a Oh, right.
b Yes.

5 Giving explanations 105

3) Write a dialogue.
” Situation: You are in a new English class in England. You meet
another student. She is not the same nationality as you.

You Gloria
4 Say your name and ask her
name.

etA aa
3 Ask why she’s studying
English. 4 She says it’s because of her
Job, and asks you the same

5 Answer the question. (work/tourism)

RS
cbteteleWs.5:
Ask about her arrangements for after the class.

a
106
 6 She answers library/homework,

7 Answer lunch/cafeteria/ eer CaaS.

friends.
She asks you the same question.

i)= Bo | OG
ICAN...
. USE possessive pronouns — mine etc.
..use the present progressive for temporary actions in the

... use the present progressive for future arrangements

.. say why, using to, so that, because
... use infinitives of purpose, with weak to.

5 Giving explanations 107

 & Staying in contact
@
In this unit you will learn how to:
> talk about future plans, using going to
> talk about making arrangements: possibilities, suggestions and
offers
>» use phone language.

VOCABULARY
>» numbers, family names

PRONUNCIATION
> using stress to correct mistakes
CEFR: Can handle numbers, quantities, cost and time. Can ask people
for things and give people things (A1). Can understand sentences
and frequently used expressions related to areas of most immediate
relevance. Can make and respond to invitations, suggestions and
apologies. Can make arrangements to meet, decide where to go and
what to do (A2). Can understand the main points of clear standard input
on familiar matters regularly encountered in work and leisure (B1).

108
 The story
) 06.0%* Tasha and Oliver continue their conversation. They exchange
’ personal details and plan future contact.
Listen to the conversation one, two or three times.
Read the sentences below and decide Yes or No.
1 Oliver would like to see Tasha again.
Tasha would like to see Oliver again.
He gives her his contact details.
She gives him her contact details.
They arrange a meeting.
anThey
brWN arrange to make a phone call.
7 They're arriving in London soon.
SOPH HAOOSOHHAEEHAOSOOE EGE AOE OSS OOOEOOO SOOO EO OODLE OOOH OOO 90980 OO FO 99.9484 8.0.9.0
7 U ‘ °
; Oliver As I'm working in London for two weeks, we could... we could :
: meet for a drink one evening, if you like. :
: Tasha Yes, that would be nice. :
: Oliver Shall I give you my number? I'll give you both my mobile and my :
: office numbers — then you can phone me and we can arrange :
: something, ee :
: Tasha OK. Just a minute. Where's my phone? :
: Tasha opens her bag and gets her phone. °
: Tasha OK, what's your family name? :
: Oliver Rees. :
: Tasha Is that R double E, C, E? :
: Oliver No, it’s R, double E, S, actually, and my mobile number is 0769 :
: 1894304, :
: Tasha 0769 1...? ;
: Oliver 894 ... 304 and the phone number of the London office is 020 :
: 7402 3277. :
: Tasha 020 7402 ...? ;
: Oliver 3277. You can get me on extension 159, I think it is. Yes, 159. Or :
: you could email me. My email address is orees (O,R, double E,S)
:- @starmail.com. :
; Tasha OK. When we land, I'll send you a text and then you'll have my :
: number. I can give you the landline number of my friend's house
: now, if you like. :
: Oliver Why not? Then I can call you. :

6 Staying in contact 109

 Tasha My other name’s Harrison,by the way, Tasha Harrison.
Oliver ie Harrison,‘H’,Tasha Harrison.
And your friend’s number is ...?
Tasha 020 8549 6682.
Oliver 020 8949...
Tasha Actually, it’s 020 8549 6682... Yes, that’s it.
Oliver i When would you like me to call, during the day or inthe evening?
Tasha I don't mind. I'm going to visit relatives and do other things but —
I'm going to spend time at home with my friends, too. So, any
time’s all right with me, really, I’m on holiday!
Oliver Right then, I'll phone you sometime next week, Tasha, if that's
OK.
Tasha Yes, I'll look forward to it.
Oliver Oh, look, the ‘Fasten your seat belts’ sign is on, We're landing in a
minute.
080SSS SHSO SSE SHOTS SESS H OTTO OHHH
92,99.0.0.09
0.9
O4.6.0.06.8.09.0.6:0.0
0004000084880
06042 SHE SOSH OTHE OHEHTSHESHH THT HHTH TESST HOTHOHEOSE HOH
OAHLE
SELES
SHS
Pee
Od
SSS
Se
ee
e

* For an American English version, listen to 17.09.

> For @ in an email address, we say at.

> For the dot or full stop in an email or Internet address, we say dot.
> For example, for @starmail.com we say at starmail dot com.

06.07 Listen and answer the questions.

Cover the text of The story.
Read the questions.
For 1 and 5 listen and choose the correct answers.
For 2, 3 and 4 complete the information where possible.
1 Oliver talks about a _dinner
b adrink next week.
c thecinema

110
 2 Oliver's details his family name
the name of his hotel
his mobile phone number
his office phone number
his email address
3 Tasha’s details her family name
her friend's name
her friend’s address
her friend’s phone number
eantranancea
her email address
4 Tasha’s plans for her holiday
(three activities)

5 Who's phoning who and when? Oliver's phoning Tasha

Tasha's phoning Oliver
next weekend
next week
in the day
fa in the evening
neTrTans
"Oa

2 Listen, read and complete.

Read the sentences.
06.07 Listen again and complete the words.
Then read the text of The story to check your answers.
41 a Oliver would like to see Tasha again.
He suggests a drink. He says, We c __ __ __ d meet fora drink.
b Tasha responds. Yes, t__ _ t/w___.—.d/be/n_.e.
2 a Oliver talks about possible contact. He offers to give Tasha his
phone numbers.
He says, §_ __ __ _./ __/ give you my number?
b Then he says, I’__ _/ give you both my mobile and office
numbers — then you / __. __ __/ phone me and we / ___ __ __/
arrange something.
3 Oliver also talks about email.
He saysyOr yours saith Cae / email me.

6 Staying in contact 111

 4 a Tasha also talks about possible contact.
She decides to send Oliver a text so that he has her number.
Sine sGye; fae Sem a ye eerext.
b Tasha also wants to give Oliver her friend’s number.
She says, |/ __ __/ give you the landline number of my
friend’s house now ifyou like.
5 a Oliver offers to phone Tasha next week.
He says, I’__ __/ phone you some time next week.
b Tasha feels positive about it.
SNe SGyS Te Se a wa
Oliver asks Tasha for a time.
He says, When W i i / VOU a teed Call?
Tasha talks about her plans for her holiday.
She sys, 0) 0 /'G wae ee / CL Vet relatives-and do
other things but fm (95.2 Sos tiles eee hime at
home with my friends, too.

CONTACT INFORMATION
3 Read and complete.
6.07 Read the text of The story again and complete the words.
Oliver would like to meet Tasha for a drink. Does he say exactly
when?
No. He says, We could meet o _. _./e ——— __. __ __g.
a Oliver checks whether it is all right with Tasha. He says,
We could meet fora drink!) 27 yy2 Ftle
b Later he checks that a phone call is all right.
Pe Says ie Tee ayes
Is the meeting fixed? No.
Oliver says, You can phone me... and we cana —. _. _. _. __/
Se i ethers San,eee g.
020 7402 3277 isn't Oliver's direct number. His direct number is

Oliver gives Tasha his contact details and she gives him her friend's
landline number t — _.
Tasha needs time to find her phone. She says J_._.__/ a minute.
Does he need Tasha’s family name? Yes. Has he got it? No. Tasha
gives him this information. She says My other name's Harrison, b—
PCa ea

112
 8 a Does Tasha choose day or evening for the phone call?
Nia SHOSOVS AAG 35. letIT ries atl,
b Oliver can phone in the day and he can phone in the evening. He
conipnone:d Loco ytiesee.
g Tasha accepts Oliver’s suggestion. Oliver starts his promise to call
her next week with the phrase, R__ _______/t ____n.
10 Which day is Oliver calling Tasha? We don't know exactly. He says,
ae iphones ai wen wn FORE WOOK:
11 a This is a ‘fasten your seatbelts’ s _.___ __. FASTEN
Is it ____? Yes. Why? Because they’re arriving
soon.
b Planes take off and|____ __.

12 Verb get.
a Why does Tasha open her bag? — to get her phone.
b Oliver says, You can get me on extension 159.
Which one means contact, which one means take?

\VA Vocabulary builder 1

~~ NUMBERS 1-10
4 Write the number for each word. Use your dictionary, if necessary.

: - four

6 Staying in contact 113

 2 Practise numbers 1-10.
Practise saying the numbers backwards as fast as possible: ten,
nine, etc.
Practise counting in twos.
What are the even numbers? Two, four, etc.
What are the odd numbers? One, three, etc.

PHONE NUMBERS
—)) 3 06.02 Listen and choose.
Read the sentences.
Listen to the phone numbers and choose a or b.
1 Foro they say:
a zero
b O (the name of the letter).
2 When two numbers are the same, for example 77, they say:
a two sevens
b double seven
3 For 8549 they say:
a eight — five — four — nine
b 85 (eighty-five), 49 (forty-nine).
O.9 8.4.99 OO. 0.0.0 .% 60.06.6920 0.9.9.0.6 0.9 6.9.0.9.0 99.9.9 6600089869609 0989.99.08 0899888088882 08

: Oliver .. and the phone number of the office is 020 7402 3277. :
> Tasha And your friend’s number is ...? :
: Oliver 020 8549 6682. =
:
SCSCOC SOS SHSHHTHH HOSTESS SES HT SOHC SOHHOHTHTHEHOTOTSEESSEECOHEEHTHETEOEHEHHROSASEHEO”

» Practice
~ SOMETIME AND ANYTIME
Example from The story
I'll phone you sometime next week.
>» Here sometime means:
a you are promising a phone call.
b The time of the call isn’t fixed.
Another use of sometime: I've got an appointment sometime next week.
Meaning: The appointment is fixed for next week but I don't know/
remember when exactly.

114
 With Phone me anytime, you are saying you are available all the time.
> Anytime means:
a_ the time isn't fixed.
b The person can choose the time.
For example, You can call me anytime tomorrow.
The person can call at 9, 10 or 11, etc. — when they like.
1 Complete these sentences with some time or any time.
1 When's John coming back from Australia?
tomorrow, I think.
2 When can I use the laptop?
you like.
3 Whencan we visit him in hospital?
between 10 a.m. and 9 p.m.
4 When's your appointment at the dentist’s?
next Wednesday.

BY THE WAY
We know that indirect language is very common in English. By the way is
another example.
Example from The story
Oliver wants to add Tasha to his contacts. He needs her family name.
Before he asks, she gives him the extra information. She says, My other
name’s Harrison, by the way.
With by the way the sentence or question is:
> correct
> communicative
> indirect.
Without by the way the sentence or question is:
> correct
> communicative
> direct.
Q When do I use by the way?
“A Tomake the question or information indirect.
OR
To introduce a new topic in an indirect way.
By the way can go at the beginning or the end of the question
or sentence.

6 Staying in contact 115

 2 What would you say in these situations?
Example: Your colleague's talking to you about her husband. You want to
know her husband's job. Ask her.
By the way, what does your husband do? OR What does your husband do,
by the way?
4 You're talking to a friend. You can’t remember her boyfriend’s name.
2 Your colleague's baby is very ill. He is in hospital. You're talking to
your colleague. Ask about the baby.
3 You buy anew computer. You're at work, talking to your colleagues.
Tell them.
4 Youre at a friend’s house. Your friend is having a party tomorrow.
You would like your new girlfriend to come to the party. Ask your
friend.
5 Your friend Mary is thinking about a trip to England. You want to
know her decision.
6 Your friend promises to give you the phone number of a new friend.
It’s a week later. Ask for the number.
7 You invite a new friend to dinner. You want to cook fish. You're
talking to the friend on the phone. Check that he likes fish.
8 Acolleague is having a meeting with a new client. You join the
meeting. Say hello and introduce yourself.

| How do you pronounce it? (1)

USING STRESS TO CORRECT MISTAKES
In English we often use stress to correct mistakes.
How do you correct, for example, a wrong phone number in your
language? Some languages use extra words. For example, ‘No, it’s not 3,
it’s 2.
Example from The story
)1 06.03 Listen and repeat.
Listen to this example from The story.
GOOF DODD ORDO DGD AMEE OCHO E82 OO FOF F2H FG O FCF FOHRATOH OO OFSHOEGEHREOHROTOCCOO¢RESOSRE
e

> Oliver And your friend's number is ...? ;

; Tasha 020 8549 6682. :
> Oliver 020 8949... . :
: Tasha Actually, it’s 020 8549 6682, :
COCO TETHER OH STORES OTHHHOTHOOTCEHOOHETSHKEOHSORT OHH KOH OHH OCOD OEEEH HEROES OS®

116
hat
Do

> To correct a person, we stress the correct number(s).

Listen again and repeat the last line.
2 Read and find the differences.
Read the four mini dialogues.
Find the different number in B - the number(s) where there is
a mistake.

3 ©6.04 Listen and correct.

Now listen to the four mini dialogues again and repeat the last
lines, using stress to correct the mistakes.
4 Read and correct.
Where are the ‘mistakes’ in the mini dialogues? Some of the
‘mistakes’ are only a different opinion.
Find the ‘corrections’, the syllable(s) with stress in B.

6 Staying in contact 117

=) 5 06.05 Listen and correct.
Now, listen to the dialogues and correct the mistakes, using
stress.

) Language discovery 1
TALKING ABOUT FUTURE PLANS, USING GOING TO
Example from The story
Tasha talks about her holiday plans.
She says, I’m going to visit relatives and do other things but I’m going to
spend time at home with my friends, too.
Meaning
Here, going to is for future plans.
Form
The form is the verb go in present progressive + to + verb.
1 Make mini dialogues.
Match sentences 1-9 with the correct sentence or question a-i.

1A
B Because he's not at home.
2A
B After the news.
3 A
B Oh, is he? Who to?
4A
B Is he? I hope he passes.
5 A
B Are you? That's nice.
6A
B Oh, just a sandwich, I think.
YAig! Weblo Snen Liscl Meanie mA OanIURNER od Veal EE
B Yes, I think they are.
8A
B Ican, if you like.
9A
B Aren't you? Why not?

118
 MAKING ARRANGEMENTS: POSSIBILITIES, SUGGESTIONS AND
OFFERS
Examples from The story
We could meet for a drink one evening.
You can get me on extension 159.
I'll phone you sometime next week.
Shall I give you my number?
When would you like me to call you?
> Here, can, could, I'll, shall I? and would you like me to? are all similar
in meaning.
Meaning and form
Situation: Your friend is ill, in hospital. You want to visit him/her. You are
talking to his/her partner.
Summary - possibilities, suggestions, offers
I can
I could | go to the hospital tomorrow,
ll
Shall I
go to the hospital tomorrow?
Would you like me to

> All these expressions are correct and appropriate.

> Could is alittle less direct than the others.
‘» Shall I? and Would you like me to? are questions. Here, J can, I could
and I'll aren't questions but they need a response.
> To say yes, you can use an echo question. (Echo questions are
explained in Unit 2.)
> Can you? Could you? and Would you? are echo questions for the
expressions given.
> The offer and the echo question can have different verbs.
6 Stayingincontact 119
 Examples: 1 A__ I'll do that for you.
B Can you?
2A Icould ask him.
B Would you?
Q CanI say It’s possible for me to (go to the hospital tomorrow) for
offers?
A The grammar is correct.
> Students of English often say It’s possible, Is it possible? It isn’t
possible. It is more common to say I can, I could, I'll, shall I? or
Would you like me to? for offers.
2 Read and answer.
Situation: Debbie is my neighbour. She’s got four young children.
I arrive at her house.
Read the conversation and answer the three questions.
SHSHHHSHHHSAAHSAHOHAFOHHHHOCHDOSOTAOGOEO
MAGES HROOESSOESHLEHOEOCHHOCH SHEESH ROHECOHRE

Me Hi, Debbie. Isn't it cold today? How are you? :

: Debbie Not very well at all, actually, and it's nearly time for school. :
> Me I can take the children to school for you if you like. :
> Debbie : Really? Are you Sure? :
: Me Yes, of course. :
: Debbie That's very kind of you. I feel really terrible! :
: Me Right, now you just go and sit down and I'll make you a cup of :
: tea. Shall I call the doctor? :
> Debbie Could you? Thanks, q
: Me Where can I find the number? a
+ Debbie In the little book by the phone. Could you ask for an appointment :
- as soon as possible, please? :
; Me No problem. How about dinner this evening? Would you like me
to cook for you all? The children could eat at my house.
:
Debbie __ Thanks for the offer, but it’s all right. My husband doesn’t mind
cooking, actually.
SPSSHSCHSCHOHSTSHHSSSEHHEHSHVESCHSETHSHSHCSSCCHOSHSEHHEHHESCHC
TG OLEHE CEES EETEHCSSESSES®

1 Choose aor b. Debbie is:

a fine.
b not very well.
2 1 offer to do four things for her. Note them down.

120
 3 For each of my offers, does Debbie say Yes or No?
> Really? Are you sure? It is common to check an offer of help
before you say yes.
> Not very well at all, actually is more common than I’m ill.
Read and complete.
Read the sentences. Find the exact words in the dialogue with
Debbie.
Complete the dialogue.
1 I offer to take the children to school. Debbie says Yes.
Ce, ibn a a Ee abo, 9 She says
2 I offer to make a cup of tea.
SOY Leen
3 loffer to call the doctor. Debbie says Yes.
Sa eee oe We RE Tee She says
4 Ineed help to find the number.
Task
5 I offer to cook dinner.
WON wressat
re ae
6 I suggest the children eat at Debbie says No.
my house.
ph fe ene Bay She says
06.06 Listen and repeat.
Now listen to the dialogue with Debbie. The long sentences are
divided into short phrases. The short phrases are repeated to
build the longer sentences.
Pause the audio in the gaps, and repeat what you hear. Pay
special attention to your intonation.

COMMON MISTAKE
Offers and suggestions
Would you like me to make some tea?
| (Not: Would you like that I make some tea?)
i
would like TT to + verb

Would you like us to help you?

biDe would you like Richard to do the job?
the children _|tocome with us. |

6 Staying in contact 121

 5 Read and complete.
Situation: You are on the phone to your friend. Your friend is
bored.
Read the conversation and complete with the correct phrases.
Several options are possible.

ee (|
ieShall we

SHOSHSHHSSHSSSSAEARHEHESSESSHSSHOSESHHSSSHESTHHSHSSHHTSHSHTHSSSHHOHEHHSTESHESEHTHEFSSHESOHHSCOOH

: Your friend I'm bored.

: You eee ees TOO LONE GINEMalh)
: Your friend That's a good idea, _____ 2. go to the ABC(?)
‘ They've got nine screens there.
> You Why not? I've got the car tonight, ___ 83 pick
° you up on the way(?)
: Your friend ee
ee a Greats inanKks!
: Your friend. Do you know what time the films start there?
: You I've got no idea, 5
—__ call and ask(?)
: Your friend Don't worry, I think it’s usually about eight o'clock.
: You Fine. ________ 6 get to your house around seven(?)
° Is that OK?
: Your friend Yes, an hour is plenty of time to get there, decide which film to
: see and buy the tickets.
: You See you later, then, Bye.
> Your friend Bye! SOSOHS
PSPHAHHHOOHHEHHETSHTESFTOHTTOOHHEHETHEHHHSOHTEHEHRHEOHHHEHEHEHOHLETESEHSEEAEDECE®

6 Do they mean yes or no?

Now look at these responses from the dialogue.
For each response, decide: do they mean yes or no?
Suggestions/offers Responses
1 We could go to the cinema. That's a good idea.
2 Shall we go to the ABC? Why not?
3 Shall I pick you up on the way? Can you? or Could you?
or Would you?
4 I'llcall and ask (the times). Don't worry,
 — saying Yes and No to offers and suggestions
Saying Yes Saying No
That's very kind of you. Thanks (for the offer), but it’s all right.
(Yes,) That’s a good idea, Don't worry...
(Yes,) Why not?
(Yes,) That would be nice.
OK.
Could you?
Can you?
Would you? ef!

You can see from these expressions that:

> Itis very common to say yes without using the word yes.
> Itis very common to say no without using the word no,
These are more examples of indirect language.

A Vocabulary builder 2
we)

~ FIRST NAMES AND FAMILY NAMES

FAMILY NAMES (OR SURNAMES)

1 Q How do I answer the question, What’s your name?
| A Inan informal situation, give your first name. In a formal situation, give your first
| name and then your family name(s). In official situations give your family name.
Nowadays, at work most people are informal — they use first names.
| When a woman gets married, she very often changes her family name and takes her a
| husband's name — for example, Lily Dickens marries Jack Green and her new name
is Lily Green or Mrs Green. Some women keep their family name. Others keep their
| family name and add their husband's (e.g, Lily Dickens-Green).
Here are some of the most common family names in Britain; Smith, Jones, Taylor,
| Williams, Brown, Davies, Evans, Wilson, Thomas, Roberts, Johnson, Lewis, Walker,
Robinson, Wood, Thompson, White, Watson, Jackson, Wright, Green, Harris, Cooper,
Hughes, Lee and Martin.
Some family names are male first names + s. For example, First name: Edward;
family name: Edwards.

4 Which name is it, the first name or family name?

Look at the two lists. They are the same except for the s at the
end of the family name.

6 Staying incontact 123

 06.07 Listen to eight mini dialogues — one for each pair of names in
' the lists.
Choose the first name or the family name.
First names Family names
41 William Williams
2 Daniel Daniels
3 Peter Peters
4 Richard Richards
5 Steven Stevens
6 Hugh Hughes
7 Matthew Matthews
8 Edward Edwards
Listen again and check your answers.

)Writing
a

Names in your country.

Write your answers or prepare to tell a friend.
How many names do people usually have in your country?

Which names do people use more at work, first names or

family names?

What happens to a woman's name when she gets married?

What are the most common family names in your country?

In your language have you got special words or names for

people who are special to you? Give some examples.

Do you have special titles for older people?

124
 Phone services
1 06.08 Listen and complete.
Read the information.
Listen and complete the numbers for Britain.
International phone calls:
The international code for Britain is:
Special services:
Emergency — fire
police This number is free.
ambulance
Directory enquiries:
national:
international:
Listen again and check your answers.
2 What are these numbers in your country?
Complete the phone number information for your country.

PHONE NUMBERS
Most landline codes in the UK begin with 01. See the map.
London has two landline codes — 0207 for Inner London and 0208 for Outer
London.
Mobile numbers begin with 07 and have 11 numbers.
Some big companies have numbers beginning 08.
Phone calls to 0800 numbers are free.
PEC eMC ee See eae

6 Staying in contact 125

 GigagOW. .At

Newcastle 0191
Belfast 028,

Liverpool 015 é

Plymouth +
01752

>) Language discovery 2

USING PHONE LANGUAGE
ja11 06.09 What do these phone sounds mean?
Read the sentences a-e.
Listen and match sounds 1-5 with sentences a-e.
a_ It’s engaged. Try again later.
b Oh dear! It’s out of order.
c That means you've got aline. You can dial now.

126
 d Wrong number? Dial it again.
e It’s ringing. Someone'll answer it in a minute.

LANGUAGE TIP
On the phone we say:
This is... (Not: I am...)
Is that .,.? (Not: Are you ...?)
John speaking.
| It’s John speaking.
| It’s John here. (Not: Jam John.)
John here.
Speaking. Not: Yes, Iam X.
et REEeee
ee STN

Ring ring...
Rachel =—S—«65537. Hello?
Richard — Can I speak to Rachel, please?
Rachel _ Speaking. :
Ring ring...
Rachel Hello?
Mac This is Mac, Is that Rachel?
Rachel Yes, it's me.
eeeescree
ees
OePOSTS HCH OSSSHHSSCSS
keoA
SOSOLOOHHLOLO
ORENGELOOE
OP SA SSES GOH SCSHO SCP OSSE SHE SHS HHSHEHMHEOHASHOHSHOESHHETGETIOREOEEES

3 Complete these two dialogues with the phrases from the mini
dialogues in Exercise 2.
1
Hello, Tom. No, Vicky.
Hi, Tom.
Hang on a minute and 1’ll
call her. Andrea, Tom
____ Andrea?
on the phone for you.

6 Staying in contact 127

 Hello. Is David
there, please?

How do you pronounce it? (2)

SPELLING
1 06.14 Listen and complete.
Situation: I teach a class of people who want to be English
teachers. Here is my register (list of students). Some names are
missing. The spelling of some names is wrong.
Listen and write or correct the family names.
CLASS REGISTER
1 Lesley
2 Denise Varnish
3 Matt Hanant
4 Anne
5 Simon
6 John Pierson
7 Joan
8 Liz Thomson-Smith
2 What's the question?
The answer isS-M-I-T-H.
The question is; ___»_

128
 Speaking and listening
It is easy to confuse some letters, for example s and f or p and b,
especially on the phone. To make the difference, we say, for example, F for
Foxtrot or S for Sierra. Some people use other common words or names
for this, for example A for apple.

THE INTERNATIONAL PHONETIC ALPHABET (IPA)

Look at this example:
SOHSTSSHSHSSSHHSSHHSSHSHESEHSTHEHSSHZESETEHEEED

: Receptionist What name is it, please? :

: Caller ~ Eva Rach, :
; Receptionist ——_Isthat R-A-T for Tango? :
Caller - No, it’s R-A-—C for Charlie — H. :
CPC HOHHOOHSOOEHO SOOO H TOOTS HESHTSTHOSOSTHSESOOHEOO OHS OHOT HO OHHH OTHSFO9RR®

Here the speakers are using the IPA (International Phonetic Alphabet,
also sometimes called the NATO Alphabet) to make sure it is clear which
letter they are saying.
1 06.12 Listen and repeat the letters and words.
aD i

2 Spell aloud this Japanese family name using the IPA:

— SAKOTA. ;

6 Staying in contact 129

—
WHICH LETTER IS IT?
Example from the class register exercise
A My name's Farnish.
B. Is that with an F ora V?
A WithanF.
06.13 Listen and choose.
Look at the pairs of names.
Listen and choose the correct spelling, a or b.
1a. Hallis b- Harris
2 a Fraser b Frazer
3 a Stephens b Stevens
4 a Simms b Sims
5 a Stupps b Stubbs
6 a_ InitialF b InitialS

SPELLING VOWELS
Many learners of English have problems with the names of English vowels
(a, é, i, 0, u). Here’s some practice.
4 06.14 Listen and complete the spelling of these surnames.
4. 2R Rao
oS No en be
3S MeL ereN
yFaereas (Aleoid >?
5S. Ree aN
6 Ra Deer
7 Se es
Listen again and check your answers.
5 Spelling your name aloud and giving your contact details
Practise spelling your names and address aloud -— clarify
difficult letters.
Practise saying the numbers aloud.
First name
Middle name(s)
Family name(s)
Phone number (home)
Email address
Address
Passport number
130
 \6 What would you say?
“Situation 1 You phone a friend in England from your country.
You get a wrong number.
You:
Situation 2 You are on the phone. The mobile signal is very bad.
You can't hear the other person.
You:

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember - translate the idea, not the words.
1 We could go out for a pizza tonight.
That’s a good ideal
I'll book the restaurant for tomorrow.
I'll look forward to it.
Shall I make some coffee?
Yes, please.
Can I help you?
It’s very kind of you, thank you, but it’s all right.
cravravaca
5 By the way, how's your mother today — is she better?
6 I’m going to buy a car tomorrow.

» Writing
==" You and your friend Jo get a new flat. Write a Facebook entry about
your future plans, using going to - e.g. We're going to paint the
kitchen yellow.

6 Stayingin contact ° 131

 Like + Comment «Share
g’y 4 people like this

S Hi guys, a. :
Great news! Joand |hae just gota
a new fat,
} : Plans before the move
P Write about your plans to paint theflat. Say when andce rooms,
vo which colours and who is: going to help, etc.
€

\Write about things you're going to buy for the flat.

Plans for moving in Coe a Ss

P Write about the date, how youplan to:move your
ur tins ae hoeis.
gone toae you: oe

Plans for after you move in a

Db Say the flat is in the centre of town =you plant
to ek yous car a
a a bike.

Write about your plan for a house--warming party ae ae te in

nthe
flat and yon to invite lots of ae oe

P You finish with So watch this space for an invitation!’

Write a comment...
»8Speaking
=.) 06.15 Nowit’s your turn to join the conversation.
‘ Listen again to The story conversation.
Say Oliver’s words in the spaces.

| Test yourself
Read and choose.
Which one is right? Choose a or b.
1 Three plus five is:
a nine.
b eight.
2 Surname, family name and other name mean:
a the same.
b something different.
3 You ask someone to wait. You say:
a Amoment.
b Just a minute, please.
4 Beer or wine?
a Idon't mind.
b It is not matter.
5 Ican't speak to Peter. His number is:
a occupied.
b engaged.
6 I can't use the machine. It’s:
a_ out of operation.
b out of order.
7 Onthe phone:
a_ Here speaks Rodica. b This is Rodica.
a Is that Peter? b Are you Peter?
8 a Please, it is possible I speak with Jenny?
b Could! speak to Jenny, please?
9 Your phone number is in my:
a contacts.
b agenda.

6 Staying in contact 133

 10 The shop is open 24 hours a day. You can go shopping:
a all the times.
b at anytime.
41a Would you like that I go with you?
b Would you like me to go with you?
12 Shall I ask him?
a Yes, you shall.
b_ Yes, please.
13 Shall we go out for a drink after work?
a Sorry, I go out with my wife to a family dinner.
b Sorry, I’m going out with my wife to a family dinner.
14a Why he is going to sell the house?
b Why is he going to sell the house?
Which one is better? Choose a or b.
15 Would you like me to translate that for you? I speak Japanese.
a Yes, I would.
b Thanks.
16 Shall I do that?
a No. —
b I’mall right, thanks.
Which ones are right?
17 I'll do that for you, shall I?
a Can you? Thanks.
b Could you? Thanks,
c Would you? Thanks.
a9 | Write a dialogue.

To

Situation: You are on the phone to your friend.

You Your friend
1 Suggest a Chinese meal and What can we do this
a DVD at his house.

3 You offer to get the foodand 2 Respond Yes.

DVD on the way.

aceon pgm li Respond Yes. Ask him/her to get

Chinese chicken with rice.
5 Respond Yes and offer to get
some beer.

6 Respond No. Say you've got

some.
7 You ask what type of film
he'd like to see.

Ca Festi eageny Say you have no preference,

po)ol © |wl 4
ICAN...
... talk about future plans, using going to
.. talk about making arrangements: possibilities, suggestions
and offers
.. use phone language
..use stress to correct mistakes.

6 Staying in contact 135

 Travelling and
handling money
In this unit you will learn how to:
> Invite people to do things, using If you would like to ...
> Suggest doing something together, using Let’s .... and respond
> Ask people to do things, using Can you ...?, Could you ...? and
Would you mind ...? and respond
> Ask for help, using indirect questions.

VOCABULARY
>» numbers, luggage and travel, prepositions, money

PRONUNCIATION
> linking words; understanding numbers
CEFR: Can handle numbers, quantities, cost and time. Can ask people
for things and give people things (A1). Can understand sentences
and frequently used expressions related to areas of most immediate
relevance. Can make and respond to invitations, suggestions and
apologies. Can ask about things and make simple transactions in shops
(A2). Can understand the main points of clear standard input on familiar
matters regularly encountered in work and leisure (B1).

136
 The story 1
07.94 The plane is arriving in London at Heathrow Airport.
Situation: The pilot of the plane talks to all the passengers. He makes an
announcement.
Listen to his announcement one, two or three times
Choose ALL the things he talks about.
The captain talks about a_ seat belts
b passports
c thetime
d_ the arrival time
e the temperature
f the weather.

Pilot Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. This is your captain

speaking again. In a few moments, we will begin our descent into
London's Heathrow Airport, Please return to your seats and fasten
- your seatbelts. If you would like to adjust your watches, the time
in London is now 6.50 in the morning and the temperature on
the ground is -2 degrees centigrade. Our estimated time of arrival
is 7.15. That's a quarter past seven on the ground in London. The
forecast for today is cold... but bright. SSCeKSSHC
SHPESST SS SSHS STE SSSSTHHSHSHSHES
DEFOR
EBOS
SOFEHHMHSOSSOHEHOESLOE SCS SO TESST HO SH OSTSSCHSHTTHSHTSCETTTSSTHOOHSSSCHHHT
VOD

* For an American English version, listen to #7.10.

~}Listening and reading

= 1 07.0% Listen and choose.
Read the questions.
Listen and choose a or b.
1 The time in London is now:
a six fifteen (6.15).
b six fifty (6.50).
2 The temperature is:
a 2 degrees Centigrade.
b —2 degrees Centigrade.
3 They're landing at:
a seven fifteen (7.15).
b seven fifty (7.50).
7 Travelling and handling money 137
 British weather reports and forecasts sometimes give the temperature in both
| centigrade (Celsius) and Fahrenheit. Note: 0°C = 32°F.

2 Read and complete.

Read the sentences.
Read the text of the pilot’s announcement in The story and
complete the words.
1 The pilot wants to talk to all the people on the plane.
FIG SAVS, GOOG POCO Nien wee Sl CUE ec ea asad ate
2 Does he say, J am your captain? No, he uses telephone language.
HIE SOYS, Tse entice oepaees |YOUF CODEGIN,
3 Wedon't call the pilot Pilot Smith, we say C__. __. __.» __ _ Smith.
4 The pilot invites the passengers to change the time on their
watches. Weisays Luo /)V ocho unten K aod Pee
adjust your watches, the time in London is...
5 Does the pilot know the exact time they are arriving in London? No,
MO SOVS:OUL Gtk ak le Of TIME Ons) GCsok ee Ty
is 7.15.
6 What television programme is immediately after the news? Usually
tescthe Weather hote chs where they talk about the
weather for the rest of today, tomorrow, etc.

i How do you pronounce it?

D
PRONOUNCING GROUPS OF WORDS — LINKING WORDS
> When we speak, we often join a word to the next word,
» This happens when one word ends with a consonant and the next
word starts with a vowel.
» Two examples from The story are ladies and, this is.
» Sometimes the last letter isn’t a consonant. It’s the last sound that’s
important — for example, in the phrase time in London, the last sound
in time is /m/.
) 07.02 Read, listen and repeat.
) Read the phrases. They are from The story.
Listen to these phrases and repeat them.

138
 Pay special attention to the linking words marked.
SOE OCIS OSIORALS ISSR ARERA SOI ALS PIAS I DS PASAOLAOSALOLASS OSE RED DOR

ladies_and gentlemen
This_is your captain speaking_ again.
ina few moments
The time_in London_, is now o50.
That's ee quarter past seven_on the ground_, in ones. Seeeresas
000000000000
0680000
ice reroereleiy Prien cP erika rk LEE Kiie erie aero

2 Vocabulary builder 1
NUMBERS TO 100
1 Complete the table with these numbers.

wy eVDO
(irs ee
A

done
2 two
fy Rae ree
DN bnsads
ni
[20
ay
3 three [13 thirteen 30 ai) |
4 four (4———___ ZL
5 five 15 ——__ 50 Lae
i
6 six Mae ee eo +

7 seven 6) dea 70 seventy

8 eight (8___ 80 | ;
gnine AQ eset
as OO eit) 100 a hundred

7 Travelling and handling money 139

2 Write these numbers in figures.
[ninety-nine twelve forty-three thirty-one
scenes naa Renaaa ereean ESS

eleven seventy-six eighty-five twenty-two

ec le f eee el a Ree HES AURIS aun eD
sixty-four fifty-seven seventeen a hundred

3 Write these numbers in words.

MGpil 59 Is
93 15 21
86 16 45
19 37 12
14 l68 400

LANGUAGE TIP
Maths in words
xX

take away times

divided by
more minus [multiplied
formal/ by
technical

Example:
Q How do you say 2 + 7 in English?
A There are two ways:
a Two and seven are nine.
b Two plus seven equals nine (more formal/technical).
4 Now try some mental maths. Say these sums aloud when you do
them.
Example: Eleven and five and seventeen and forty-two is
say, Eleven and five is sixteen, and seventeen is thirty-four, and forty-two is
seventy-six,
41 Nine and six and twenty-three and eighteen is
2 Four and twelve and two and fourteen is
)5 Say these numbers aloud as quickly as possible.
a Say the even numbers up to 20 — two, four, six, etc.
b Say the odd numbers up to 20 — one, three, five, etc.

140
 Count in fives up to 50. Five, ten, etc.
QanCount in threes up to 36. Three, six, etc.
e Can you say the eight times table in English?
One eight is eight
Two eights are sixteen
_ Three eights are...
6 Write the sums in figures.
Use the numbers and signs in the box to help you.
a Twenty plus ten equals thirty. 20 ____ 30.
b Twelve minus one is eleven.
c Four multiplied by six equals twenty-four.
d Twenty-seven divided by three is nine.

@) Language discovery 1
INVITING PEOPLE TO DO THINGS
Example from The story
The pilot invites the passengers to change the times on their watches.
He says, If you would like to adjust your watches ...
> We use ifyou would like to for two situations:
1 to invite people
2 toask and tell people to do things in a polite, indirect way.
For example:
1 We're having a small dinner party on Saturday. Ifyou would like to
join us ... Meaning: I’m inviting you to the dinner party.
2 Ifyou would like to take a seat for a moment ... Meaning: Please sit
down and wait.
> When you are asking someone to do something, it is common not to
finish the sentence.
‘For example:
Situation: At the reception of a small hotel.
Receptionist: Ifyou would just like to follow me, please ... (He/she
doesn't say I can show you to your room — the meaning is clear from the
situation. She doesn’t need to finish the sentence.)
> This expression is particularly common in formal and new situations.

7 Travelling and handling money 141

41 Where can you hear these ‘invitations’?
Read the ‘invitations’ 1-10.
Match each invitation with one of the places in the pictures. You
can use each place more than once.
Office. dentist’s

BANK

BIN} |
CLASSES
}|

le S) Pal \
school dinner party

1 If you would like to come back for your watch sometime later this
afternoon... around 4...
2 If you would like to sit there, Kevin, next to my husband ...
3 I’ve got your son here. I’m afraid he’s not very well, so if you would
like to come and pick him up...
4 I’msorry but Mr Smith isn’t here this afternoon. If you would like to
give me your name and number ...
If you would like to come with me to the cash desk ...
If you would like to go through to the waiting room...
If you would like to go in, the manager can see you now....
OUIIf you would like to just open your mouth and say aah... oh yes ...
CoN
9 If you would all like to come to the table...
10 If everybody would like to be quiet now, please ...
Q What are the possible responses to these invitations? Is it OK to
say Yes?
A Yes alone isn't appropriate.
Look at these responses.
1 You can say, Thank you.
Yes, that’s fine.
Yes, of course.
Yes, I'll + verb.

142
2 You say nothing and do’ the action.
3 If you are following someone, you can say, After you.
Read and match.
Match each sentence with an appropriate response, a-e, in
the box.
1 In a shop:
A If you would like to come back for your watch sometime later
this afternoon ... around 4 ...
B
In a school:
A I’ve got your son here. I’m afraid he’s not very well, so if you
would like to come and pick him up...
Be ee ares Rigas tee
In an office:
A I’msorry but Mr Smith isn’t here this afternoon. If you would like
to give me your name and telephone number ...
B
Ina shop:
A If you would like to come with me to the cash desk ...
B
In an office:
A If you would like to go in, the manager can see you now.

7 Travelling and handling money = 143

 The story 2
37.03* Our story continues. Oliver and Tasha get off the plane.
=<"4 Listen and put the conversation in order.
In The story 2, the conversation between Oliver and Tasha is in
six parts, a-f. The six parts are in the wrong order.
Look at pictures 1-6. The pictures are in the correct order.
Listen and write the correct letter, a-f, for each picture.
OFF 8 FSO OOHRS EHO OE EELHE SOO OES HOHOROR ASOD SOODORHRHEHOSCEGOHHOOCECOOREAABOD
e

ta >
; Oliver Well, it's been really nice talking to you, Tasha. 3
> Tasha Yes, and thanks for the help with the luggage. :
: Oliver T'll be in touch next week, then. :
: Tasha Yes, bye. :
: Oliver Bye. - :
:b ;
: Oliver Wow, this suitcase is a bit heavy — is that it now? :
: Tasha The suitcase, the small bag and my handbag — yes, that’s :
: everything. ;
‘¢ 4
: Oliver . Now, it’s this way. You haven't got anything to declare, have you? :
* Tasha No, nothing. :
: Oliver We can go through the green channel, then. Over there. :
id
: Immigration
|
officer Thank you, madam. Sir, your passport, please. Thank you.
8 :
:e :
> Oliver Do you need a trolley? ;
° Tasha That would be a good idea ~ I've got quite a lot of luggage. :
: Oliver They're just over here. Now, let's find the rest of the luggage. :
of :
: Tasha Would you mind waiting for just a minute, Oliver? :
: Oliver Of course not. The suitcases aren't here yet, anyway, :
: Tasha Could you look after my trolley? Oh, and can you take my coat, :
: please? :
: Oliver Sure, go ahead, ;
Tasha asks for help at the information desk.
Airport employee — Can I help you?
Tasha Yes, could you tell me where the ladies’ is, please?
Airport employee Of course, madam. Just over there. Can you see the sign?
SHPOSHSSOSSOH HOSP ATE HHOTHE THATCH OCH HMAT SHOES OSOHT OES HOS HOCH HOOK REKOSREFEHEEBe®

“For an American English version, listen to 47.11,

144
7 Travelling and handling money 145
2 Choose the correct sign for each picture 1-6.

INFORMATION DESK CUSTOMS ARRIVALS

PASSPORT CONTROL TROLLEYS

BAGGAGE RECLAIM 5

3 Where are the people?

Read the sentences and mini dialogues A-F.
Choose the correct letter A-F for each of the pictures 1-6.
A Could you open your bag for me, please?
Yes, of course.
B_ Hello, Rachel, it’s lovely to see you again. How are you?
C Excuse me, I’m from this flight but my suitcase isn’t here.
D Have you got a visa?
Yes, it’s on the next page.
E I think we need two, don’t you? One isn’t enough for all this
luggage.
F Howcan [help you, sir?
Where can I change some money, please?
4 Read and choose a or b.
Read the sentences.
Read the text of The story 2 conversation again and choose a or b.
1 Tasha has got:
a one piece of luggage.
b two pieces of luggage.
2 They goto the:
a green channel at customs.
b red channel at customs.
3 Tasha needs to:
a change some money.
b goto the toilet.

146
5 Read and complete.
Read the sentences.
Read the text of The story 2 conversation again and complete
the words.
1 They get the trolley. Oliver suggests they find their suitcases.
He says, Now, | ____.’ __/ find the rest of the luggage.
2 a Tasha asks Oliver to wait for her. She says,
SES SE PR 6 5 SRI" aceca g/ forjusta
minute?
b Oliver responds, Of/c _ _- ______e/n _t.
c Tasha asks Oliver to look after her trolley and take her coat.
She says, C__ —_ —./ yy __./ look-after.my nee, Oh, and/
Cisse Vise eet SOROTOY COOL Dae neg 2)
d Olivenresponds 5... AG a Ge ee
3 a The person at the information desk offers Tasha help.
SY SOS: (once dP eee reece WVSearle
b Tasha asks for help to find the ladies’ toilets.
SOE COIS se ee Vice ef Gee et Tiere/WHT Lie
ladies/ __ __/, please?

LANGUAGE TIP
The ladies’ is the short expression for the ladies’ toilets.
The men’s or gents’ are short expressions for the (gentle)men’s toilets.
We say the ladies'/men’s is over there. (Not: are)
The words ladies’ and gents’ are for public toilets only.

6 Find the words and phrases.

Read the sentences.
Read the text of The story 2 conversation again. Find and
complete the words and phrases. ;
4 Oliver has only got one suitcase but Tasha’s got q__ ____ _/a/
bate Ophl 9 Ase.
2 Are the suitcases on the way? Yes.
Are the suitcases there? No, not y__ _.
3 Tasha asks Oliver to wait. To wait isn’t a problem because the
suitcases aren't there. Oliver says, The suitcases aren't here yet,
Cee WwW Ss

7 Travelling and handling money 147

2 See
 4 Howcan you ask, Is that all (your luggage?) in two other ways?
Isthatasusforisthatre casei es
5 When you take someone somewhere, you can say, It’s t__ __ __/
Wea:
6 a Oliver checks Tasha hasn't got anything to declare.
FIG SOS, TOUGsFcc ee OL LD ce ant ONT ee aan CO)
COCOA ce ae od Vise aed
b Has Tasha got anything to declare? No, n_— —__-» __ _ g.
7 Oliver is happy about meeting Tasha on the plane. He says, J — ’__/
YORE 9 1Ay). LOM Tai a RUBE fg ch Pelee aEa A AM hs
Tasha.
8 Tasha thanks Oliver f __ — his help with her suitcase.
9 Hesays he'll contact her next week. He says, J’. _. /b __/i —/
t ___._____ /next week.
10 Verb get: in part e Oliver says, I'll go and get one (trolley).
Here, get means:
a buy.
b bring one here.

Vv Vocabulary builder 2
LUGGAGE AND BAGGAGE
Q What are the differences between suitcase, luggage and baggage?
A Answer:
Meaning
1 This is a suitcase.

2. This is luggage.

148
 3 This is baggage.

Form
> Suitcase is countable — one suitcase (two syllables), two
suitcases (three syllables).
>» Luggage and baggage are uncountable/mass words.
Example: Our suitcases and bags are in the car.
OR
Our luggage is in the car.
>» The unit word for luggage is piece. For example, an airport
employee might say: How many pieces of luggage have you got?
>» We often say case for suitcase. Suitcase is more formal.
1 Complete the sentences with (suit)case(s), luggage, pieces of
luggage or baggage.
1 People take guitars, boxes and all sorts of __--___ on planes.
2 Passengers can take one small piece of hand ______ on to the
plane with them.
3 On this flight you can take two ________ of
4 Let's go, kids! Are your _____ in the car?

USING THE CORRECT PREPOSITIONS

In English, prepositions are very important. Always pay special attention
to the correct preposition in a phrase.
2 Choose the correct preposition from the box to complete the
sentences.

1 a lovely evening!
2 Just a minute. I’m talking _______ my ‘sister.
3 Bye! Don't forget to stay _______ touch.

7 Travelling and handling money 149

3 Choose the correct preposition.
Choose one preposition from the box for each group of phrases.
You will need to use some prepositions for more than one group.

pierre enti 2 et 3
»» Cr .. the end of the day «. Rome
multiplied ... any time . the morning
divided ... We arrive ... one o'clock. . a shop
Look... the example.
pe eA 5 6 —_____
.. the ground Next ... Paul .. your country
.. this flight I’m talking ... my sister ., the shower
.. the plane Listen... the conversation | ... ten minutes
.. Channel 4 Pay attention ... your .. the spaces
pronunciation.

7 ee $e 9
.. Sunday evenings She walks ... school w Unit 3
Salis Please go... the w. figures
I’m not keen... it. information desk. .. d few moments
.. the next page We're on our way... the
park.

Language discovery 2
SUGGESTING DOING SOMETHING TOGETHER, USING LET’S ...
Example from The story
Oliver and Tasha get a trolley. Oliver suggests they find their suitcases.
He says, Now, let’s find the rest of the luggage.
Meaning
Who is making a suggestion? Oliver.
Does the suggestion include Oliver? Yes.
» Use let’s when the suggestion includes you.

150
Form
Let’s + verb:
>» The negative is /et’s not + verb.
» The short answer is, Yes, let’s.
» The question tag is Let’s (go), shall we?
Let’s - summary of responses
© Positive responses are Yes, let’s!
OK/All right. miei Ie ne aan |
Yes, why not?
That's a good idea.
Yes, why don't we?
© Possible negative responses are No, let's not.
Doyou really want to?_
| I'm not too sure.
Perhaps not . ah Bate
———— =
|Actually, I'm not too keen,

1 Write suggestions and responses.

Situation: You live with Chris, a friend of yours.
Write suggestions and responses for these situations.
1 It’s very hot. You and Chris are sitting in the garden, talking.
You're thirsty.
2 eee EE el ab eel t. Rest nee ene a ee,
I a a
2 You both have a friend, Hilary. Hilary is ill. Suggest you both go
and visit her this afternoon.
5 Is Meal tealCe okSANG a RS ES oe we eat Fok
Sj ee at Eto eeeOo aed UES Fe SE SLUINI
3 Chris puts the TV on. There’s a football match on. You don't like
football and there's a good film on Channel 5.
eee TE ED
Why don't we watch the film on Channel 5 instead?
Peg ik Rie Lk 3eet aaa Oe lee EON ON ae
4 Youare talking about a holiday. Suggest Mexico.
ee ca a eo,
RS ee csi
Chris suggests inviting Sam (another friend), too.
Ly | ORME ASAMERNCU ee les Si SES
(| aeeR Ie RAVIOLI Seen Rnd aC

7 Travelling and handling money = 151

 (

5 Youare going to a party tonight. You're very tired. You don't

want to go.
Ee (./1 aiiinca ine Maa nner sinianiabarne” Sinan LINN RINE fe7F Wesod
stay here instead.
Chris Shall we have a Chinese takeaway? .
YOu) 2 ee ae eee
Q What’s the difference between We could .../We can... (see Unit 6) and
Let’s ...?
A Here.are two examples:
Situation: You're with a friend, talking about this evening.
a We could go to the cinema.
b Let’s go to the cinema.
> Ina We could ..., the cinema is a possibility.
> Inb Let's ..., you would like to go to the cinema and you would like the
other person to go, too.
>» We could is less direct.

ASKING PEOPLE TO DO THINGS, USING CAN YOU...? COULD

YOU...? WOULD YOU MIND...? -
Examples from The story
1 Tasha asks Oliver to wait for her. She says, Would you mind waiting
for just a minute?
Oliver responds, Of course not.
2 Tasha asks Oliver to look after her trolley and take her coat.
She says, Could you look after my trolley? Oh, and can you take my
coat, please?
Oliver responds, Sure, go ahead.
> Aresponse isn't always necessary. The person can ‘do’ the action
without a response.

152
 Grammar summary — asking someone to do something
Request Responses — it’s OK Responses - it isn'tOK
Can you+verb..? __| Sure
Could you + verb ...? Of course 3 4
I'm afraid I can't
Ly ___|Of course I can/could r Bier cart
L _|Yes, that's no problem te see ae ae
Would you mind {OF course not ee
+ verb/ing? _|Not at all

> Itis very common to say please when you ask someone to do
something.
>» Answers Yes, I can, Yes, I could, No, I can't, No, I wouldn't, etc. alone
are not usually appropriate.
> Would you mind? means Is it a problem for you to ...?
If it is not a problem, the response is negative: No, of course not.
>» When you say no, it is common to give a reason.
Example: Could you cook the dinner tomorrow, please?
I’m sorry, I can't. I’m going out to dinner with Julie.
> Could is less direct than can.
> Would you mind ...? can be more formal than Can you?/Could you?
Grammar summary — asking someone NOT to do something
© Positive response
Oh! I'm sorry.
Would you mind not + verb + -ing? |@ Negative responses
Is it really a problem? (indirect)
What's the problem? (very direct!)

Practice 1
1 Write requests and choose responses.
Read the situations.
Complete the requests.
Choose an appropriate response from the box, where necessary.
4 Someone speaks to you in English but you don't understand. Ask
them to say it again.
You Ca , please?

7 Travelling and handling money 153

 2 You are eating with friends. You would like some water. The bottle is
at the other end of the table.
You Co ?
Your friend
3 Your child asks for help with his/her English homework
Your-childWiumiDad) cdi
You
4 You are a tourist and you've got a camera. You want a photo with
your friends. You ask another tourist.
TON WN ee ee
THe OUTS Ee ee ee
5 The telephone rings. You are just going in the shower. Ask the
person to call you back in ten minutes.
You Goi oe See
The caller 2.eee
6 A friend is staying in your house. She smokes in the kitchen.
You really don't like it. Ask her not to.
p20 6 SIR ue rent oAen cesent
YOuICRIOIG is sek es
7 Someone tells you a new word in English. You want to write it but
you don’t know the spelling.
(2° HL oi SSR aM ibectetait aitoneet Bharat84
The other person

07.04 Understanding official announcements.

Situation: On a plane or at an airport.
Read the flight attendants’ requests and invitations (a—g).
Listen to the announcements 1-7. Just try to understand the
message - it is not necessary to understand all the words. You
will hear each one twice.
Match the requests and the announcements.

154
 a Could you please go back to your seat, sir? We're landing soon.
b I’msorry, could you please sit down again, madam? The plane is
still moving.
c Could you put those bags in the overhead compartments, please?
d Could you please hurry, sir? The aircraft is ready to leave.
e Could you please stay in your seat, sir, and fasten your seatbelt? It’s
a little bumpy ahead. :
f If you wouldn't mind filling this in, madam ... You'll need it at
passport control.
g_ If you would like to report to the special desk, sir, when you get off
the plane...

LANGUAGE TIP
| In hotels, restaurants, airports, shops, etc., the staff say sir to a man and madam to
| awoman. Clients and customers don't use sir or madam with staff.
If we use the family name, we say Mr or Mrs or Ms + family name.
ES Bs oaeG Ia ag aaa a or ries

@) Language discovery 3
ASKING FOR HELP - INDIRECT QUESTIONS
Examples from The story
The person at the information desk offers Tasha help.
She says, Can I help you?
Tasha asks for help to find the toilets.
She says, Could you tell me where the ladies’ is, please?
Direct question Where's the ladies’, please?
Indirect question Could you tell me where the ladies’ is, please?
Meaning and form
> Both Could you ... and Can you ... are grammatically correct.
> Could you... is very common because it is indirect.
>» Use Could you tell me...
- Can you show me... to ask for help.
Would you mind explaining ...
> In these expressions, asking for help and asking someone to do
something are the same.

7 Travelling and handling money 155

Common mistake — word order in indirect questions
Can you tell me how much this is, please? /
(subject + verb /)
(NOT: Can you tell me how much is-this, please?) ¥
(verb + subject %)
> Word order is important with indirect questions.
Q Where is the question form in indirect questions?
A Atthe beginning.
Can you...
Could you... is the question. (verb + subject)
Would you mind...
> The question is at the beginning.
> The second part of the sentence is not a question. For this reason there
is no question form here.
Indirect questions~verbbe
Indirect question phrase “|question words [subject [verb —
Can you tell me where
Could you tell me how much
Would you mind telling me when
who

Complete the indirect questions.

Here are six direct questions asking for help.
Ask the questions in a polite (indirect) way.
Start with Excuse me, ...
1 Where's the coffee bar?
Excuse me, ca
2 Where are the toilets?”
Excuse me, co
3 How much is this?
Excuse me, co
4 How much are these?
Excuse me, w
5 How much is this magazine?
Excuse me, ca
6 How much are these crisps?
Excuse me, co
 é Money (sterling)
> The currency (unit of money) in Britain is the pound (¢).
| > The sign £ goes in front of the number, for example £15. (Not: 15£).
> There are 100 pence (we often say p) in £1.
| © The coins are: 1p, 2p, 5p, 10p, 20p, Sop, £1, £2.
» The notes are: £5, £10, £20, £50.

Q How do we say, for example, £3.20?

A Wecan say, Three pounds, twenty pence (more formal)
OR Three pounds, twenty (lacetfarmniol
OR Three pounds, twenty p

Writing
ABOUT YOUR COUNTRY: MONEY
Read the questions.
Either write your answers or prepare to tell a friend.
1 What is the currency in your country?

2 What are the coins?

3. What are the notes?

4 Howdo you write it?

5 Howdo you say it?

7 Travelling and handling money 157

 The story 3
»7.05* Our story continues. Oliver is in a shop in the airport.

: Oliver Excuse me, do you sell Marketing Week? 3

: Assistant Yes, sir, they're here. :
$ Oliver And a packet of mints~have you oolPolos? :
° The assistant gets a packet of Polos. :
° Assistant £4.45 please,si, :
> Oliver Sorry, |haven't got any change, Is£20,00all fight? : :
* Assistant Yes, no problem. Fifteen pounds, 55p cones :
;Oliver Thanks, :
Pee sieUe See swe eeueubeus eee ses cvcobunsecuewuvescvecvesrersuecesciueriscuee

* For an American English version, listen to 14.72.

1 07.05 Listen and answer.
Read the questions.
Listen and choose the correct answers.
1 Oliver buys one/two/three/four things.
2 Oliver's got the right money. Yes/No

158
 2 Listen and choose.
Read the sentences.
»7.05 Listen again and choose the correct answer.
1 Oliver buys:
a anewspaper.
b amagazine.
2 He buys:
a aMars bar too.
b apacket of Polos too.
¢ apacket of crisps too.
d abar of chocolate too.
3. The total price is:
a £5.45.
b £4.55.
c £4.45.
4 Oliver gives the man: ss
a £5.
b £10.
Cc £20.
5 The change is:
a £15.45.
b £15.05.
Cc £5.55.
d £15.55.
6 The change is:
a right.
b wrong.

iAVocabulary builder 3
~ SNACKS
1 Label the pictures.
Choose one expression from Box 1 and one word from Box 2.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
Example: a packet of polos

7 Travelling and handling money 159

 Snacks are very common in Britain.
Sweet things are very popular, especially sweets and chocolate, for example
Polos (mint sweets) and Mars bars.
It is common to have biscuits and cakes, especially with tea and coffee.
Savoury snacks, for example crisps and nuts, are also popular.
All the snacks in Exercise 1 are very common.
People eat snacks at any time of the day.
At work, a snack with tea and coffee is very usual.
For people interested in healthy eating, shops often have fruit, yoghurts and
vvvvyvyy
cereal bars as healthier snacks.
v In the summer, ice cream is a popular snack.

160
 2 About you: snacks
Write answers to the questions or prepare to tell a friend.
1 What do people eat and drink between meals in your country?
2 Write two lists:
a snacks you like.
b snacks you don't like.

J) How do you pronounce it?

~ UNDERSTANDING NUMBERS
fae 07-07 Is it 13 or 30?
= Look at the stress pattern.
13 thirteen 30 thirty
14, fourteen 4oO forty
15 fifteen 50 fifty
16 sixteen 60 sixty, etc.
Can you hear the difference?
Listen and choose the correct picture, a or b.

7 Travelling and handling money 161

 8 a@—»e 18 miles
b e———“®8 80 miles

<Ainidin.e a paige ened mad Rese RAAame tag eae Maneenene nena ena Mensa nes tam eheaseire.89
: 4 A Excuse me, how much is this, please? :
: B 50p. :
; 2 A Howmuch does this cost, please? :
: B £13, :
: A Sorry, is that £13 or £30? :
: B £13, Sir. ie :
: 3 A Doyou know how much this is, please? :
: B £4.90. oe :
: 4 A Excuse me, could you tell me how much this costs, please? :
: B Of course. That’s £17.99. :
: A __Isthat one, seven or seven ‘0? 3
: B Oneseven, seventeen. :
: 5 A Where do you live? :
: B Atnumber60, :
: 6 A Atwhattime? :
: B At3.15. :
: 7 A Whereis it? ‘
: B Onpage do. :
: 8 A_ How faris it to the town? :
: B 18 miles. :
SOTHO CCST OH OH OOOH EHEC OCTSHCHHDOHCC OTC CHT C CRUSH HCOSEWO SCO TCLEOSEESE®

162
)Practice 2
1 Asking the price.
Read 1-4 of the transcript of audio track 07.97.
Copy the four questions to ask the price.
Choose direct or indirect for each one.
1 ahDE i ee Pe Bia vAlgtall iter
eee ee ee FeCtHMalece
eet,» INGER Cees
4 ? Direct/Indirect
2 07.07 Listen again and repeat the questions and answers.

COMMON MISTAKE
Indirect questions
> The word order in indirect questions is always the same.
The question is at the beginning and the rest is normal word order— subject first,
then verb.
Excuse me, could you tell me how much this costs, please?
(Not: Excuse me, could you tell me how much does this cost, please?)
Use ifwith yes/no indirect questions.
Direct question: Does this shop open on Sundays?
Indirect question: Do you know ifthis shop opens on Sundays?

3 Asking for help — indirect questions.

Which one is correct? Choose a or b.
4 Excuse me, do you know how much ______, please?
a are these b these are
2 Could you tell me __________, please?
a_ where the coffee bar is b where is the coffee bar
3 Do you know when —_____?
a_ starts the film b the film starts
4 Excuse me, can you tell me _____?
a where this train goes b_ where does this train go
5 Do you know what —___?
a does he do b he does
6 Excuse me, can you tell me ______ to the town centre,
please?
a_ how far is it b how far it is

7 Travelling and handling money 163

 7 Could you tellme 2 tener
a how dol get b howto get
8 Do you know when —__?
a_ heis arriving b ishearriving
9 Can you tell me what ____ in English?
a_ is this b this is
10 Can you tell me __________ to London?
a does this train go b if this train goes
41 Could you tell me __________ the right. buss for the
airport, please?
a_ if this is b is this
Choose a, b, or c.
12° Do you know sei st
a what means this word
b what this word means
c what does mean this word
*This one’s difficult for very many learners of English — have you got it right?

/Speaking
What would you say?
1 You buy something in a shop.
The person gives you the wrong change.

2 You are at baggage reclaim at the airport. Your suitcase doesn't

come.

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember — translate the idea, not the words. .
41 You arrive at a restaurant. The person working there says, Ifyou
would like to follow me... (I'll show you to your table).
2 A What shall we do today?
B_ Let’s go to my brother's.
A Fine, why not?
164
 Shall we walk there?
I’m not too keen on that idea. Let’s go by car.
> Can I help you?’
Yes, could you tell me where the coffee bar is, please?
I'm sorry I can’t go tomorrow. Would you mind changing the
rPworayY
meeting to Wednesday?
B Of course not — that’s no problem,
6 Atthe end of a conversation you say, It’s been nice talking to you.
7 Do you need a trolley? I'll go and get one.

Writing
"4 Write these sentences in the correct order and find the
preposition.
Example: me/at/and/come/see/o'clock/three/preposition
Come and see me at three o'clock.
morning/we/on/the/London/tour/could/a/go/of/preposition
car/go/let’s/preposition
are/talking/who/you/preposition?
it/be/to/is/TV/going/preposition?
brother/stand/your/next/preposition
passengers/there/this/many/are/plane/how/preposition?
of /they/have/the/don't/dinner/end/the/flight/together/preposition?
Bye! you/minutes/see/T'll/five/preposition
mind/would/signing/page 2/you/please/preposition?
OU time/can/mind/change/any/you/your/preposition.
=BWRDN
=A
OW
ON

2 Making polite requests.

Look at the example from Exercise 1 - Come and see me at
three o'clock.
Come is the imperative. In English, using the imperative can
seem very direct and abrupt (there is more on this in Unit 9).
It is more common to ask people to do things in a polite/indirect
way.
Which renee phrase is suitable in each situation?
ind ...? Canyou...2 Could you ..?|
Talking to a friend
Asking an office colleague for help
Asking a hotel receptionist for help

7 Travelling and handling money 165

 Now read the imperative sentences. They are all very direct and
abrupt. Decide which person you are talking to and write the
request in a polite/indirect way.
1 Turn the TV offl
Show me how to use the new photocopier!
Pass me the bread!
Sign here, sir!
Don't use your mobile in here, madam!
I'm in a meeting. Take a message for me!
Take a seat for a moment!
Lend me £20!
Lend me your stapler!
osOoo
EWN
aU
ON Call a taxi for me!

In The story, Tasha uses all three expressions when she asks Oliver, Would you mind
waiting for just a minute?, Could you look after my trolley? and Can you take my
coat? There are two reasons for this.
1 Their relationship is changing — they are getting more friendly.
2 When we ask a person to do more than one thing, we often mix the phrases.
Please pau
is common in
dike You can use it with all threeee

07.08 Now it’s your turn to join the conversation.

’ Look at the text. It’s the complete conversation from The story 2,
when Oliver and Tasha get off the plane. Notice the linking in
Oliver’s words.
Listen and read Tasha’s words in the spaces.
Find and note where there is linking between Tasha’s words.
SOSH SHOSEAESHRPEHAEHARAEHF
SHORE BARE ODOSLOERODOECASOCESEHROBESESROSSGOEHOOCHEEOBE

Immigration officer Thank you, madam. Sir, your passport, “— Thank you.
; Oliver a Do youneed_atroliey? 4
: Tasha That would be a good idea— I've got quite a lotof luggage. :
: Oliver They're just_over here. Now, let's find the rest_of the luggage. :
: Tasha Would you mind waiting for just a minute, Oliver? :
: Oliver _ Of course not. The suitcases aren't here yet, anyway. :
: Tasha Could you look after my trolley? Oh, and can you take my coat, please? :
> Oliver Sure, go ahead, :
Tasha asks for help at the information desk.

166
 Airport employee — Can I help you?
: Tasha Yes, could you tell me where the ladies’ is, please?
: Airportemployee Of course, madam. Just over there. Can you see the sign?
: Oliver Wow, this sultcase_Js_q bit heavy — is that_jt now?
: Tasha The suitcase, the small a and my handbag— yes that’s
: < everything,
: Oliver Now, It’s this way. You haven't oo anys toa declare, have ae
: Tasha No, nothing. -
: Oliver We can go through the green chonnel then. Over there.
> Oliver Well, it's been really nice talking to you, Tasha.
: Tasha Yes and thanks for the help with the luggage.
> Oliver “Till be in touch next week, then.
: Tasha Yes, bye.
: Oliver eee Bye:
PROT Se TELLS KO REECE LE RL ELE AREER ALLE ee eseeeteee
Pere

) Test yourself
Which one is right?
Choose a or b.
1 Thirty-five and twenty-nine are:
a_ forty-six.
b_ sixty-four.
2 If you would like to go in now, madam...
Yes, I would.
Thank you.
Would you mind to wait, please?
Would you mind waiting, please?
I'm hungry. Let’s have something to eat!
faI'm
cra
oan hungry. Let’s to have something to eat!
5 Could you help me, please?
a_ Yes, What do you want?
b Of course. What would you like me to do?
6 Excuse me, can you tell me where the station is, please?
a Yes, I can.
b Yes, it’s just over there.

7 Travelling and handling money 167

 7a I'llgeta trolley for the luggages.
b I'll get atrolley for the luggage.
8 The information desk? It's:
a_ inthis way.
b this way.
ga Bye, I'll see you tomorrow.
b Bye, I see you tomorrow.
10 Would you mind coming back later? (You can go back later.)
a Yes.
b Sure, it’s no problem.
11.4 Can you tell me where are the taxis, please?
b Can you tell me where the taxis are, please?
12 £24.75. This is:
a pounds twenty four, seventy-five.
b twenty-four pounds, seventy-five.
) Write a dialogue.
‘Situation: Eva is an au pair with the Lewis family. (She works in the
family, helping with the children and the house.) It’s the morning
and Barbara, Lewis and Eva are talking about the day.
Barbara Eva/child

1 Barbara asks Eva to take

the children to school. She's
working this morning.
2 Evasays yes.

Would you like me to go to

the supermarket on the way back?

3 Barbara says yes and asks

Eva to buy bread, milk and
cartons of fruit juice.
4 Evaresponds. She asks if
Barbara needs more things from
the shop.

168
5 Barbara says no and asks
Eva to take the children to
the park after school.

Se
oens op
She also asks her to work on
Saturday evening.
6 Evasays she can take the
Sahara a children to the park but she can’t
work on Saturday evening.
She's going to a party.

7 It’s the afternoon. Eva is in

the park with the children.
One of the children sees an
ice-cream van and suggests
they all have an ice cream.

Cahn ri
ICAN...
.. invite people to do things, using Ifyou would like to ...
.. suggest doing something together, using Let’s ..., and respond
..ask people to do things using Can you? Could you? and

... ask for help, using indirect questions

.. link words together so that my English sounds natural.

7 Travelling and handling money 169

 e } Using public
@~ transport
In this unit you will learn how to:
> use prepositions at the end of questions
» ask for and give instructions
> ask for help
> ask for and understand travel information
> ask for and give the time
> use the present simple for timetables and itineraries.

VOCABULARY
> public transport; the time

PRONUNCIATION
> stress in place names
CEFR: Can handle numbers, quantities, cost and time. Can follow short,
simple written directions (A1). Can understand sentences and frequently
used expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance. Can
find specific, predictable information in simple everyday material such
as timetables. Can get simple information about travel, use of public
transport, give directions and buy tickets, Can ask for and give directions
referring to a map or plan (A2). Can deal with most situations likely to
arise while travelling (B1).

AAANSSS
BAN |
0 —=

170
 The story 1
08.01" Oliver is at the information desk at the airport. He needs to get to
£ the centre of London.
Listen to the conversation one, two or three times.
1 Read the question and choose the correct answer.
How is Oliver going to the centre? By train, by bus or by taxi?
2 Choose ALL the correct answers.
The man says Oliver can go by bus, or by:
a coach.
b taxi.
c Underground.
d train.

; Airport employee Can help you?

: Oliver Yes, could you tell me how to get to the centre of town, please?
Airport employee You can go by bus, by train or by es sir. Which o of
London are you going to?
i Oliver I need to get to Victoria Station.
: Airport employee Then you can take the A1 Airbus. It goes all the way to Victoria.
: Oliver The A, right. And where do I get the bus from?
: Airport employee _Just over there, sir. You see the sign that says, Airbus’? You follow
2 that sign.
: Oliver Oh, I see! Do you know when the next bus leaves?
: Airport employee — Inten minutes, sir— at 8.05.
; Oliver And how long does ittake to get there?
: Airport employee I’m not sure — the best thing to do is ask the driver.
s Oliver | Many thanks for your help. TESCSS
OS
ROO
STOO
TOEHDHSHH
TOSS
CCCP ESTES THCTES HTH OHHH OSHS TO THT HO OOO SHEET OCT O HOSTER HOH TTSHEHOOOETOD

* For an American English version, listen to 11.73

‘} Listening and reading 1

1 08.01 Listen and choose the right answer.
Cover the text of The story 1.

Using public transport 171

 Answer the questions. There is only one correct answer to each
question.
1 Where exactly in London is Oliver going?
a Waterloo Station
b Paddington Station
c Victoria Station
d_ Euston Station
2 What’s the name of the bus?
a_ London bus
b Airbus
c Central bus
d Express bus
3 Which of the following statements is correct?
a_ It's along walk to the bus.
b The bus is very near.
c The bus goes from the train station.
d The bus is downstairs.
4 The next bus leaves:
a inanhour.
bin half an hour.
c intwo minutes’ time.
d inten minutes’ time.
5 When does the bus arrive in London?
a_ we don't know
b in one hour
c_ inhalf an hour
d_ inten minutes
2 Read and complete the words.
Read the sentences.
18.0% Listen again and try to complete the words.
“~=" Then read The story to help you, if necessary.
1 a Oliver doesn’t know how to get to the centre of town. He asks for
help. 'Hesays, C ce os youst coaclme fm Le fC
/g——/t —/ the centre of town, please?
b There are three possibilities. The man says, You/c —.—_/g —/
b — bus, /b —/ train or b _./ Underground.

172
 2 a The man asks where exactly in London Oliver is going. He says, ’
Which part of LondomyG 2 / y/o 6G/te?
b Oliver answers, J/n————/t—/g ——/t— Victoria
Station.
3 a Theman suggests the Airbus.
He says, ¥ 22 7 C us / PS the At Aitbus.
4 a Oliver doesn’t know where the buses are. He asks, Where /
O71 Oak ter Fe
b The man gives Oliver instructions.
Y____/f — ll _____/ the sign that says Airbus’.
5 Isit necessary to change?
No, the A1 bus goes a _ __/ t ____/ w__ __/ to Victoria Station.
6 Oliver wants to know the time the journey takes. He asks,
WS aa Oe SSI iy ee ey
there?

Ja How do you pronounce it?

~ LONDON’S MAIN STATIONS - STRESS
Example from The story
The man asks Oliver: Which part of London are you going to?
Oliver answers: I need to get to Victoria.
Cover the text of audio 08.02.
}) 08.02 Listen and repeat the names.
~ Read the transcript. Listen again and find the stress for each one.
1 Victoria
Paddington
Marylebone
King’s Cross
St Pancras
Euston
Liverpool Street
Waterloo
oaubWhHDn
CON

Using public transport 173

} Listening and reading 2
1 True or false?
Read the sentences.
Look at the information and map about the London
Underground. Choose True or False.
Can you correct the False sentences?
4 London has eleven Underground lines. True/False
2 There are ninety-five Underground stations. True/False
3 Each line has a number. True/False
4 There is only one fare. True/False
5 It costs the same all day at the weekend. True/False
6 You can use Oyster cards and True/False
Travelcards on London buses and trains.
7 It doesn’t cost much to use public True/False
transport in Britain.

There are just over 249 miles/400 km of Tube tunnel under London's streets,
with 11 Underground lines and 270 stations.
London Underground carries more than 1 billion passengers (1,229 million) a year.
225,000 passengers a day use Waterloo Station.
Each line has aname and a colour. For example, the District Line is green
and the Circle Line is yellow. London is divided into six fare zones.
Central London is Zone 1.
The fare you pay depends on the number of zones you travel in. The
cheapest way to travel in London is with an Oyster card. You can also buy a
one-day Travelcard. Both the Oyster card and the Travelcard are valid on the
Underground, the trains and the buses in London. The Travelcard is valid only
after 9,30 in the morning Friday, but all day Saturdays, Sundays and public
holidays. Family tickets are also available.
Public transport is quite expensive in Britain.
SARS SR Sa an a a Sa

174
Qj 2 08.03 Famous places in London — where's the stress?
You are on a tourist bus in Central London.
Look at the bus route with twelve famous places.

Piccadilly
Circus
(e)

Houses of
Parliament

Listen to the announcement.

Read the transcript. Listen again and find the syllable with stress for
each place, 1-12.

He’s getting off the bus and she’s getting on the bus.

Using public transport 175

 > The stress is at the beginning on two names, Oxford Street and
Downing Street.
>» For most place names the stress is on the second word, such as Park,
Palace, Square, Road, Bridge: London Bridge, Kensington Palace.
> Street is different — the stress is on the first word.
3 08.03 Listen and repeat.
Listen again and repeat the names of these famous places.

How do you pronounce it?

STRESS ON PLACE NAMES ~ ADDRESSES
» English has lots of words for Road or Street.
11 08.04 Listen and repeat.
Listen and repeat these street names. You will hear each one
twice.
Find the syllable with stress.

176
2 Find the abbreviation.
When we write an address, we often use an abbreviation a a
short form — of the word that means road.
Find the abbreviation for the following full words. Example: 1c.
Full word Abbreviation
1 Road a Ave.
2 Gardens b Dr.
3 Lane c Rd
4 Street d Cl.
5 Drive e St
6 Crescent f Gdns
7 Grove g Pl.
8 Court h Ct
9 Avenue Poker:
10 Close j Gr.
11 Walk ~ k Wk
12 Place I Cres.

LANGUAGE TIP q
When we say or write an address, the number is first, before the name of the street— |
for example 2 Park Road, 57 Eton Avenue.

Using publictransport 177

) Language discovery 1
PREPOSITIONS AT THE END OF QUESTIONS
Examples from The story
4 The man asks Oliver exactly where in London he's going.
He says:
(Question) Which part of London are you going to? (preposition!)

Oliver answers:
(Positive) I’m going to Victoria.
2 Oliver doesn’t know where the buses are.
He asks, Where do I get the bus from? (preposition!)

(Possible answer) You get the bus from the bus stop outside the
terminal.
>» The grammar is correct with the preposition at the end.
Complete these mini dialogues with the correct question from the
list, a-l.
5 tacp ena Sa can Ne, a)WON RNS ALS
B_ My brother — I call him every week.
2. A oe ee ee
- B. This picture. Isn't it attractive?
BRN I SN MN a a Elna
B My girlfriend. It’s her birthday today.
7AG«Sagan CEN SU 2:SOAMROMRCICCR URIS Rad Wl NG?
B Myboyfriend. I miss him.
A a Se a ee
B My keys. Do you know where they are?
6 A There's an urgent email for you.
[3 SORRELL.
SOME OREN A ALN
7_A Ilike reading.
|SMBI AcE RANIU LARA AAVNRR ena GiIe,

178
 A She's married.
II wer rane
9 A I'm going to that new restaurant this evening.
B pa SEF ae ONES ES ae 0: Se
10-A <Toxbdiivers eee
oo" — sape ee
_B The station, please.
11 A Wecould go and see that new film this weekend.
df Lean os CREME eae eee 2
12 A I'dlike to book a Eurostar ticket to Paris, please.
B ?
-a Do you know whe it’s from?
'b Oh, is she?W
c They're nice flo ho are they for?
d Who are you talking to?
eeOf course, sir. Wh :
f Are you really? Who |going with?
g What are you looking
7 Whats it about?

1
poe te
an eee

V) Vocabulary builder
~ PUBLIC TRANSPORT VEHICLES
1 Choose the correct words.
Write the names of these vehicles. Choose words from Box 1.
Where do they go from? Choose the place from Box 2 and match
it to the picture.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.

Using public transport 179

 PENCE
= a ‘ooee
e
——s

GETTING AROUND ON PUBLIC TRANSPORT

08.05 Read, listen and complete.
Read the mini dialogues and look at the words in the box.
Listen and complete the dialogues with the correct word(s) from
the box.
1 A Idon't know the Underground.
Could you give me a_______, please?
B Of course. Here you are.
2 A Excuse me, do you know the time of the next train, please?
B I’mnot sure. There's a_____L__ over there, on the wall.

180
 Excuse me, how much is ao
sto London?
ISthQr Cr ie oe bee
No, a________, please. I’m coming back this evening.
I want to buy a ticket but the ___is closed.
You can get one at the __-____ over there.
Which ______ does the train go from, please?
Number five, right at the end, over there.
What's the ___ to the town centre, please?
£1.70.
WY ct: cies cel MICKORIOMIN?.
One, I think. It’s in the centre, isn’t it?
Which ___ is Heathrow on?
The blue one, but I don’t know the name of it.
Are you going to Edinburgh during your stay?
I'd like to but it takes nearly five hours.
That’s a long :
10 ISAs eee. tin?
No, I’m afraid it stops at all stations.
11 ISAS GO oe 2 tral?
No, sorry, change at the next stop.
12 I’m not sure which platform to go to.
Let’s listen to the
13 We're going on an to Cambridge tomorrow.
Oh, are you? What time does your coach leave?
14 Ina taxi. The fare is £8.80. How much _____ shall
POPWAOPrTaPrarrarwmaraprarwarwarrunyY
give him?
If you give him £10.00, that’s fine.

3 Label the pictures.

Now label the pictures, using words from the box in Exercise 2.

Using public transport 181

 Class.

Number
79872 1571828932
Price
GLASGOM CEN/OST 19-SEP-10 £3°20H
From, Hi rit “pone are

= 195 Revie | Nalidiew eares

-PRESTHICK TRAIN. ®”7ETTE? ON DATE. SHOMN

COMMON MISTAKE

This is along journey. 4

Q What's the difference between travel and journey?
A Journey is usually a countable noun.
® Journey is the time and/or distance from A to B.
For example: It’s a long journey from England to North America.
» Travel can be:
> averb
> an uncountable noun.
P Travel is general movement.
For example:
a_ [travel a lot for my job.
b Foreign travel is good for a person's education.
 4 Travel or journey?
Complete with journey or travel.
1 It'salong_____to get here.
2 Hes de Gent
3 Foreign _t_____ helps people understand other cultures.
4 Howlong does the ___ take?

TRIPS
5 Read and choose.
Choose the correct phrase from the box to complete the
sentences.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.

You would like to go on an excursion.

1 First you :
Ue | 2B, 6. eee ee nea ceed
3 If something happens and you can't go, you can either
[) potec
Rttutinal
aia not a osjeter eae obi ally
4 Onthe day of the trip youa —____—«dthe coach. When
you get there, you b___ she coach and have a good
time!

¥} Language discovery 2
ASKING FOR INSTRUCTIONS, GIVING INSTRUCTIONS
Examples from The story
Asking for instructions
The man at the information desk says, Can I help you? Oliver says, Yes,
could you tell me how to get to the centre of town, please?
The man says You can take the A1 Airbus.
Oliver asks, Where do I get the bus from?

Using public transport 183

Giving instructions
The man answers, You follow the sign that says Airbus’.
Answer these questions about instructions.
Examples: Where do I get the bus from? You follow the sign ...
Meaning and form
1 Choose a, borc.
41 Inthe two examples, get and follow are:
a_ inthe past.
b_ inthe present.
c_ inthe future.
2 The tense is:
a present simple.
b present progressive.
c future simple.
> We can use the present simple to ask for and give instructions.
2 Read and decide.
Read the seven questions.
How many are correct?
Direct questions ;
How do I get to the town centre?
How can I get to the town centre?
How could I get to the town centre? |

Indirect questions
Can you tell me how to get to the town centre?
Could you tell me how I get to the town centre?
Do you know how I can get to the town centre?
Do you know how I could get to the town centre?

Q What are the differences?

A All the questions are appropriate in most situations.
> The indirect questions are very common.
> Could is the most indirect.

184
 1 Asking for instructions
Direct questions
do 1
| How. jcan I get to the town centre?
could
Indirect questions |
Can tell me I
= a show ge Tcan |get to the town
Could explain tome Tcould centre?
to

Do you know how I can Leto the town centre?

could
2 Giving instructions — present simple
You go... You follow... You take...

3 For more than one possibility

You can + verb (without to) + or + verb (without to)
For example: You can walk or go by bus.

3 Put the words in the right order to complete the question.

1 Excuse me, _____________ the station from here, please?
to/how/I/do/get
2 Excuse me, —_______a ticket for tomorrow?
can/where/I/book
3 Excuse me, excursions to Oxford?
out/I/how/find/about/could
4 Can you show me a ticket from this
machine, please? to/how/buy

5 Could you tell me the coach station,

please? to/get/I/how

6 Do you know this door, please?

how/open/can/I
7. Do you know my return ticket, please?
change/I/could/how

Example from The story

Oliver asks, Where do I go to get the bus?
The man says, You follow the sign that says Airbus’.
> Togive instructions, use the present simple.

Using public transport 185

4 Complete the instructions.
Situation: You want to make a trip from London to Paris on the
Eurostar train. You ask a friend for instructions.
Complete your friend’s instructions. Choose the correct verb
phrases from the box below the text.
Look at the pictures for help.
It’s not necessary to understand all the words. Just try to get the
general idea.
She’s going down the escalator.

He's going through

the door.
He's going up the escalator.

When you get to St Pancras Station, (1) _____ the

signs to ‘Eurostar’. (2) _______tthe escalator and
(3) ____________ your ticket from the ticket office. Then
(4) _______ ticket check and security control. After that
(5) ________ in the departure lounge. When you hear the
announcement to board the train (6) ____E the right
escalator or travelator for your part of the Eurostar platform and
(7) Se eee: train; (8) ee
a youn weadge ip
the special luggage racks and (9) __-___ your seat. If you
need refreshments during the journey — tea, coffee, something to eat,
(10) he
2 burfet:car

186
ASKING FOR HELP
5 Correct these questions if necessary. Some of the verbs are
wrong.
Where I sign?
Can you tell me what do I write in this card?
Where pay I, please?
Can you tell me where I go now, please?
How do I get a taxi?
How I open this door?
Do I write this in English or my language?
AU I give a tip or not?
CON
BWDN

6 Now match the questions 1-8 with the possible answers a-h.
If you could just wait over there, please, sir.
At the bottom, just here.
At the cash desk over there, please.
Yes, people usually give about 10 per cent.
‘Happy birthday’ is fine.
I can call one for you, madam.
They open automatically when the train stops.
080Either — it doesn’t matter.
~OoO
sa
Qn

AN INVITATION TO DINNER: WHAT DO I SAY? WHAT DO I DO?

7 Read and choose.
Situation: Your English colleague invites you to his house for
dinner.
You don’t know about British customs and habits.
You ask a friend to help you.
Look at the questions a-I.
Read the dialogue: the answers are given but the questions are
missing.
Choose the correct question for each answer.
The first one is completed as an example.
a What do] say if she offers me more food and I don’t want it?
b What do I do if they speak very fast and I don’t understand?
c Dol shake hands when I arrive?

Using public transport 187

 Do I take a present? And if so, what sort of present do I take?
Qa.
© I don't know his wife's name? What do I call her? Do I call her
madam?
What do I say if I want to use the bathroom?
What do I say when I want to leave?
The invitation is for seven o'clock. What time do I arrive?
What-de-weear?
Do I do anything the next day?
What do I do and say when I leave?
What time do I leave?
—ne-
sam

You What do | wear?

Your friend Informal clothes are fine.
h
(T peabeRSI US rile Ne ie a AN a IE
Your friend A box of chocolates or flowers is the most common type
of present. Lots of visitors like to give a little present from their country.
That's fine, too.
bo)Feet Scere Aas Oa 2 r= GN AOL, TO A HY
Your friend Punctuality’s quite important here, so it’s best to get
there within about ten minutes of the time, but not before the time.
EE a ee eee ee
Your friend Yes, the usual thing is to shake hands and say, Pleased to
meet you or How do you do? when you meet his wife. How do you do?
is more formal than Pleased to meet you.
N(a Upsetters Ge NC ee MN ieibee “MEW Ian, St Np)
Your friend No, we only use that word in shops and places like that.
If you call her Mrs Parker to start with, she'll tell you her first name, I’m
sure,
NCR as Sk hh ee
Your friend You just ask them to speak more slowly.
VOU tee es UR FS ha GE vleteaita So aia Ayep
Your friend You say, No thanks. I’m fine.
VOU Se ee eee
Your friend You just say, Is it all right ifI use the toilet?
VO: eee EN el,
Your friend You can say, It’s getting late. I'd better go now.

188
10 You 4
Your friend Between ten and eleven o'clock is normal.
11 You ?
Your friend You shake hands again and say, Thank you for inviting
me — it was a lovely evening.
12 You ?
Your friend You can say thank you again to your colleague at work
if you like but it’s not necessary to write a letter. Some people write a
short note or card. This is a formal thank you.
Meaning and form
8 Read and choose.
Answer these questions about the verbs in questions a-I in
Exercise 7. Choose a, b orc.
1 Inthe exercise, the dinner is:
a inthe past.
b inthe present.
c inthe future.
2 The tense in the questions is:
a present simple.
b present progressive.
c future simple.

We use the present simple to ask for and give instructions or information about a
system. In the exercise above, you are asking for information about the cultural
systems of invitations — in other words, the habits and customs.
Q What's the.difference between, for example, What shall Iwear? (Unit 7) and
What do I wear??
A_ What shall I (+ verb) ...? asks for a suggestion.
What do I (+ verb) ...? asks for information about a system. In other words, What
is the right thing to do/say/wear, etc. in this situation?

Using public transport 189

2 ABOUT YOUR COUNTRY: INVITATIONS
Read the questions.
Either write your answers or prepare to tell a friend.
Situation: A colleague invites me to dinner.
Answer my questions about customs and habits in your country.
1 In England, it’s common to invite someone to the house. Which is
more common in your country, an invitation to the house or to a
restaurant?
What do I wear?
Do I take a present? If so, what sort of present do I take?
WwW The invitation is for seven o'clock. Is that a usual time here for a
pb
dinner invitation? What time do I arrive?
What do I do when I arrive? Do I shake hands with him, with his wife?
I don't know his wife’s name. What do I call her?
What time do I leave?
au Do I do or say anything the next day?
ON

) The story 2
3.06* Our story continues. Oliver is walking towards the A1 Airbus. A
4) man talks to him.

41 Listen and choose.

Read the question.
Listen to the conversation and choose the correct answer.
What's the time?
a 8.00
b 755
Cc 7.52
d 5.28

190
 FPO OPAO MALE AAA EOD GOD EASA OH EO SOSH OEOLASEHSAHFESOROHESDOCOHOLOOEESOCHHOA9OSE8

: Man Excuse me, can you tell me the time, please? :

> Oliver Yes, it’s five to eight. :
> Man Many thanks. :
SSCS SCS SSS TOSSES THS SEH TOT HSC SEHO STS HOTOSTHOSC HSH HSHHSHEHEHOCHTHH SECO HSEHHEEOEE®

* For an American English version, listen to 17.44.

2 08.06 Listen again and complete.

= Cover the text of The story 2.
Read the questions.
Listen and complete the words.
4 The man asks Oliver the time. He says, Excuse me, c__ __/ y_____/
Fee eee ND owl Ure ee Se,
2 Oliver answers,
LN SN EIA pasate ieyihaig es apMe
3 The man thanks Oliver. He says, M_ —-.__/t_-_»
_ _ _.

) Language discovery 3
ASKING FOR AND UNDERSTANDING TRAVEL INFORMATION

Understanding the time

41 Read 1-6 and draw the hands for these watches.

Using public transport 191

 4 Eleven o'clock 4 Aquarter to six
2 Half past three 5 Tentonine
3 Aquarter past four 6 Twenty-five past ten

TIMETABLES
Can you give me times of the trains to ..., please?
> There are two ways to say the time. The previous exercise is the usual way in
spoken English.
» When we want to be very specific, for example, for a timetable:
D> we use the 24-hour clock
> we say the exact number of minutes past the hour, even ifit’s more
than 30. For example, 8.43 is eight forty-three and 11,56 is eleven fifty-six.
> We say O like the name of the letter for timetables.

2 08.07 Listen and write the times.

Times of the trains to go To come back
pee ee A 1
pp iimeten
boiration
iat hain a, 2
3. ——______ 3
4 4
Understanding frequency — how often do the trains go?
3 Read and match.
"Read the expressions in Boxes 1 and 2.
Read the timetables (a, b, c).
For each timetable, choose one phrase from Box 1 (1, 2, 3) and
one phrase from Box 2 (A, B, C).

The timetables

192
 How long from now?
In The story 1, Oliver asks, When does the bus leave?
The employee answers, In ten minutes(’time) at 8.05.

In ten minutes (time)

4 Make four mini dialogues.

Match the questions 1-4 with the correct response, a—d.
1 When's the next train? a Inaweek(’s time). They're in
Hong Kong at the moment.
2 When's my mummy coming? b In two minutes(time). Come
on, let’s run!
3 When do they get to c Insix months(’time), at the end
Australia? of my course.
4 Whenare you goingbackto d Inafewminutes(’time). She's
your country? on her way.
How long does it take?
In The story 1, Oliver wants to know the time the journey takes. He asks,
How long does it take to get there?

> To talk about length of time for an activity we use the verb take.
> It takes (impersonal subject it + verb take) + verb with to.
It takes my daughter |along time Ito get ready. ‘
Or with the pronouns me, you, him, her, us, them...
It takes her |along time to get ready.

Using public transport 193

 5 Complete these mini dialogues (1-4) with sentences a-d.
1 Howlong does it take a_ No, only a few minutes,
to get there? It's easy.
2 Does it take along time b I know. Mine's the same.
to do that?
3. It doesn’t take long to walk c About ten minutes. It’s not far.
there.
4 Ittakesmydaughteralong d_ No, it’s very near.
time to get ready in the
mornings.
> To talk about a specific person with the expression it takes, we say
it takes + person + verb with to.
Example:
A How long does it take you to get to work?
B It usually takes me about 50 minutes.
OR you can give a short answer: About 50 minutes.
26 How long does it take you?
~ Write some things about you, or prepare to tell a friend.
How long does it take you to have breakfast?
How long does it take you to get ready in the morning?
Does it take you a long time to get to work/school? Is it far?
How long does it take your best friend to get to your house from
his/her house?
How long does it take you to get to the nearest supermarket from
your house?
Does it take you long?
7 Write questions for these answers.
A age eee
I don't eat much in the mornings, really — about ten minutes, I
suppose.
> a eT EOE BERK ANI
No time at all — I work from home.
Papa NaS SR aE meEce S Iehcle ey
I can walk there in about five minutes — I go shopping there
most days.
la SSE GSN SES Oe SS

School starts at 8.45 and they leave at 8.15, so it’s about a

half-hour walk.

194
 ASKING AND GIVING THE TIME
) 8 08.08 Listen and decide.
’ Look at the digital clocks.
Listen to the six mini dialogues asking and giving the time.
For each clock, write the correct numbers 1-6. There is more than
one answer for each clock.

Expressions for asking the time

919 08.08 Listen and complete.
There are five different expressions for asking the time.
Listen again and, this time, complete the questions.
ge la ayirae lati Fy 01-2
EE TTS, eee eee ee ee lf Oey
time, please?
PSO ceed ee ed te oe ei 2 are Sey,
PE GU" | RRR DOT ME Tact eaOE MA | 95 | MOO! ARON NOT
NER wg
, please?
ER CUSC NTN fe ac Jo ef BS le a ee
da ¢ | MORO a , please?
Cire OU Sols the time/s Sharon?

i LANGUAGE TIP
There are lots of ways of asking this simple question in English. Look at the summary. |
| All the questions are correct, appropriate and common in most situations.
The questions in the first group are the most direct.
| When you ask someone you don't know, start with Excuse me...
Could you tell me }what time it is? can be formal.
Do you know
Eee RY

Summary — asking the time

What's
Have you got the time (please)?
‘Do you know ae ere
Could you tell me the time (please)? |
Can you ithe time is (please)?
Eo

tell me what j “Ai ERSTE

EE EES _itime Jitis (please)?
Do you know what the time iS(please)?
_{time {itis (please)? is

Using public transport 195

 THE PRESENT SIMPLE FOR TIMETABLES AND ITINERARIES
» Listen and complete.
Situation: You are in London. You want to go to Cambridge for
the day. You want to leave London between 9.00 and 10.00 a.m.
You phone National Rail Enquiries for some information.
Cover the text of the audio.
Look at the timetable (d = departs = leaves; a = arrives = gets
there).
Listen and complete the timetable.
London |
King’s Cross d (08:24 (08:45 10:00 10:25
Cambridge a [09:28 |09:42 09 |11:16

Information officer National Rail Enquiries -Can I help you? ;

Man ‘Yes, I'd like some information about the times of trains from
London to Cambridge, please.
- Information officer Which day are you thinking of travelling?
Man — It's for tomorrow,
Information officer And what time of day would you like to travel?
Man We'd like to leave London between nine and ten in the morning.
Information officer Right. There's one that leaves at exactly nine o'clock,
Man What time does that gettoCambridge?
Information Officer The nine o'clock gets in at twelve minutes past ten. Then there's
the nine twenty-four, which arrives at ten sixteen, and also a nine
fifty-four, which gets to Cambridge at ten forty-six. ‘
Man Let mejust repeat that to make sure I've got it right. There are
three trains. -
The nine o'clock arrives at twelve minutes past ten, the nine ~
twenty-four gets there at sixteen minutes past ten and the nine
fifty-four arrives in Cambridge at ten forty-six. -
Information Officer That's correct. :
Man Thank you very much.
Both Goodbye.
OGSOLOODDONHLEOH
DOOPHELADODLSOOODSDAGCEHOLOEMMLEHLOLFOCOBSOOEES
OSH
2SPOSTS SCOHPOH OTE SS SOTA SCHOO SSE T OVO STAFF OTSUSHH OTC HOHOHSVH OOOH E SHED ETT OAS EEE HS SAE
SESESC
OS
SEHGT
OG
ESTES
OCHS
SSE
e

196
 Meaning and form
11 Choose a, b orc.
Answer these questions about meaning and form of the verbs in
bold in the text of audio 08.09.
1 The journey to Cambridge is:
a inthe past.
b inthe present.
c inthe future.
2 The tense of the verbs is:
a present simple.
b present progressive.
c future simple.
Q Tomorrow is in the future. Why are these verbs in the present simple?
A Because we are talking about a timetable.
>» When we talk about an organized future activity and it is part of a
timetable or schedule, we use the present simple.
Let’s look at another example.
Situation: Monica is going on a business trip to Scotland next week. Her
secretary, Angie, is telling her the itinerary.
°
*
°
°
e
Angie You leave on the 10.30 flight on Monday and you arrive in
*
e
e
Edinburgh at 11.10. You have a lunch meeting with Mr Jones at
e
°
°
12,30 and then at 3.30 you take the train to Glasgow.
e
e SCHR HOHHEHHHAEHTHHTHHHHTHOTSHHTHHSSHSHSHHSHOHDESTHEHHTITHRHHTEOSHEHOOHHOHTHHHEED ®eoeceeeev

All these verbs are in the present simple because they are Monica's
itinerary or schedule.
Now look at the next part of the conversation.
SOSHSSHHOHSSHHHOHSHHHSHHOSTHSSHHHHHSHHHHSETHHHSHHOHOHHHHOHHTHOHHHOHHHHOHABTETEOEE

Monica Where am I staying in Glasgow?

Angie I've got you a room at the King's Hotel. You’re staying there for
two nights.
SOSSOSSHHSHHSHHEHEHESHOHSHHEHESHOSHHHSHAHEHHHHHESHEHHEHTESHHOSHHCHESETHHREBHOOE
Peacsevece
eeeoseesensese

Q Why are these verbs in the present progressive?

A These are personal future arrangements (see Unit 5).

Using public transport 197

To talk about fixed future events we use:
Present progressive when it's a personal future arrangement. |
Present simple when it’s part of a timetable or organized schedule.

> Sometimes both the present simple and present progressive are
correct. The focus is a little different.
For example: I go home next week — more factual, more focus on the
schedule.
I’m going home next week — more personal.

LANGUAGE TIP
Q In this situation, can I also say, for example, I will go home next week?
(future simple)
A No, not in this situation. ©
» J will go home is grammatically correct, but...
> ...ithas a different meaning.
> I'll go home next week is only correct at the moment of making the decision.
I'll go
When shall | go eae
home? Next next week.
week or the C
week after?
DECISION O

OM O:
vu

12 Choose a, b orc.
Answer these questions about I’m going home next week and I go
home next week.
1 In both sentences, the decision is:
a_ inthe past?
b in the present?
c_ inthe future?
2 Inboth sentences, actions to organize the trip home are:
a_ inthe past?
b_ inthe present?
c_ inthe future?

198
‘Practice
1 Write the verbs in the correct tense.
Situation: Simon is at a travel agent's, collecting his tickets for a short trip
to Italy. The assistant talks about his itinerary.
e
e
e
Travel agent Here are the tickets for your trip to Italy. You (fly)
e
e
e (1) to Naples with Alitalia on the 12th of next month. The flight
e
e
e (leave) _____ (2) Heathrow at 10.15. When you get to
c)
e
e Naples a coach (pick you up) _______ (3) from the airport
e
oy
e and they (drive) __ (4) you direct to your hotel. The next
®
e
e morning the coach (take) ________ (5) you on an excursion to
°
e
e the ruins of Pompeii. In the afternoon you (get) _________ (6)
.
*
. the Eurostar train to Rome.
e
e
e Simon What (happen) —______ (7) when we arrive in Rome? How
e
e
e (get) ______ (8) to the hotel?
°
°
e Travel agent A bilingual guide (meet) _________ (9) the train and (take)
s
e
° (10) you on a city tour. They (show) —______ (11)
e
@
s you all the important sights such as the Colloseum and the Vatican
.
°
e
and then the coach (leave) —_____ (12) you at your hotel.
°
°
e On the Sunday you (be) ______-_ (13) free in Rome and you
e
rr
« (come) ——___. (14) back to London on the evening flight.
°
°
e Simon What time (get) ——____ (15) back?
e
°
e Travel agent I think it’s twenty-past nine. Just let me check — yes, nine twenty-
°
°
« five.
e
°
° Simon That all sounds wonderful. I’m looking forward to it. SCOHOSCHHS
°
° SOOT CSSO OSH OO SCOT EHH SH TETHH OHHH OE FOSS OSE HEHE OH TOSSES HHETOHHHHOTETEDECOO”®

Q Inthe mini dialogue, are the verbs in B in the present simple?

Can you tell me how Go to Oxford

I get to Waterloo, Street and take the
please? Bakerloo Line.

A No. These verbs are in the imperative (verb without to).

- >» People who work in transport often use the imperative to give
instructions.
> Here the imperative is impersonal and short.
(For more information and practice on the imperative, see Unit 9.)

Using public transport 199

2 Practise some travel questions.
There are a lot of different questions in this unit. How many can
you use now?
Read the questions.
Choose the correct question (a-j) for each answer (1-10). The first
one is done as an example.
a Could you tell me how to get to London from here, please?
b How often do the trains run to Waterloo?
c When's the next coach to Glasgow, please?
d How long does it take to get to Cambridge from London?
e Is this the right train for Birmingham?
f Which platform is it for Brighton, please?
g I want to go to Cardiff. Where do I change?
h Do you know if this train stops in Reading?
i How much is a single to Hull, please?
j Heweantgette-Windser?

1 You Excuse me, how can | get to Windsor?

Take the train at Platform 5 and change at Egham.
bby [5 Yel i SR at SORE SS RE TiescM ro EESR ER EE
No, this is a non-stop to Paddington.
SD [1 std SP ee crt JN GoD A
Number 7, sir.
Pah (| WA RIS |SiMe Era, SB ileAMES TONE 4
£22.
BVO ae ea ee ee
Every half an hour — at ten to and twenty past the hour.
6 You.Se 3 ee
No, this is the Liverpool train.
7 NO a ee eae
It's not necessary — this bus goes all the way there.
BO a a a Se
In ten minutes, at half past.
PSBee (|)Re atone ie ak SAR airtel le read AleNadine
Yes, take the next train from Platform 10.
FO) YOUNce ee
On a fast train? Just under an hour.

200
53 Ask for transport information.
& O3.1C » Listen and ask the questions from Exercise 2 in the spaces.
\ You will hear the correct questions after the spaces.

aWriting and speaking

1 About your country: public transport
Write answers to these questions or prepare to tell a friend.
How do you go to work and/or the shops?
How do people travel long distances without a car?
What are the names of the big train and bus companies in
your country?
Is public transport cheap or expensive?
Is there an underground railway in your town or capital?
On the buses does the fare depend on distance?
a When do you pay if you want to travel by bus?
b Can you buy a return ticket?
c If you need to take two buses, can you use one ticket?
What would you say?
1 You are a tourist in London. You are at a station. Someone asks you,
Excuse me, can you tell me how to get to Wimbledon, please?
It’s late at night. You want to get a train ticket from the machine
— the ticket office is closed. You've only got a £20 note. On the
machine it says, Sorry, no change.

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this topic.
Translate the sentences below into your language.
Remember - translate the idea, not the words.
1 a Excuse me, can you tell me how to get to the centre of town,
please?
b Yes, you can go by bus, by train or by taxi.
2 Which part of the town are you going to?
3 a Where do I pay?
b Over there, please, at the cash desk.
ij Where do I go to get a ticket?

Using public transport 201

 Who are you talking to?
Which excursions would you like to go on?
You get a ticket before you get on the bus.
OUIa Excuse me, have you got the time, please?
CON
b Yes, it’s just after ten.
9 How often do the buses go to the station?
10 How long does it take to get to the centre?
11 Take the train at Platform 6 and change at the next stop.

Writing
a4

Write to a friend about your round-the-world trip.

Look at the scheduled itinerary and your personal arrangements
and plans.
From these notes write a full itinerary, together with your personal
plans.
Remember to use:
> the present simple for the timetables/schedules
> the present progressive for the personal future arrangements
> going to for the future plans.
Start like this:

Depart.9.00.a.m. Return 17:00. Caroline's got tickets.

“On \Sth September 1 4y fo Lima in Peru, Pa ss loth & {7th January: In Beijing with Caroline.
I'm staying at the Hostal Las Americas, like pi 3 8th January: Plane to London,
last year . . ;
[5th September: Plane to Lima, Peru. Accommodation:
Hostal Las Americas (like last year)
I7th September: Start of Spanish course, Seay
Intermediate this time. to
(9th December; End of course exam. Hope to pass,
Christmas and New Year with friends.
2nd January: Plane to Cusco. Meet brother Ben.
3rd January: Organized tour to Machu Piechu = train
trip to Aguas Calientes and walk Up to' Machu Piechu,
Can't wait! 2
5th January: Plane’'to Sydney, Australia with Ben, & 1
e Visit family, Meet new baby. cousin, =
lath January: Ben plane home to London. New job
on l4th,
i !2th January: Plane to Beijing, China. —
E Accommodation: With ex -colleague Caroline =
E isth January; Coach Tour to Great Wall of China,

202
y9Speaking
08.11 Now it’s your turn to join the conversation.
) Listen again to The story 1 conversation.
Say Oliver’s words in the spaces.

) Test yourself
Which one is right?
Choose a or b.
1 I go to work:
a_ with car.
b by car.
2 The bus:
a_ leaves every hour.
b is leaving.
3.4 Do you know what is the time?
b Do you know what the time is?
4a Howlong does it take to get to the park?
b How long takes it for go to the park?
5A a Howoften go the trains to London?
b How often do the trains go to London?
B a Three times in an hour.
b Three times an hour.
6a How much is it for go and come back?
b How much is a return ticket?
7a What do! do now?
b What I do now?
8a_ Take that train and change at Broad Street.
b You will take that train and then you are changing at Broad Street.
ga West Road, 24.
_ b 24, West Road.
10 My English friend has got a new baby.
a What am I writing in this card?
b What do I write in this card?

Using public transport 203

“Write
ie
— ae
a dialogue.
ea

Situation: You are at the ticket office at Waterloo Station.

You want two tickets to Hampton Court, a famous palace near
London.
1 Travel clerk You

Next, please. Can | help you?

2 Respond.

4 You want returns.

——_o
That’s £9.80, please.

7 6 Time of next train?

In ten minutes, at ane
twenty to eleven.

8 Return times — how often?

204
 From Hampton Court to
Waterloo, there are two
trains an hour, at ten past
and twenty to the hour.

Travelling time?

11

About half an hour

12

13 You are getting on to the train.

You want to make sure it is the
right one. You ask a station
employee.

SELF-CHECK
ICAN...
.. use prepositions at the end of questions
... ask for and give instructions
..ask for help
... ask for and understand travel information

... ask for and give the time

.. use the present simple for timetables, schedules and
itineraries.

Using public transport 205

 e \)Meeting friends

In this unit you will learn how to:

> use impersonal it
> ask for opinions, using How was ...?
> use adjectives + -ed or -ing
» say and respond to thank you
> express obligation and necessity, using have to
> use the imperative
>» make and respond to offers, rejecting, insisting, accepting.
> introduce something negative in a polite way, using I’m afraid ...

VOCABULARY
> large numbers; public signs

PRONUNCIATION
> intonation: expressing strong feelings
CEFR: Can describe plans, arrangements, habits and routines, past
activities and personal experiences. Can make and respond to invitations,
suggestions and apologies (A2). Can understand the main points of clear
standard input on familiar matters regularly encountered in leisure. Can
briefly give reasons and explanations for opinions and plans, and actions
(B1). Can interact with a degree of fluency and spontaneity. Can take an
active part in discussion in familiar contexts. Can explain a viewpoint
giving the advantages and disadvantages of various options (B2).

LIGHT ARM2T FROM TORTEVIBES

VIA BUERGS FIRES, LANDED US Sf
ssrumeene LIOOAGE $Y MAbs SSN
S WS} BAAN SS :
a

206
 The story 1
>) 09.01* Tasha leaves customs. Who’s there to meet her? What
=~ happens next?
Read the sentences. Only one is correct.
Listen to the conversation one, two or three times and choose the
correct answer.
a_ Tasha gets the bus with Oliver.
b Tasho’s friend, Helen, is at the airport to meet her.
c Helen is at the airport with her husband and children.
d Tasha goes to Helen’s house by taxi.
SHMHSHSSOHSSHDOSHHOAGSAEHFOGHOE
SOOO SES OO OSE HESOOD OHHH OEOAEHOOHOF AROSE BOOOEHOOS
- Neng ae
s
: Helen — Tasha, hi, how are you? It’s lovely to see you again! ;
: Tasha Hello, Helen! It's great to see you, too. How are things? :
: Helen I'm fine. We're all fine. How was your flight? :
: Tasha It was all right~13 hours is a bit long and tiring, but I'm here now, :
: Thanks for picking me up, by the way. :
: Helen That's OK. We're glad you could come. The car’s in the carpark,
this way. David and the children are at home, waiting for you.
SOSCSSCHOSSSESSSTS CSET SESH TH SEHR SHSSHSHHFOHOSTSSHSHTSSEHCHECTSEHSESEHSTHSHTTCTOSERSECHEL
HOES

* For an American English version, listen to 17.15.

paren and reading 1

al

1 09.01 Listen and choose.

Read the sentences.
Listen again and choose True, False or We don’t know.
4 Tasha's flight was terrible. True/False/We don't know
2 David is at home with the True/False/We don't know
children.
3 Tasha knows David and the True/False/We don’t know
children.
4 Helen meets Oliver. True/False/We don't know
5 Tasha tells Helen about Oliver. True/False/We don’t know
6 Helen can't drive. True/False/We don’t know

9 Meeting friends 207

 2 09.0% Listen, read and complete.
Read the sentences.
Listen again and complete the words.
Then read the text of The story 1 to check your answers.
41 Helen says, Hello but Tasha says H
2 a Helen is happy to see Tasha.
She says [viel oe ae Si ene
b Tasha is happy to see Helen.
She soy: oF iP ge a eee Ver ees
3 Helen asks, How are you? but Tasha asks H__ __/a ____/
ered emteahe's. ?
4 a Helen asks Tasha about herjourney.
She says, Lo Woye oes rignte
b. josho responds Pow ey
oe eet
c Tasha talks about the flight.
Shesays 13 Hours is a0 / Pa Gna tc ce
but I’m here now.
5 a Tasha is happy Helen is at the airport to meet her. During the
conversation Tasha decides to thank her friend.
SNE SAYS TTIGNKS/fe ee es OF Mm i Bo
Pole We ace
b When Tasha says, Thanks, Helen responds,
Pia OK WE Ee ee Ie eu gi
Cpe:

»)) Language discovery 1

USING IMPERSONAL IT
Example from The story
Helen is happy to see Tasha again.
She says, It’s lovely to see you again.
Tasha says, It’s great to see you, too.
(Not: Is lovely to see you again OR Is great to see ve too.)
Q Why do we say it here?
A Allverbs need a subject in English (except imperatives).
It is the impersonal subject.

208
Q What's the negative? Can I say, It’s nice to not work at the weekend?
A No-not is before to. It’s nice not to work at the weekend.
| Summary — impersonal it _
Impersonal subject Verb be ~ |Adjective ae Ae) +to/not to
lovely to see you again.
frustrating not to understand.
1 Complete the sentences.
Complete the sentences with one adjective from Box 1 and one
verb from Box 2.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.

Example: It doesn’t cost much — in fact, it’s quite cheap to travel by

coach.
1 It'stoo________ by plane. Let’s go by train.
2 A [site eto Where are,yauilive? or
Where do you live?
B Where do you live?
3 Atfist it's ee fo we .aforeigndanguage
because people speak fast.
4 Forsome people it’s very _____ to
museums — they really enjoy it.
For others it’s the opposite. They find it really ;
5 I’ve got an invitation to stay with my friend abroad. It’s very
OP DITEO spares eres eee ING,
6 When you travel abroad, it’s always _______ to
a few words of the language.
DS ieee IO CO Ua ihe-terdn exam
On FES detec 10 Pee ee (OC Ours:
9 Its_______ to see old friends after along time.

9 Meeting friends 209

 10 Every time I try to telephone him there's no reply It's really
NOW tOs a es ee mr CnSWeR
41 If you are.on.a diet, it's _____.not to
sweet things!
It’s + adjective + verb with to/not to
2 Write these words in the correct order.
to/again/nice/talk/it’s/you/to
better/not/it’s/go/to
with/contact/easy/to/it's/people/email
for/wait/it’s/someone/time/for/long/boring/to/a
country/to/exciting/it's/visit/a/foreign
=au normal/language/understand/not/it’s/in/foreign/to/everything/a
nbrWN

ASKING FOR OPINIONS — HOW WAS ...?

Example from The story
Helen asks Tasha about herjourney.
She says: How was your flight?
Tasha answers: It was all right.
Meaning and form
3 Answer these questions about How was ...?
4 The flight is:
a inthe present.
b inthe future.
c in the past.
In How was your flight? Helen is asking:
a for along description of the flight.
b if the flight was OK or not.
3 Was is the past of:
a verb be.
b verb do,

Affirmative
I was
you
he/she/it we iors
they
Negative Bets eee ee |
] you
he/she/it wasn't we weren't
they
siansiha nator ween Vale Pres }

210
 Summary — past
of be
Question
< bm
Wos | P? ere we!
he/she/it?
they?

4 Complete these mini dialogues with was or were + not where

necessary.
1 A How________ your holiday?
B The hotel _________ bad but the food _______ terrible.
2A your parents all right last night?
B My mother _____ fine but my father _____ very
well at all, actually.
3 A that film boring!
Bi NOS lt oe ery. geod. at dll, ite
4 A (On Monday morning) How ________ your weekend?
B_ Really relaxing and quiet thanks. And yours?
A It_________ nice, very nice.
5 A Why——_____ you at school yesterday, David?
Bi, Miss.
6 A Howmany people ______ at the party?
B About twenty, I suppose.
7 A Nobody —____ —— at home — the answer machine
on.

Ua How do you pronounce it?

WAS
>» The vowel a in was has two pronunciations,
> weak /a/ when was is with an adjective or noun.
> strong/@ / when was is the important word.
For example: Was your flight OK? — weak / 9 /.
Yes, it was, thanks, — strong / p /.
> The pronunciation of the a in strong was / 0 / and wasn't is the same.

9 Meeting friends 211

ss Eee
1 09.02 Listen and decide.
Look at the text of the audio, with the stress shown.
What is the pronunciation of was in each one?
Choose strong or weak.
4 How was your day? strong/weak
2 Your party — how was it? strong/weak
3 It was fantastic, thanks. strong/weak
4 Was your hotel comfortable? — strong/weak
5 Yes it was, thanks. strong/weak
=) 2. 09.02 Listen again and repeat the sentences.

INTONATION — BIG FALLS TO EXPRESS STRONG FEELINGS

In Unit 4 we practised intonation to sound positive. In this topic we
practise intonation to express strong feelings.
Examples from The story
Helen is happy to see Tasha.
She says, It’s lovely to see you again.
Tasha responds, It’s great to see you, too.
> Remember, with flat intonation you express that actually you are not
very happy to see the person. ~
> To express strong feelings, the voice moves a lot on the syllable with
stress.

09.02 Listen and choose.

Read the sentences.
Listen to the audio: you will hear each sentence twice.
Which expresses stronger feelings, a or b?
1 It's wonderful to see you again. a/b
2 It’s great to hear from you. a/b
3 I think it’s a good idea. a/b
4 It'ssokind of you to invite me. a/b
5 I don't know what to do. a/b
6 But I can't! a/b
7 I'mso sorry! a/b
8 Happy Birthday! a/b

212
 }4 09.03 Listen and repeat. ~
Listen again and repeat the sentences. Pay special attention to
the big falls in the sentences with strong feelings.

» Language discovery 2
_ FEELINGS - ADJECTIVES + -ED OR -ING
Example from The story
Tasha talks about the flight. She says, It was a bit long and tiring ...
In other words, Tasha is tired because the flight was tiring.

COMMON MISTAKE
MG
saree
ire 8
Tasha: The flight was a bit long and tiring...
NOT: The flight was a bit long and tired...

+ /~
BUT: Tasha was tired after her flight is correct.

Meanings and forms — adjectives + -ed and -ing

How is Tasha? She feels tired.
Why does Tasha feel tired?
What's the reason for her tiredness?
The flight. The flight was tiring.
Here’s another example:

How does John feel? Interested. The feeling + -ed

Why? His book is interesting. |Reason or source of
feeling + -ing

9 Meeting friends 213

Adjectives with -ed/-ing
How? The feeling > Tasha is tired. adjective + -ed
Why? Reason or source of The flight was tiring. adjective + -ing
the feeling >

41 Complete the dialogue.

Choose the correct form of the adjective in the brackets ( ) for
each space.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
A I feelabit_______ (1) (tired/tiring) actually — it was a very long
journey. And the plane was completely full!
B Oh! That’s ____ (2) (surprised/surprising) at this time of
year. When I travel, I go to sleep if I’m —________ (3) (bored/
boring) on a plane. But sometimes it’s ______ (4) (interested/
interesting) to talk to the person next to you.
A Oh, the man next to me on this flight was really ___-_ (5)
(bored/boring). The conversation was all about his business trips — I
wasn't very ________ (6) (interested/interesting) at all, really.
A Yes, but it is ________ (7 (fas cinatting/fascinatted) to travel and
visit different countries, isn’t it?
B Absolutely! I just find it_t_ (8) (frustrated/frustrating) if I
can't speak the language at all.
A Yes, I was a bit __-___ (9) (disap pointed/disappointing) with
our last holiday because of that.
2 Correct the -ed/-ing adjectives in these sentences, if necessary.
1 The journey was very tired.
2 I’mvery exciting about my trip.
3 I was really surprising about the new job.
4 The film was bored.
5 It's a fascinating story.

SAYING THANK YOU

Example from The story
Tasha is happy that Helen is at the airport to meet her.
She says, Thanks for picking me up.

214
Form
Summary
~ saying thank you
[Preposition for |Verb+-ing-gerund
| Thank you
Thank you very much
{Formal
for picking me up.
Thank you very muchindeed |
Informal
Thanks
Many thanks

Q Canlalso say:
a_ Thank you to meet me? X
b Thank you for meet me? X OR
c Thank you for to meet me? X
A _ No, Thank you for meeting me is the only correct expression.
Thank you + for + verb -ing.
3 Complete these sentences.
4- Tivenks < .es (help) ine,
2 Thanks ___ / _______ (come) to pick us up.
3 Thank you very much _______ /_______ (wait) for me.
4ahonk you o/s (meets.
Se ks =f eal).
4 Use the verbs in the box to say thank you in the situations.
let me know go tell come help call invite wait ask

Example: A friend tells you something very important.

You: Thank you for telling me.
41 A friend in another country invites you for a holiday.
elt ae ala ee. boca ae Rete tohee
2 You arrange to meet a friend at two o'clock. You arrive at 2.20.
2 pg tS MEOH Ne I BARI Enea
3 Your colleague shows you how to use the new computer in
the office.
NOAM ont oaks ac ee eg ee
4 You've got an appointment for tomorrow — but something happens
and you can't go. You telephone and tell them.
The other person says:

9 Meeting friends 215

 5 Your colleague's partner was ill yesterday. Today you ask about her.
Your friend says, She’s much better today.
You: -
6 Your friend goes to the doctor’s. You go with her. Later, at home,
she says:
7 You calla business friend. At the end of the conversation,
he/she says:
8 You invite some friends to your house. Later, when they leave,
You:

RESPONDING TO THANKS
5 Read and choose.
Read the formal, neutral and informal expressions in the box.
Choose an appropriate expression for the situations 1-6.
Formal — You're welcome OR I
Koy axe}are||
Neutral — That’s OK OR AMateieewel|Macelal
Informal — No problem OR | Anytime

4 Your friend says, Thank you for helping me with my English.

6 [hae ee liana ese a ene t
2 Onthe bus, you give your seat to an old lady. She says Thank you so
much. You're very kind!
NOU soe ental a eee nes
3 Ayoung person talks to you in the street. He says, Excuse me,
where’s the station, please? You say, Just there. He says, Thank you.
B
[| msighlbewsnimontiimeinii
stim odieiteaetpeukbe tei ona
4 The bus is at the bus stop. A woman is getting on the bus with three
young children. You help her. She says, Thank you ever so much.
(>[ANE Meee ULEAD Bat AEE,
5 Inaclass you lend your dictionary to a friend. He/she says, Thanks.
jp
{8 RR ALE SS MA FS ety NS
6 You're in a shopping centre. You open the door for someone, The
person says, Thank you.
You:

216
 MEETING PEOPLE AT THE END OF A JOURNEY
Clothes
In your country, do you wear formal clothes to
meet a friend or family member at the end of
a journey? In Britain, it is usual to wear
everyday clothes.
Saying hello
When we meet a family member or friend,
it is common to kiss them on the cheek (1)
and sometimes hug them (2).
Men often shake hands (3) or just say Hello.
Good friends or family members sometimes
shake hands and hold the other person’s
arm (4), or pat each other on the
back (5). When we meet a business
friend, it is common to shake hands.
Adults often hug and/or kiss children.
In Britain, some friends and families
touch each other. Others don't. Touching
isn’t always the norm.

About your country: meeting people you

know
Read the questions.
Write your answers or prepare to tell a friend.
What do you do when you meet someone after a journey?
a afamily member?
b a friend?
c_ business friend?
d child?

9 Meeting friends 217

a\2 Vocabulary builder 1
SAYING LARGE NUMBERS - AND

LONDON HEATHROW AIRPORT

London Heathrow airport is one of the busiest international airports in the world
{ with around 70 million passengers a year. This means an average of 191,200
people per day use the airport. Approximately 1,300 flights take off or land every
| day, with over 80 airlines flying to 184 destinations worldwide. There are 320
businesses in the airport (e.g. bars, restaurants and shops) and a total of 76,500
employees work there. Heathrow has five terminals; by far the biggest is Terminal 5,
which is 353,020 m? (square metres).

1 How do we say these numbers?

Choose the correct expression from the box.
10 100 1,000 10,000 100,000 1,000,000 1,000,000,000
fomaaiilitelaie=cet ole{ate|azveimmmm n-1pmdalols\yola(ofmmme n=) ameetedle)]|{ (ola)
ahundred thousand a thousand

Look at the following numbers — where’s the and?

120 1,358 10,579

a hundred one thousand, ten thousand

and twenty three hundred five hundred
and fifty-eight and seventy-nine
150,550 1,350,425

one hundred one million, three

and fifty thousand, hundred and
five hundred fifty thousand, four
and fifty hundred and
twenty-five

2 Read the sentence about and. Choose True or False.

With big numbers we say and before the tens (tens are twenty, thirty,
forty, etc.). True/False

218
_ 3 Write these numbers in words — don’t forget the and.
1 594,000
611,420
4,601
827
32,158
24,250,000
6,368
BW 923,750
HN
nu
ON

4 Read aloud the numbers in the text about Heathrow Airport.

5 About your country: large numbers
Read the questions.
Either write your answers or prepare to tell a friend.
4 What is the population of your country/the capital/your town/
village, etc.?
2 If you work, how much do you earn a year?
3 How much does a room/flat/house cost in your area — to rent a
month/to buy?
4 How much does a new car cost in your country?

The story 2
= 09.04" Our story continues. Helen and Tasha go to the airport car park to
=<’ get Helen’s car.

PAY HERE BEFORE

YOU COLLECT YOUR CAR

9 Meeting friends 219

 Read, listen and choose.
Read the sentences.
Listen and choose True/False/We don’t know.
1 Tasha pays for the car park. True/False/We don’t know
2 They can't find the car. True/False/We don’t know
3 They askaman for help with — True/False/We don’t know
the suitcase.

: Helen | The car's on level 4. We can take the trolley in thefe But first, I 3
: have to pay at the machine just here. Now, where's the ticket? :
: Wait a minute ... Oh, here it is, in my pocket. How much do I 2
: need? One hour ~ £6.00. Let me see if I've got the right money. :
° Tasha __ [mafraid I haven't got any change. I've only got notes. :
: Helen ~ No, don't worry, I’m getting this. Look, the machine gives change. :
: Right, let’s find the car, The liftis this way. :
: Helen Here we are — it’s the green Ford. Now, let's get your luggage in :
: the boot. Can I help you with your suitcase? 3
: Tasha No, really, it's all right, thanks ~I can manage. Could you just hold-:
: this bag for a minute while I get suitcase in,then we can put —:
: the bag on top. 7
> Helen Come on! Let me help. Don't lift that suitcase on your own. :
: Tasha OK -Thanks —it is quite heavy ... Ready? One, two, three... :
> Helen We can put our coats on the back seat, 4
: Tasha I think I'll keep mine on. I'm really cold, ¢
: Helen I expect that's because you're tired after your long journey, ?
: Let's get home and you can have a rest. :
SOHSPSSSHSSSTHTSHTSSHOSHSSHESCHYSSOOSCHOHTEHEEHHKHSSHCHETOKRHSE
HG EOCRERDESOHESES EEO EOS?

*For an American English version, listen to 14.15.

(_) Listening and reading 2

3)1 09.04 True or False?
Read the sentences. Five are true, five are false.
Listen and choose the five true sentences.

220
 1 The car is on level 2. boot (American English: trunk)
2 First they pay, then they get front seats
the car.
3 The car park costs £3.60. ly,
4 They take the lift. My N \
5 They leave the trolley on BIN
Lo.
- the ground floor. gia
6 Helen’s got a red Honda. WZ
pL Sp
Tasha's suitcase is heavy.
en /2)/
onThey put the luggage on
the back seat. back seats

9 Helen helps Tasha with her

luggage.
10 They put their coats in the
boot.
11 They're going straight to
Helen’s house.

Now listen again and correct the wrong information in the false
sentences.
09.04 Listen, read and complete.
Read the sentences.
Listen again and complete the words.
Then read the text of The story 2 to check your answers.
1 The car park isn’t free. Helen says, But first, 1h _ ____/t _/ pay
at the machine.
2 Helen needs time to find the car park ticket. She says, W____ ___/a
fared usarsel
3 Helen needs time to see if she’s got £6.00 in change. She says,
1 ae! S Bae / Te got-the fc Ce
m——— Y¥.
4 a Tashais sorry she hasn't got change. She says,
di ound GEA LAS oaks / I haven't got any change.
b Helen tells her it isn’t a problem.
SHE SOUS ek a ty Wi ee:
5 Helen tells Tasha she’s paying. She says,
1 ai af BeOe eatBae i (Yh, beh RI Sa

9 Meeting friends 221

 6 a Helen offers to help with Tasha’s suitcase twice. The first time,
she says, C .-—/T/ fh’. s/t eewithyour suitcase?
b Tasha says no. She says, No, /r — — — — — Wiese
Cin OL Nas OEY CRONKS. 7 Li 2 2 eeih Net eesee
c Helen insists. She offers Tasha help again. She says,
COTA Pen sf mm help Dk Beem ey ee th
that big suitcase ...
ds Tasha-accepts. She says, O .. / Tees sous jaithess By
pe eee
4 Read and complete.
Read the sentences.
Read the text of The story 2 and complete the words and
phrases.
Think about your choice of prepositions.
1 Helen finds the car park ticket.
Shesdys; Hien yt es Pa, ee see eee,
It’s not necessary to pay the exact money because the machine
GIVES G 22k ced /. You can pay with n__ — — _.
Tasha needs help with the bag. She says, C__ ______ __/ you /
fos Ls ee this bag fore mines
Helen holds the bag / w — — — —/ Tasha puts the suitcase in.
They put the suitcase in the boot first.
Then they put the bag /_____/t____/t—__.
Helen wants to help Tasha with the suitcase. She says,
Dormtdit it 70.27 Vo oho Ore
Is the suitcase very heavy? No, but it’s gq___ ____ __ heavy.
Tasha decides not to take her coat off. She's cold.
SHO SOS LH CTL eT 0) sea de
Tasha’'s tired. When they get to the house she can go to her room
and relax —she can hi. ef a/ Pat.
10 Choose a, b orc.
In the sentences i-iii below, the verb get means:
a go/arrive
b put —with difficulty
c pay

222
 i Let’s get your luggage in the car.
ii Don't worry! I’m getting this.
iii Let’s get home.
5 Match 1-10 with a-j.
1 Why don't you take your a_ Yes, it’s quite interesting,
jacket off? actually.
2 Where's John? b I can give you two ten pound
3 Don't go on your own. notes.
4 The boot is full. c with chocolate sauce on the top.
5 I'll pay for the drinks. d Oliver is going to the centre
by bus.
6 I love vanilla ice cream e I'll go with you.
7 Have you got change for £20? f I'll put the bag onthe back seat
then,
8 Is that agood TV programme? g_ No, thanks, it’s all right. I can
manage.
9 While Tasha is going to Helen's, h_ He's upstairs, having a rest.
10 Do you need help with that? i I prefer to keep it on, thanks.
I'm a bit cold.
j No, it’s my turn. I’ll get them.

Q What's the difference between car park and parking?

A Car park is a noun. It's a public place to leave a car.
For example: When I go to London, I leave the car in the car park at the station.
NOT: I leave the car in the parking. X
| Park is a verb, for example You can't park here.
The phrase No parking means You can't park here. This is a verbal noun (a verb used |
as a noun).

| Language discovery 3
EXPRESSING OBLIGATION AND NECESSITY, USING HAVE TO
Example from The story
The car park isn’t free. Helen says,
But first, Ihave to pay at the machine just here.
Meaning and form
Is it necessary to pay? Yes, it is a regulation of the car park.

9 Meeting friends 223

And if Helen doesn't pay? She'll have a problem — she is obliged to pay.

Summary — have to- obligation and necessity

|Negative lane
sradlbhe
He/she |has to+verb |He/she have to + Does he/she
verb + verb?

Look at these examples:

1 I don’t have to go now. I can stay until 1.00.
Meaning: It’s not necessary for me to go now.
2 DolI have to enrol before the next course or can I just come on the
first day?
Meaning; Is it an obligation to enrol before the next course or is it
possible to just go to the class on the first day?

LANGUAGE TIP
Q Learners of English often say, Is it necessary for me to ...? Is this OK?
A This isn’t wrong but it is very formal. Do I have to ...? is more common.
Q What's the difference between:
1 Where do I have to go now? and
2 Where do I go now? (Unit 8).
A The difference is small:
1 asks more about obligation — what are the rules or regulations?
2 asks more about systems — what is the custorn/norm?
In some situations both are appropriate.

Examples:
1 Youare filling in a form:
Where do I sign? and Where do I have to sign? are both correct and
appropriate.
2 You are using a new photocopier:
Which way do I put the paper? and Which way do I have to put the
paper? are both correct and appropriate.
1 Complete these sentences with the correct form of have to.
1 My husband __________ travel a lot for his job. He’s always
away.
2 How many times a day ___ take this medicine, Doctor?
3 We___________ go if you don't want to.I really don’t mind.
4 Mother Come on, Tommy - it’s time for bed.
Tommy Oh, Mum, ———___? I’m not tired.

224
 You ______ say yes or no now. You can tell me later.
au] __________ come back again tomorrow, do I? Can't we finish
all the work today?
7 A What time ________ be at the airport for your flight?
B Half past ten.
co I'm sorry but I really ____-_ go. now,, or I miss my train.
9 A Could you please tell me why I_____fill this form in?
B I’msorry, sir. It's a company regulation. .
10 Which number ___________ phone to confirm my return flight?

THE IMPERATIVE
Examples from The story
Helen needs time to find the car park ticket.
She says, Wait a minute.
Tasha wants to help with the money. Helen says it isn’t a problem.
She says, Don't worry.
Meaning and form
> Wait. Helen is telling Tasha to do something.
> Don't worry. Helen is telling Tasha not to do something.
> Wait is the imperative. Don't worry is the negative imperative.

[Verb without to
Negative imperative Don’t + verb without to Don't forget!

2 Use the correct form of the verbs in the box below to complete
the sentences.
write wait forget worry
for me. I'll be home late tonight.
it's Mum’s birthday tomorrow.
! Everything will be all right.
=
BWhN to me. It takes too long. Can't you email me
instead?

9 Meeting friends 225

 LANGUAGE TIP
Be carefull :
The imperative Is a danger zone for communication in English.
In many languages, it is very common to use the imperative.
In English, we use the imperative only in specific situations.
In other situations it Is impolite.
Q When is the imperative impolite?
A When we ask people to do things
For example:
a Give me some bread. ®
Can you give me some bread, please? ©
b Put this on the table. ©
Could you put this on the table, please? ©
(See Unit 7 for more practice with Can you ...?, Could you...? for asking people
to do things.)
Q When is it OK to use the imperative?
A Exercises 3, 4, 5, 6 show you specific examples.

3 Look at the examples 1-6 and match with a-f from the list.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
1 A doctor: Just pull your sleeve up for me, please.
2 Come in!
3 Have a good weekend!
4 Be carefull
5 Stay in touch.
6 Go to the end of the road and turn right.
OMe aixeldtelamelaremelics64
b instructions — a person in authority asking someone to do
something
c giving street directions
oMrels (ate celmaelalcetaa
e hopes and wishes
f warnings

226
4 What are they saying? What are they communicating?
Match the situations (A-F) with the correct imperative phrase
from Box 1 and the correct communication from Box 2.

Example: ‘Have a good holiday!’

Hopes and wishes

Situation B

Situation D

9 Meeting friends mi
 Situation E

Situation F

LANGUAGE TIP
For instructions and street directions, you can also use you + verb (the present
simple, Unit 8). This form is also very common.
Instructions
1 You put your cup here, then you press that button.
2 First you fill this form in, then you pay over there.
Street directions
1 You take the second on the left.
2 You go as far as the station and then you turn right.

228
| 5 Who uses the imperative? Match sentences 1-4 with
situations a—d.
1 Do your homework first. a with a close friend
2 Empty your pockets onto the table. —_b an adult toa child
3 Sit, Jack, sit. c apoliceman
4 Don't go home yet! Stay a bit longer. d toan animal
> To make an imperative more polite, add please.
Example: Please tell me or Tell me, please.
6 True or false?
Read these sentences about the use of the imperative.
Choose True or False.
1 The negative imperative is appropriate in many situations,
e.g. Don't say that! True/False
2 The positive imperative can be impolite, e.g. Sit here. True/False
3 Weuse the positive imperative for wishes, e.g. Have a
good journey! True/False
4 Weuse the positive imperative for invitations and offers,
e.g. Come and join us. True/False
5 Weuse the imperative with good friends and children. — True/False

) Vocabulary builder 2
~ PUBLIC SIGNS - POSITIVE IMPERATIVE
The positive imperative is common in written instructions and warnings.
4 Look, read and match.
Look at the pictures and the imperative phrases in the box.
Write the correct imperative phrase for each picture.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.

9 Meeting friends 229

 Book your tickets here Please drive slowly
Give way Mind yourhead Stop Look right
Beware of the dog Cut along the dotted line
Insert your card here Queue here

USING THE VERB MIND

>» Inthe previous exercise, mind means be careful of... This verb is
common for warning people.
You can use the verb mind with both:
a_ the person or thing in danger:
For example, Mind your head.
b the dangerous thing:
For example, Mind the door.

230
 2 Write an expression with the verb mind for the following
situations.
1 You are crossing the road. A bus is coming. Warn your friend.
. 2 There’s astep. Warn your friend.
| 3 Achild is sitting in a car, his legs outside the car. You want to shut
the car door.
4 Your friend is in the car with the door open. Another car is coming.

| PUBLIC SIGNS - NEGATIVE IMPERATIVE

| » The negative imperative is not common in signs.
>» No + verb + -ing or No + noun is more common.
_ 3 Look and choose.
Label the signs with the correct expression from the box.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
| Noentry Noparking Nophotography No left turn
No bathing No smoking

1 2
aT "

Hl

9 Meeting friends 231

} Language discovery 4
OFFERS: REJECTING, INSISTING, ACCEPTING
Examples from The story
a_ Helen offers to help Tasha with her suitcase.
She says, I'll help you with that suitcase.
b Tasha says no -—she rejects the offer.
She says, No, really, it’s all right thanks. I can manage.
c Helen insists. She offers Tasha help again.
She says, Come on! Let me help.
d_ Tasha says yes — she accepts the offer.
She says, OK Thanks. It is quite heavy.
(For more practice with I'll for offers, see Unit 6.)

The verb manage

In sentence b, Tasha uses the verb manage when she rejects Helen's offer of help.
I can manage is a very common way to reject help.
Here, manage means that it's difficult for Tasha to lift the suitcase because it’s
heavy, but she can lift it with effort.
We use manage when the action is difficult but possible.
Manage is about effort and success.

}1 09.05 Rejecting offers of help with manage. Listen and repeat.

Listen to these mini dialogues and repeat B’s responses in the
spaces.
4 A CanJhelp you with that?
B Thanks very much, but I think I can manage it on my own.
2 A Let me do that.
B No, honestly, I can manage thanks.
3 A I'l take that if you like.
B_ No, really, I’m fine thanks. I can manage.
4 A Shall I do that?
B It’s OK. Ican manage, thanks.
5 A Would you like me to carry that for you?
B Thanks for the offer but I think Ican manage it.

232
|
| 2 Complete the mini dialogues with the correct sentence a-i from
|
|
the box.
|
| Example: A How often do you go home to see your parents?
|

B | usually manage to go about once a month.

1 A The meeting is now at three o'clock and not four, Can you
manage to get here one hour earlier?
B
2 A That's abig box! Mind your back!
B
3 A I’msorryI can't help.
B
4 A I'vegot no idea how to do this.
B
5 A Tomworries so much about exams.
AE tae IS Te RO
6 A How much do you understand when you watch a film in
English now?
B
7 A Do you do any sport?
B
8 A Do you see your children in the evenings?
B
I try to get to the gym twice a week but I don't
folie Wemaatelaretet=ago
Don't worry! I’ll manage on my own.
It’s all right. I think I can manage it. Where shall I put it?
If we work together, we'll manage something.
Yes, I usually manage to spend an hour or so with
them before they go to bed
leeerettetip@errieterere meemeemeterer rarer
g I can try.
tien (cM LT matemeliMVohemunelirele(-m deme (-lmelereleMaate Ce
is Me aavolatete(-m com lare(-reakelsromel![ix-neg lo)agoCe delet) \v2

9 Meeting friends 233

Example from The story: insisting
Helen insists. She offers Tasha help again.
She says, Come on! Let me help.

The verb fet

We can use /et to offer help and also to offer again if the person says no the first
time.
Form: Verb let—imperative form person verb
Example: Let me carry that for you.
The expressions Come on! and Go on! make the phrase stronger.
The meaning of let is to give permission.
a NE La a Ga TaN aaa

3 Complete the dialogues.

Look at the situations 1-7. You are the person
Complete the dialogues with sentences from the box.
Let me call an ambulance.
No, it’s heavy. Let me take it!
MuYfoth axe -y-leo)
gfeWeW-1on get-ie) olla mdal-Melole) aie] aacolt
Come on! It’s my turn. Let me pay this time.
Come on! Let me have a look at it.
No, really. Let me do something to help.
Come on, it’s late! Let me take you.

4 A CanI carry that for you?

I'm all right, thanks.

Thank
arn you. It is very
heavy, actually.

2 A I'llget this.
B
A OK, thanks.

234
3 A Can! take some of those
for you?
B No, it’s all right. I can
manage
= ilees
2 =
B Thanks.

A Can] just sit down fora

minute?
B Of course. Would you like
me to get you anything?
A No, I’m... oh, the baby...
Bp er

5 A Doyou know where the

nearest bus stop is?
B It’s OK, I’ve got the car. I
can drive you home.
A No, I can get the bus.
It’s no problem.

A Thanks. It’s really nice of

you to offer but I can get
the bus.
6 A CanIdo anything?
B_ No, you go and sit down.
Pec i
B Thanks, could you peel
the vegetables?

Oh! My eye!
What's the matter?
I think I’ve got something
>ay>
in it.
wo

9 Meeting friends 23
INTRODUCING SOMETHING NEGATIVE IN A POLITE WAY, USING ©
I’M AFRAID ...
Example from The story
Tasha is sorry she hasn't got change. She says, I’m afraid I haven't got any
change.
> Use I’m afraid to introduce something negative in a polite way.
4, Match 1-8 with the correct response, a-h.
1 Excuse me, are you a I’mafraid I can't.
the manager? I'm driving.
2 Could you tell me the b I’mafraid I don't know. I’m
time, please? not from here.
3 Excuse me, where I can c I’mafraid I've got some
get a taxi? bad news.
4 Could I borrow your dictionary? d_ I’m afraid we cant.
We're going to my
mother’s,
5 Come on! Have another e No, actually I’m not. I’m
glass of wine. afraid he’s not here at the
; moment.
6 Would you like to come to f I’mafraid I can't eat
dinner on Saturday? another thing!
7 Dohave some more cake. g I’'mafraid I haven't got a
watch.
8 What's the matter? h_ I’mafraid I haven't got
one.

LANGUAGE TIP
Short answers - I'm afraid so, I’m afraid not
> To respond to questions with Yes or No alone can sound rude. j
> To express that you are sorry about a situation, use I’m afraid so and I’m afraid not. |
ee sei Me NN

> I’mafraid so means I’m sorry but yes.

236
 Examples:
He's drunk, isn’t he?
He isn't ill, is he? :
It's a big problem, isn't it? Response: I’m afraid so.
It’s too expensive, isn’t it?
> I’mafraid not means I’m sorry but no.
Examples:
Is he here?
You haven't got a car, have you?
Response: I’m afraid not.
Have you got any change?
Can you help me?
5 Respond with I’m afraid so or I’m afraid not.
1 A It’sabad accident, isn’t it?

2 A This isn’t right, is it?

3 F Do you know where he lives?

4 4 You don't like this, do you?

5 ; You can’t swim, can you?

6 i Do we have to pay?
B

Practice
USING GET FOR ‘PAY’ OR ‘BUY’
Example from The story
Helen tells Tasha she’s paying. She says,
I'm getting this.
> Get is an indirect verb for pay. (British English likes indirect language.)

9 Meeting friends 237

 Q What's the difference between I'll get this and I’m getting this?
A I'll get this is an offer. It is appropriate in both formal and informal situations.
I'm getting this insists more. It is informal.
S A POET ON NTA RID RSME TON ea ese Soe TOE TDoT Ne YS SMT Pe DEN Te TO ET anaa aS Daa

1 Put the words in the right order to make sentences.

1 this/get/T'll
2 No, 1 insist! getting/I’m/these
3 It was your turn last week. me/ice creams/the/get/today/let
4 card/get/T'll/on/credit/this/my
\2 What would you say?
» 4 Youcome to England to stay with an English family. You don't
know whether to use their first names or their surnames.
You dski Se 0s ee eee
2 Your friend hasn't got any change for the car park. You have.
You say:

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember — translate the idea, not the words.
1 It’s lovely to see you again.
How was your journey?
I'm tired! Myjob is very tiring!
Thank you for inviting me.
Don't wait for me. I have to finish this.
aua Shall I do that?
nrWN

b Thanks but I think I can manage.

c Come on! Let me help you.
I'm afraid the manager's not here.
omHave a good weekend!

238
 Do you like watching films? Do you go to the cinema? Do you watch
films on TV, on your laptop or tablet?
Write a) a summary of a film you know and b) a short review with
your opinion of the film.
Write the story in the present simple and try to use the language
points in the box.
to let someone do something
Wom dares) acxeltatselar-miclm@ereliareicolanl-iaellate
to have to
mom racelale(e(-maemelemreluar-imaliate
| How was ...?
| it’s + adjective + verb
Muimelicelte,
adjective ending in-ing adjective ending in -ed
the imperative
_ * Before you write, read the model answer in the Answer key to help you. The
_phrases from the box are in bold.

*2Speaking
=) 09.06 Nowit’s your turn to join the conversation.
0 Listen again to The Story conversation.
Say Tasha’s words in the spaces,

») Test yourself
Read and choose.
Which one is right? Choose a or b.
4 a It'snice to have a holiday.
b Is nice to have a holiday.
2 a Howwas your day?
b How were your day?
3 a I'mvery interesting in football.
b I’m very interested in football.
4 a Thank you for to ask me to go with you.
b Thank you for asking me to go with you.
9 Meeting friends 239
 I'm have to leave now.
I have to leave now.
I'll pay this.
I'll get this.
N Please come with us today.
Please to come with us today.
Let me to do that.
oaLet me do that.
oaeavraeuva
9 Can you come with us?
a lafraid no.
b I’m afraid not.
10 Can [help with that?
a Thanks but I can manage.
b Thanks but I manage.
) Write a dialogue.
~ Meeting someone after a journey.
Situation: You travel to visit a friend. Your friend is at the station to
meet you.
Your friend You
1 She greets you. She is happy
to see you.
2 Greet your friend. You are happy
to see her.

3 She asks about your journey.

Rina Yi efolaa

4 Say something positive. Ask

about her life in general.

5 She replies and shows you the

way to the taxis.
<M 6 Thank her for meeting you.
7 She responds and then 8 You arrive at your friend’s house.
says: Your friend asks the driver how
Look, here's a taxi. much it is.
Go on! You get in first. a ey

9 You offer to pay. 10 Your friend insists she’s paying.

i)= oo Gt| = OG
ICAN...
..use impersonal it
.. ask for opinions, using How was ...?
.. use adjectives + -ed or -ing
.. say and respond to thank you
.. express obligation and necessity, using have to
.. use the imperative
.. make and respond to offers, rejecting, insisting, accepting
.. introduce something negative in a polite way, using

9 Meeting friends 241

 Finding |
«ge accommodation
In this unit you will learn how to:
> talk about length of time, and prices
> ask Who ...? and respond using short answers
> talk about the number of people, using how many ...
> talk about the same thing, using one, ones
> ask for an alternative, using comparatives.
> make negative comparisons using not as ... as.
> make decisions — buying things, using I'll
> use the verb hope + present simple
> talk about the past, using the past simple
> talk about life experiences and results using the present perfect.

VOCABULARY
> hotel language; ordinal numbers

PRONUNCIATION
>» schwa/a/
CEFR: Can find specific, predictable information in simple everyday
material such as advertisements (A2). Can understand the main points
of clear standard input on familiar matters regularly encountered in work
and leisure. Can briefly give reasons and explanations for opinions and
plans, and actions. Can deal with most situations likely to arise while
travelling. Can connect phrases in a simple way to describe experiences,
events and hopes (B1). Can interact with a degree of fluency and
spontaneity. Can engage in extended conversation on most general
topics in a clearly participatory fashion. Can explain a viewpoint giving
the advantages and disadvantages of various options (B2).

ah2
_ Thestory 1
\) 10.01%" Oliver is at the hotel reservations desk in the tourist information
centre at Victoria Station in Central London. He needs a room.
Read the sentences.
Listen and choose Yes or No.
1 Oliver books a hotel room. Yes/No
2 They talk about:
type of room Yes/No
hotel facilities Yes/No
prices Yes/No
one particular hotel Yes/No
SESH OSAHHSOSEPSOLHSHAEASFSHHEHHFSOHLOHFSGDOSPHOOOLOEHOHAAOEEHOHHOOEALOREDGAOAOHHOBRE

Assistant Who's next, please?

Oliver I think I am. I'd like to book a room, please.
Assistant Yes, how many of you are there?
Oliver It's just for me,
Assistant And how long is it for?

OOH
Oliver
DOSS
SPLOT
OCLOLOOD
I need a room from tonight until the end of next week.
: Assistant OK. So that’s a single room for 14 nights altogether.
3 Oliver Yes, that’s right.
: Assistant In any specific area?
Oliver I don't mind, as long as it’s central.
Assistant What sort of price are you looking to pay?
Oliver Between £80 and £100 a night.
Assistant There's the Trafalgar Hotel. It’s very near here.
Oliver How much is that one?
Assistant £95 a night.
Oliver That would be fine.
Assistant T'll just see if they have any vacancies. Would you like to take a
seat for a moment?
Oliver . Thanks. SHOHESAOH
SESH
SOSSCSS
SCOSSC OHS HSSCHOHE SESH OTHESHESSSHHHOCHETHHTGETSHHHSSHOSEHOHSTHCSEHHHE
LOD
SHOSSHHHESESOH
SHPO
OLCLHOCESE8EGO9S FEES HHVSETHHDREY

* For an American English version, listen to 11.17.

10 Finding accommodation 243

 Listening and reading 1
1 10,01 Finding a room.
yaa Look at the table.
Listen and complete the table.
Number of Oliver's price | Location Name of |Price
nights | fange (where?) hotel
eee eras

2 10.0% Listen, read and complete.

Read the sentences.
Listen again and complete the words.
Then read the text of The story 1 to check your answers.
1 A_ The assistant starts the conversation.
DING GSKS VV cake Ge oy WPcee
B_ Oliver responds, I think __./ ___ m.
A The assistant asks about the number of people.
She.soys, Hoa Sel ie Oe re el ee
lla ays gh Mets
B. Oliver responds, It's) 7 form,
A_ The assistant suggests the Trafalgar and Oliver asks the price.
He says, How muchist. 3 Sow Le
B_ The assistant responds, £95 /__/n —__.____t.
3 Read and complete the words and phrases.
Read the sentences.
Read the text of The story 1 and complete the words and
phrases.
1 Oliver is looking for a room.
He says, I'd like to /b _.___ k /a room, please.
a_ The assistant asks about the number of nights.
She Says, Hoe oo Oy a LP asee
b Oliver responds; Ft Ss oy tongs Uae eee
the end of next week.

RPO NefA SLLFhe OeGS My [988

The location of the hotel isn’t very important to Oliver, but he wants
to be in the centre. He says, I don’t mind, /a —_/] _____. ____/
a__/ it’s central.

244
 5 a Theassistant asks how much Oliver wants to pay. She says,
| Whee she Cosy ea es Joes Ui pices are /ivouy/
| SPE eves pene lao Oi Fee D ecu?
b Oliver’s minimum is £80 and his maximum £100. He says,
Be eeae TW EEO Gnd F100 Fay ne
6 When you need a room, you can say, Have you got any rooms free?
OF OVE: VOU GOL GRY. ck oe ee
7 Theassistant asks Oliver to sit down.
ohé says. Would you likéto t —— a" e/a / $n for
a moment?

@} Language discovery 1
” ASKING QUESTIONS WITH ‘FOR’ AT THE END
Example from The story
The assistant asks about the number of nights.
She says, How long is it for?
> How long asks about the number of days.
> Itrefers to the room.
>» She can also say, How long for? but this is more direct. It can sound
abrupt.
Form
How many it/this/that
How long
they/these/those
Who

10 Finding accommodation 245

4 Complete these dialogues. Make questions from the words in
the table.

A Good evening, Sit.40 a

B There are four of us.
A If you would like to follow me, I'll show you to your table.
A Here are our tickets to New York.
B ?
A Next Wednesday.
A Here’s the bill.
B Les: poy hot ecch oh ey
A £35.
A Theyre DeGuurg une ee
B Oh, that’s my little secret.
A If you want to go out on the lake, you can hire a boat.
It costs £50.
Be: i ee
A One hour.

AS LONG AS
The location of the hotel isn’t very important to Oliver, but he wants to be
in the centre.
The assistant asks, In any specific area?
Oliver says, I don’t mind, as long as it’s central.
» As long as talks about condition. It means if, but we use as long as
when the condition is important to us.
246
2 Complete the mini dialogues.
Use as long as + the correct phrase from the box.
Change the verb if necessary.
be too noisy
get there by twenty past
be back before eleven o'clock
go to London
as long as...
find me a room
rain

take me home afterwards

be-earefat

Example:
A Dad, can I borrow the car?
B Yes, as long as you're careful.
1 Can we go on a trip to England?
NINO) see WS
Could you babysit for us on Saturday anne?
OF COUNSE, ee OU
We're going to the open-air theatre this evening
That can be really good, ___it
= The train leaves at half past three.
SOr hoe be We Sen ae SNe be OK,
Would you like a table by the window, sir?
iW (2)qa Ocala,4ieee
tanrear
mee tg|
Mum, can I go out?
Le ee RR a waPeal Boy
I'm sorry, sir, but the hotel is full. Iunderstand you've got a
rParnrwnrwrwaprapyp
booking but ...
I don’t mind how long I have to wait, __ you

PRICES: TALKING ABOUT HOW MUCH YOU WANT TO SPEND

Example from The story
The assistant asks Oliver how much he wants to pay.
She says, What sort of price are you looking to pay?
Q What's the difference between

10 Finding accommodation 247

 a How much do you want to pay?
and
b What sort of price are you looking to pay?
A The grammar is correct in both questions. The meaning is the same.
a How much do you want to pay? is more direct.
b What sort of price are you looking to pay? is indirect.
> Question b is common in shops and when you are buying a service.
Q Can I say, What kind of price ...? instead of sort.
A Yes, What kind of ...? and What sort of ...? are the same.
Responses — the price
Oliver’s minimum is £80 and his maximum is £100.
He says, Between £80 and £100.
Other possible responses:

Anything up to £100 is all right.

These expressions mean £100 is
Anything under £100 is OK.
your maximum.
As long as it’s less than £100.

About £100. It can be alittle more or a little less

Around £100. than £100.

Prices: quantities and time

How much is a room at the Trafalgar? £95 a night.
> We use a/an for measurements of time, units of quantity, etc.
Example: 90p a packet.
3 Complete the mini dialogues.
Example: A He's very good at his job. How much does he charge?
B £65 an hour.

248
| Use one picture and one word from the box.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
1 A How much does it cost to have a car?
| B About _________ . Expensive, isn’t it?
| 2 A_ Can you tell me how much those flowers cost, please?
Bb ene eee
3 A Howmuch are these bananas, please?
: LA Bearer eet aE Ba
4 A_ Those strawberries look nice. How much are they, please?
[Aa iarTa St
5 A Can you tell me the price of these biscuits, please?
Bee de
6 A _ Let's get some more of that wine, shall we? How much is it?
B

Q Can also say per, for example £20 per hour?

A A/an is normal in spoken English.
Per is formal. It is more common in written English.

3 How do you pronounce it?

- Schwa/a/
> This is the most common sound in English.
> Why? The vowel in unstressed syllables is often pronounced schwa.
> Inthe following words and phrases, all the letters with the schwa
symbol /a/ on the top have the same sound schwa.

10 Finding accommodation 249

 2 Listen and repeat the words and phrases.
The stress is underlined in each phrase.
Pay special attention to the pronunciation of the schwa /a/.

jotiel falisl fal fale

4 to, to book, a, a room,to book
a room,
lal I9/
I'd liketobooka room
Tal fat laf
2 for, for me, it'sjust for me
ipl fal del = fal
3 ee from, from ton ight
/9/ isi iss
4 of, the end of, the end a next see
fallal isi fel jal Ss
5 as, as long as, as long as it’s central —
al Tol lol Jel lal
6 ‘sort of, sort of price, what sort of price are you,toCa
lal. fal fol =
What sort of price are you looking to pay?
fal lal
7 anight, £55 a night
lal
8 vacancies
ll fi fel ela fl
9 to take, to take a seat, for a moment,
- lah del. lellal jal a
Would you like to take a seat foramoment?

q¥g Vocabulary builder 1

~~ IN A HOTEL
Complete these mini dialogues with the correct response from the box.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
1 A_ There are two of us.
Be a
2 A_ Does the room have a private bathroom?
Be
3 A Isit half board?
B

250
 4 A_ Doyou do full board?

5 A I see B &B signs everywhere. What does B & B mean?

6 A_ What does ‘No vacancies’ mean?

7 " I'm very sorry but the lift isn’t working,

8 ‘ Don't I need a key to open the door of my room?

9 Where could I have a business meeting, please?

10 AWe're really thirsty and I’d like something to eat, too.

Language discovery 2
_ ASKING WHO ...? AND RESPONDING USING SHORT ANSWERS
Example from The story
The assistant asks, Who's next? Oliver responds, I think I am.
> Short answers are very common in English.
Look at the examples.

10 Finding accommodation 251

1 Complete the short answers in these mini dialogues.
Choose from the box.
1 A Wholives at No. 12?
B John and Sheila ________ . You don't remember
them, do you?
2 A Who's coming to the cinema with us tonight?
Bok a, Hove you gotimy tickety
3. A Who'snot here yet?
B Sue__..___~ she's always late.
4 A Who's gota watch?
Bee Te ee CS SIX OCIOEK,
5 A Whocan cook tonight?
B). We suo it you like:
6 A__ Doyouall like pizza?
I’m afraid Mike _____. He can't eat cheese.
7. A Whohas to go to work tomorrow?
Bo oe butmy partner a e isiesne
lucky?
8 A Who's using the computer?
Bi) Roperte se OS USGL
9 A Whothinks it’s a good idea?
Bei Te nine scredt
10 A Whounderstands her?
B. . Noone wo. Shevtalks so fast.
11. A Who's gotacar?
B- Kate
A Good! Perhaps she can take us there.
12. A Who watches TV in your house?
B Weall
am/am not is/isn't are/aren't

do/don't does/doesn't can/can't

have/haven't has/hasn't could/couldn't

252
|
TALKING ABOUT THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE, USING HOW MANY?
Example from The story
The assistant asks about the number of people.
She says, How many of you are there?
Oliver responds, Just me.
2 How many of you are there?
Answer the following questions about you.
1 How many of you are there in your family?
There are —_______ of us.
How many of you are there in the room at this moment?
fT, eee
i me Ea /u
OR
De ace ee eee ;
If you are a student — how many of you are there in your class?

If you work — how many of you are there in the company?

TALKING ABOUT THE SAME THING, USING ONE/ONES

Example from The story
The assistant suggests the Trafalgar Hotel and Oliver asks the price.
He says, How much is that one?
|
Meaning
> Don't repeat the noun. Use one or ones instead.

10 Finding accommodation 253

3 Read and complete.
Complete the speech bubbles 1-5 for the situations.
Choose from the sentences a-e in the box.

Which one do
you prefer?

LANGUAGE TIP
Example from this exercise:
Is that a small or a large Coke?
Answer: Atarge-prease: ¥
A large one, please. /
Pete eve

254
Form
Look at these examples.
pee tnt taSys ao
1 A Would you like a large Coke? B No, can I have a small one?
re
ee
2 I like the green car but I prefer the white one.
Pe 5 ETS RIT TEeae
3. This bag is too big. Can I see that one, please?
gee
eterBY rat ree IE
4 APeter’s out on his new bike. B A new bike? Who's got his old one?
Se Gee eee eS
5 Allike green apples. B Do you? I prefer red ones.
Let’s look at Sentence 4, about the bike.
Q Can't I say, The old is in the garage?
A No, with the + adjective, say one or ones.
The old one is in the garage.
=><elaie) (= Summary: one/ones
sentence

1 a one
2 the one/ones
3 this/that adjective one
4 my/your/his, etc, one
5 no article ones

4 Complete the mini dialogues. Use a, the, my, etc. + one, ones.
1 Would you like a hot or a cold drink?
Couldtincvers ore
3: cold oo
ca please?
Which umbrella is yours?
black
Ww Do you like your new computer?
Not really, I prefer ____ old
Do you like that blue hat?
It's too expensive. How about _-_ red __
Are you going on a long trip?
p> INOWIUS (iste Se
ZWruavoryprwrawsrd>wa Nia eS this time.

10 Finding accommodation 255

 Which shoes shall I wear?
Why don't you WEON tos ack Cie SNOW cul ee
Can I borrow a pen?
T've ONY GOt fed
o Where do I put the clean plates?
Here.
ARG) cent dirty: eae
They go over there.
How many children have you got?
Two. They're both girls. The oldest one’s called Marie and
Braprwaruarwnyp
other _______’s name's Danielle.
Q Where's the stress in the sentences?
A Stress is always on the important or new information.
So, in these sentences, the stress is on the adjectives, for example, cold,
black, old, etc. A cold one, the black one, my old one, etc.

The story 2
fw) 10.03* Our story continues. The assistant telephones the Trafalgar Hotel,
‘wie’ then talks to Oliver again.
Read the sentences.
Listen and choose the correct answer for each question.
1 Does Oliver books aroomatthe Yes/No
Trafalgar Hotel?
2 How many hotels do they talk two/three/four/five
about?

: Assistant Sorry to keep you waiting, sir. I’m afraid the Trafalgar is fuily F
: booked. There are no vacancies until next week. :
: Oliver Have you got anything else? :
: Assistant How about these two? The Park Hotel is in the Holland Park area :
: and the Royal is very central, near Oxford Street. :
: Oliver Are they about the same price? :
: Assistant Let me see. The Royal is £99 a night and the Park is a bit cheaper, :
: £95. They're both three-star hotels'so the facilities are about the
: same, Breakfast is included,ofcourse, and all the rooms are ensuite,
: with free Wi-Fi, television, and tea and coffee facilities in the room. :
> Oliver Which one is more central? :

256
 Assistant The Royal, but the Park is smaller, it'sina quieter street and
is perhaps a little more comfortable. It’s more traditional, a
family-run hotel. Breakfast at the Royal is Continental, buffet
‘style, where you help yourself, but at the Park they also do a full,
traditional English breakfast. a ore
Oliver | I think I'lltake the room at the Park. I prefer smaller, quieter
hotels, and it’s better for me because it’s nearer the office where
I'm working for the next two weeks. Seeeoeees,
SOTTO
SCORCH CLOTH SHOTS TTT
OSFOSOROHBOOOEOHOHEESE STOO ETHROC HHO SHS O SOHC OOOH OHHOHOTHE CHOC VOTE COO HSODeEEES

* For an American English version, listen to 17.78.

} Listening and reading 2

ad
hy
10.03 Listen and complete the grid.
Cover the text of audio 10:03.
Read the grid.
Listen again and choose the correct options.
Name of Hotel The Park Hotel The Royal Hotel

:Price per night

Ensuite bathrooms Yes/No Yes/No

Tea and coffee facilities Yes/No Yes/No

Breakfast included Yes/No
Type of breakfast Continental/English Continental/English
Oliver chooses Yes/No Yes/No
2 Read and complete.
Read the sentences.
ry10.03 Listen again and choose the correct answers.
Then read The story 2 and check your answers.
4 Oliver waits and the assistant comes back. She starts the
conversation.
SERVO a ee fa Ro py Yo
1 ean sence idl Cec ane
a
2 When she says the Trafalgar is full, Oliver asks about other
possibilities.

10 Finding accommodation 257

 Hes SCRyS Ai oeea fy Tig ae
(opens RATA 2 BRT 3 WAT ERMAN ISR
3 The assistant compares the Royal and the Park. What does she say
about the Park Hotel?
shesdys, The Park is Sc rit’sina
fop eshisal, UN ey abet olan bisa,/ street and is perhaps a little
IT ieee ee é
1G oy elltharetae Alaiye eleveoTBail eee MEL IRAN NES oes TIO
4 Oliver decides on the Park.
He says, fone tio, a y/the rgonrabine Par,

V}
—
Vocabulary builder 2
ACCOMMODATION FOR VISITORS
I »)|
‘1 In Britain you can stay in a hotel, a guest-house or a ‘bed and breakfast’ (B&B).
Hotels have one to five stars (* to *****). It depends on the facilities.
A guest-house is a small hotel. It can be part of a private house, Visitors have
breakfast and sometimes an evening meal in a guest house. Guest-houses are
cheaper than big hotels.
A bed and breakfast is also a private house. Sometimes it is just one or two rooms
ina family home.
Tax (VAT— Value Added Tax): it is common to include VAT in hotel prices.

HOTELS
1 Read about a London hotel and answer the questions.
Look at the map. Where is the Royal Scot Hotel? Read the text from
a London Tourist brochure and choose A, B, C, D or E on the map.

eee entre
 Situated between the West End and the City of
London, close to King’s Cross Station, this modern
hotel with 211 comfortable rooms, provides the ideal
base for a shopping and sightseeing visit to the
capital. London Zoo and Madame Tussaud’s famous |
waxworks are within easy reach and local attractions 4
include the British Museum and Sadler's Wells. 4

2 Read and decide.

Read the lists.
Read the text again and find all the right answers.
1 The Royal Scot is:
small
large
traditional
modern
good for visiting London's shops
good for tourists
good for sports enthusiasts
hot in the summer
air conditioned
2 Ithas got:
- a swimming pool
a big car park
limited car parking
three restaurants
views of the park
more than 200 rooms
10 Finding accommodation 259
3 Choose words from the box to complete these sentences.
Use your dictionary, if necessary.
41 My hotel is very ______»_ because it’s
a park. There’s not much traffic.
2 A Howmuchis that hotel?
BI don't know but it’s in the centre of town. That means it's

AI prefer to pay a bit more and be___ sol can

walk to the museums, shops and all the other places I want to
visit. I also need a hotel that is ________ — being a
tourist is tiring.
3 I really like my hotel. Everything looks so ________ and the
staff are very ___ — they always talk to me.

Breakfast
4 Read the text and label the pictures.
Use your dictionary to help you, if necessary.

-Breakfastis
Continental
_ cheese,ja

260
 English breakfast

4 How do you pronounce it?

aay 70.04 Practise the pronunciation of schwa in these words.
~~ Listen and repeat these words and phrases from the The story 2.
You will hear each one twice.
Remember schwa/ 3 / is common in unstressed syllables.
Pay special attention to the letters with the symbol /a/ above them.
The pronunciation is always schwa / a / — they are unstressed.
Stressed syllables are underlined.

ord Stre
- facilities —
alii
5 traditional! =
of.

ee 8 Tale

_ 7 continental
7
8 cheaper :

9° smaller

10 Finding accommodation 261

(J Language discovery 3
=
ASKING FOR AN ALTERNATIVE
Example from The story: a. general alternative
The Trafalgar Hotel is full. Oliver asks about other possibilities.
He says, Have you got anything else?
> This question is very general.
>» You can use it to ask about everything.
Example from The story: a more specific alternative
Look at this example.
Receptionist I’ve got one room at £100 a night.
Client Have you got anything cheaper?
>» Wecan use the comparative with this question.
1 Ask questions in these situations. Use the comparative.
1 Inashop

5
(oR
is OTSA

VOUS cee UU
3 Your travel agent suggests a flight at 22.00. It’s too late,
VOUS ical le

262
 4 You book a hotel room in London. Your friend tells you it’s far from
the centre. You phone your travel agent.
VoUiptes 228 26 pe 287,

MAKING NEGATIVE COMPARISONS

Example from The story
Oliver chooses the Park because it’s smaller, quieter, more comfortable,
it is more traditional and it’s nearer the office than the Royal.
Why doesn't Oliver choose the Royal?
The Royal’s not as quiet (as the Park) OR
The Royal isn’t as quiet (as the Park).
> The pronunciation of as is also with schwa /a /.
2 Complete the sentences. Use adjectives from the box.

4 the Royals fot ee Se aes in a

really busy street.
OS 0a clRAG na ee RIN | roll eae etry. CLT ey
the Park. The beds are hard.
SAVOY ONS a ee SCION Ine
style is more modern.
dp PAYS OVO) Seo 000 ae ee De On
for Oliver because it isn’t /___ in
his office.

MAKING DECISIONS - BUYING THINGS

Example from The story
Oliver decides on the Park Hotel.
He says, I’ll take the Park.
> Say, I'll take when you decide to buy.
3 Read and complete these decisions.
Situation: You are in a shop and you decide to buy.
4 You look at two boxes of chocolates, a big one and a small one.
You decide to buy the small one.
WO eee et ee
2 You look at two pictures — one in black and white, one in colour.
You decide to buy the one in black and white.
You:

10 Finding accommodation 263

 3 You look at two watches — a more expensive one and a
cheaper one.
You decide to buy the more expensive one.
You:

The story 3
) 10.05* Our story continues. Oliver arrives at the Park Hotel. He checks in.
Read a-f.
Listen and choose Yes or No.
They talk about:
a Oliver's passport Yes/No
b his room number Yes/No
c the restaurant Yes/No
d_ the breakfast room Yes/No
e the cost of the room Yes/No
f Oliver's luggage? Yes/No

: Receptionist Good afternoon. Can I help you?

> Oliver Yes, I've got a room booked.
: Receptionist In what name, sir?
: Oliver Rees, R — double E —S, Oliver.
: Receptionist Yes, here it is, a single room for 14 nights.
: Oliver That's right.
: Receptionist Could you sign this registration card, please?
: Oliver signs.
: Oliver There you are.
: Receptionist Thank you. Here's your key, Room 508’s on the fifth floor.
: Breakfast is served in the breakfast room downstairs from seven
: to ten o'clock and the lift Is round the corner to your right. Do you
: need help with your luggage?
: Oliver No thanks, I’m fine. ou
: Receptionist I hope you enjoy your stay with us, Mr Rees,
: Oliver Thank you.
SPOHSSTHOSHH TESTS TOHE SH FSH HH EHEEECEOHE OD
HSESHSTEHSHFTSCHCHRSHOHHESTHHOHOTSESCHEHSHTESHKTESHES SSSS
Pee
SSO

* For an American English version, listen to 77.79.

264
%) ae and reading 3
Yn
1 5Listen and answer the questions.
™ Cover the text again.
Read the questions.
Listen and answer.
1 What does Oliver sign?
2 What's his room number?
3 Where's the breakfast room?
4 What time's breakfast?
5 How much luggage has Oliver got?
y) 2 10.05 Listen and complete the words.
~ Read the sentences,
Listen again and complete the words. LANGUAGE TIP
Then read the text to help you, if necessary. | Common mistake
On the first floor
| NOT: In the first floor
OR At the first floor
To say where, on isthe |
only correct preposition |
with floor. ;

1 Oliver says he has a reservation.

FAO SEYSikVO G ctl NO lit a es Plata
afi
2 The receptionist asks his name.
SHE SOV Ss Fy Wy Se ee eee Ie, Si?
3 Where is room 508?
ae) LG fea eck imate FON:
4 Where can Oliver have breakfast?
She says, Breakfast / i __/s$ _. __._______d/in the
breakfast room.
5 Where's the breakfast room?
piace sees sea Aeer meen T aeas Sati A S.
6 Where's the lift?
Heser uiiane ioimcig pasa UY (Gene ees Seby oes grees | ae |
pe Senedd BRRRage Rhed
7 The receptionist wants Oliver to enjoy his stay.
She says: [/h _. ___. ___/ you enjoy your stay with us, Mr Rees.

10 Finding accommodation 265

Ordinal numbers
Example from The story
Room 508 is on the fifth floor.
1 Look at this lift notice and complete the words on the right.

12th twelfth
11th eleventh
10th Bent rls
Gth fy ite, Cee ee ty
8th Cee ee ee
at aunt) ieee Rea IRANIAN AH lp se a Vipin Mtb Reset racks a Maes cacy recingpabeen ins
bth ids lalate eto
Sth i Sayed aut Peas
4th oR eRe FAC
3rd third
2nd — Restaurant second
1st — Bar/Lounge first
G — Reception ground floor
LG — Breakfast room lower ground

2 Look at the lift notice and complete these mini dialogues.

Example: [a7] Where's your room? I’m on the sixth floor.

1 A_ Excuse me, where's reception?
BR TES etc Ee Gk pee
[CRNA Pack
2 A Can you tell me where the restaurant is, please?
By Yes, (et Oe a
floor.
3 A Where do we go for breakfast?
B Downstairs. The breakfast room’s /__. n/t _.. __/
jaeniapirienay
nen ORs |aMinny wasmunerenvicL
efeeNe AL AGip9

266
 4 A_ Excuse me, where can I get a drink?
Beppe GHOPA i leet. fT se ks gd Vee se
3 Complete the rule.
For ordinal numbers in English, add the letters __.____ to the number.
TMS ORCC
fs 8 ete eal OI
a ee re IT eQUIOr.
4 On which floor?
Answer these questions for you.
1 If you live in a flat—where is your flat? On which floor?
You:
2 If you live in a house — where is your bedroom? On which floor?
You:
3 Where do you work or study — on which floor?
You:
4 Where are you now?
You:

pj Language discovery 4
~ USING THE VERB HOPE
Example from The story
The receptionist wants Oliver to enjoy his stay.
She says, J hope you enjoy your stay.
Write sentences for these situations. Use the verb hope.
1 It’s the end of the week.
What do you say to your colleagues when you leave work?
I hope
2 Your friend is going out for the evening.
You: ——_______— Q What's the
3 Your friend is going on holiday. difference between
You: | I hope you have a
4 Your friend is going on a journey. good weekend and
You: Have a good weekend
ae Cae An Le em (Unit 9)? ;
5 Your friend is taking an exam/having a A They are very similar.
baby/taking a driving test, etc. Both are appropriate In }
YOUR eee most situations. !hope }
can be more formal. J

10 Finding accommodation 267

ga How do you pronounce it?
Practise the pronunciation of schwa in these phrases.
Gey 10.05 Listen and repeat the words and phrases from Oliver's
‘= conversation in the hotel.
Pay special attention to the letters with the symbol / a / above
them. The pronunciation is always schwa / a /. Stressed syllables are
underlined.
fal
41 CanThelp you?
fal
N Oliver
lal
3 single
lal
> registration
lal
ui of course
lal lal
signature
toa)

lal
7 just here
lal
8 to your right
lal fal
9 round the corner
lal
10 Do you need help?

@) The story 4
Gay 10.07" Our story continues. Oliver is in his hotel room in London. He
=¢ phones his mother in Edinburgh.
1 Listen and decide.
Cover the text.
Read the sentences.

268
 Listen and choose Yes or No.
Oliver and his mother talk about:
a theweather . Yes/No
b Oliver's hotel Yes/No
c his trip Yes/No
d_ his work in London Yes/No
e Tasha Yes/No
f Oliver's father Yes/No
g amessage Yes/No

Oliver Hi, Mum —it’sOliver. How are you?

Mother ~ Hello, dear. Where are you?
Oliver I'm in a hotel in London, the Park. I haven't stayed here before, It’s.
quite nice — small but comfortable and quiet. T've just got here from
the airport.
Mother How was your trip?
Oliver It went quite well, actually. First, I visited our new representative in
Chile, and then on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday I went to the
Computer Fair in Buenos Aires. I talked to a lot of people there and
had lots of meetings. And then on the flight on the “yy back I met a
very interesting girl.
Mother Oh, did you?
Oliver Yes, she’s an English teacher in South America. She's on holiday here,
staying with friends, just outside London. I’ve got her number there
so I can contact her again, I'm going to call her one day next week.
We might have dinner together, or something, Anyway, how are you?
Mother Did you get my message?
Oliver What message?
Mother I left a message at your hotel in Argentina two days ago.
Oliver What was it about, Mum? Come on — what's happened?
PCOS
SEHEECHOOH
OSH
SCOTS
COOH
HO
EHS
EOEKHREHO
THEE
COSCO SSSSHSOSSHH HOSS OST SEHSHSHSHFOHSTOGCHTSHSHHCHHTESHHOHTHHSHSOESHETOTHTHHHTHEOGO
SAAOOHMHEROSOSAOEHOALHADEDAOOHROAOOHOOBASEOEEOEREHHOOHDOLOHROROHDE TEE

* For an American English version, listen to 47.20

10 Finding accommedation 269

rey 2 10.07 Listen and choose.
I y )

“== Read the sentences.

Listen again and choose the correct answer.
41 Thename of Oliver's hotel is:
the Palmer.
the Park.
the Plaza.
the Spa.
This is Oliver's first visit to this hotel.
This isn’t Oliver’s first visit to this hotel.
Oliver always stays at this hotel.
aoanannuaea
3 Oliver thinks the hotel is:
a_ excellent.
b good.
c poor.
4 Oliver's business trip was:
a good.
b not very good.
c_ terrible.
5 Oliver is thinking about inviting Tasha:
a_ for lunch.
b for adrink.
c_ for dinner.
d tothe cinema.
6 Oliver doesn’t know about:
a aletter.
b aproblem.
c aticket.
d_ aninvitation.

() Listening and reading 4

rary 4 10.07 Listen and complete.
“=~ Read the sentences.
Listen again and try to complete the words.
Read the text to help you, if necessary.
1. This is Oliver's first visit to the Park Hotel.
Mesos Aico a ee ae rere
before.
270
 Oliver talks about this trip.
CicHe says Firstyb Avi ites ek Sk d/ our new
representative ...
b ... then on Tuesday, Wednesday and ThursdayI / w —_____/
to the Computer Fair...
c He talks about his activities there.
PIC SAYS ET ot ile ee ee hee Oy
people there andh___.___/] _____.____/0 __/ meetings.
a Oliver tells his mother about Tasha.
He says, On the flight on the way back /I /m __ —_/ a very
interesting girl.
b_ His mother is interested. She says, Oh, d__ __/y____?
Oliver plans to phone Tasha next week.
He says, Po/ Gi n/t Acal her oneday
next week.
Oliver talks about the possibility of dinner with Tasha.
He says, We/ im —— —. —_ __./h __..___.__./ dinner together.
a_ Verb get: Oliver’s mother asks him about her message.
She says, Did you get my message?
Here, get means find/buy/receive.
b Oliver says no. His mother gives more information about the
message. She says, J //__-/- ___ ___/ a message at your hotel
two days/a__.__..
c Oliver asks about the message.
Fe SEY eee eae ne OY eres cc enn meen) Claeasertnceepune eae
7 He wants to know what the situation is.
Herscys ay waar eee ee pe eae
Listen, read and complete the phrases.
Read the sentences.
Read the text of The story 4 again and complete the words and
phrases.
1 When Oliver's mother starts the conversation, she says, Hello,
(apleat olRhing10 6gi
2 @ What's the hotel tike? sq akin eet ae ees
b Is there a lot of traffic noise? No it’sa/ gq ——~-_______/ hotel.

10 Finding accommodation 271

 » Older people often say dear to be friendly.
Q What's the difference in pronunciation between quite and quiet?
(Sentences 2a and 2b.)
A Quite has one syllable / kwait /.
Quiet has two (qui-et) / kwarat /.

(@) Language discovery 5

Talking about the past, using the past simple
Example from The story
Oliver talks about his trip.
He says, First I visited our new representative.
Then on Tuesday, Wednesday and ThursdayI went to the Computer Fair.
I talked to a lot of people there and Ihad a lot of meetings. —
On the flight on the way back, I met a very interesting girl.
All the verbs in bold are in the past simple tense.

THE TRIP NOW

visited went talked had met
PAST FUTURE

Meaning
Read these questions and answers about the past simple.
Q Isthe trip:
a_ inthe past?
b_ inthe present?
c inthe future?
A Inthe past.
Q Oliver visited the new representative. Do we know when?
A Yes, during his trip. His trip is in the past.
Q Oliver went to the Computer Fair. Do we know when?
A Yes, on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday.

272
Q Oliver talked to lots of people and had lots of meetings. When?
A During the Computer Fair. The Computer Fair is in the past.
Q Oliver met Tasha. When?
A On the way back to England.
> All these activities were during Oliver's trip. His trip is in the past.
Are we saying anything about the present? No.
Form: past simple
Regular verbs — verb + -ed Irregular verbs

talked (verb + -ed or irregular

verb)

talk (verb)

Questions

Did ti chAeiareneapindia cio |I, you, he, she, it, we, they talk? (verb)
Tag questions, echo questions and short answers
I talked, didn't I?
Yes, I did, etc.
1 Complete the dialogue, using the past simple.
Situation: It’s Monday morning. Two colleagues, Natalie and
Dan are talking about the weekend.
Is the weekend in the past? Yes.
Is it finished? Yes.
So, the verbs are in the past simple.

10 Finding accommodation 273

Natalie Hii; Dear oct Soe oe aunt ie i Pema Oye)
had) a good weekend?
Dan Ves uP sips ance tatekS I bauer)
(be/was) really nice, actually. On Saturday, I
(3) (wash) the car. Then in the afternoon
[___ (4) (take/took) the children to the
park. Yesterday I_________ (5) (play) tennis in the
morning and for lunch we ______ (6) (have/had) a
barbecue in the garden.
Natalie Great!
Dan How about you? What —_____ (1) you
(2)? (do/did)
Natalie [Ss (1/) (be was) so tired after last week..I
{10|\\eeaaretee
ctrae Mere | UMERNRMON IERIE GNA (elo(c!a)MsnNel
at all. [____ (3) (see/saw) a good film on the
TV on Saturday night and yesterday I just
(4) (relax) at home. My husband's
sister _________ (5) (come/came) to see us. We
PENAEERSE LUBLad AG jhodiarisalinscet
MAMET MON) FAN oolaNTen oG Ones e,
we __________ (7) (get/got/got) an Indian takeaway.
Later, in the evening we _______ (8) (go/went) out
for a drink and then we ______ (9) (drive/drove)
her home.

USING THE PRESENT PERFECT FOR (A) LIFE EXPERIENCES (B)

PAST ACTIONS WITH PRESENT RESULTS
Examples from The story
a_ This is Oliver's first visit to the Park Hotel.
He says, I haven't stayed here before.
b Oliver asks what was in the message.
He says, What’s (has) happened?
Now look at this example:
I've stayed in this hotel three times,
274
 Meaning and form
Read these questions and answers about I have stayed.
Q Is the action of staying in the hotel in the past?
A Yes.
Do we know when in the past?
No.
Why use the present perfect then?
To show there is a connection between the past action (experience of
PFD
>HD
staying) and the effect of the experience on the now.
So, what is the connection here?
>”I have stayed in the hotel in the past so I know the hotel now. For
example, I know where it is, what it looks like inside and outside. In
other words, I am familiar with the hotel. It's also possible I will stay
here again in the future.
fe} So, why is the name of this tense ‘present perfect’?
Half the verb is present (have) and half is the past participle (stayed).
It’s this combination of present tense of have and past participle of
the main verb that we use to show the connection.
NOW
per
ay eps ea tS
PAST es FUTURE
Read these questions and answers about What’s happened?
Q Is the action of ‘happening’ in the past?
A Yes.
Do we know when in the past?
No.
Why the present perfect then?
DPD To show the connection between the past action (happened) and a
>ODF?F
result of this action/experience in the present.
So, what is the present result here?
> Perhaps there's a problem or perhaps there's very good news. We don't
OD
know. We only know that there is a new situation in the present.

10 Finding accommodation 27/5

 Grammar summary — present perfect
+ past participle
(regular verb + -ed OR
irregular)
Negative

+ past participle

Question

T/you/we/they
+ past participle
he/she/it
Tag questions, echo questions and short answers
Have(n't) I/you/we/they?
|Has(n't) He/she/it?

> Asking questions with the present perfect

The present perfect is the same as all other two-word verbs in English.
To make questions you change the word order.
For example: (1) He — (2) has -> (3) visited...
For questions, say (2) Has — (1) he — (3) visited ...?
(2) auxiliary, Has (1) the subject, he (3) the past participle, visited ...?

LANGUAGE TIP
The past participle
| The past participle of regular verbs is verb + -ed (you need to add -d only for verbs
already ending in e.
For example: I have worked, he has danced.
For irregular verbs, you need to learn the past participle, as the third form to
| memorize:
For example:
Infinitive Past simple . Past Participle
seen
written
spoken

276
2 Put the underlined words in the right order to make sentences
about Oliver.
4 arrived/Oliver/has/ at his hotel.
2 spoken/has/he to his mother.
3 called/he/has Tasha? No, not yet. He’s going to call her
next week,
4 contacted/hasn't/he the office. He’s going there later.
5 How many times he/been/has to South America? About
six times.
3 Use the verbs in brackets in the present perfect to complete
these mini dialogues.
1 A —__ you ________ (see/saw/seen) the film Titanic?
Bes) oe
2 A Howmany times _______ you ______ (go/went/been)
to France?
Bid tics ction ceo sate slots Gitimes)
3 A How many countries —___ you ____ (visit)?
B Me? I’____to the States but ]_____-_/
anywhere else.
4 A Howmany jobs _______ your brother
(have/had/had)?
B. He nit) manyractially:
5 A Howmany English books ____ you ___ (read//
read/read)?
Bit Bee eS
ee hundreds!
6 AS they (finish)?
B_ No, not yet.
7 A You____/ ___ (forget/forgot/forgotten), have you?
B_ No, of course not.
8 A Mysister’ /____ (buy/bought/bought) a
new house.
B Oh! _____ she? Wherreabouts?

10 Finding accommodation 277

 “LEAVING THE HOTEL
4 Put this conversation between a hotel receptionist and a guest in
the right order. Use the letters.
Certainly. What room number is it, please?
Good morning. Can I help you?
Room 201.
Of course. If you wait at the front door, one will be here in a few
OGONBSY
moments. Goodbye. I hope you have a good flight.
Let me see ... Here’s your bill. How would you like to pay?
Thanks, Goodbye,
Morning. Yes, I’d like to check out, please.
Could you possibly call me a taxi to go to the airport?
No problem. Is there anything else I can do for you?
Qa
a
|
Mm
Tl By card, if that’s OK.
o8 Listen and check your answers.
SCHSSHEHHEHEHHH HAO HOTHHHTHTEHAAHTTHHOSHHHSOSHHSHHSTETEHHHEHEHHHOTHESOEAEEHHES

: Receptionist B Good morning. Can I help you?

: Guest G Morning. Yes, I'd like to check out, please.
: Receptionist A Certainly. What room number is it, please?
: Guest C ~§ Room 201.
: Receptionist E _Let me see... Here’s your bill. How would you like to pay?
; Guest J By card, if that’s OK.
: Receptionist I No problem. Is there anything else I can do for you?
: Guest H Could you possibly call me a taxi to go to the airport?
: Receptionist D Of course. If you wait at the front door, one will be here in a
: few moments, Goodbye, I hope you have a good flight.
: Guest F Thanks. Goodbye.
SPOSPSSHSHSSHEHSHHSHSSHHEHTHSHHEHHHHHSHHSSHHTSHTESSTEHHREHREHSESEHEHHHAESTOHETESERLELEOS OGOO
eee

“9 Writing
2 About your country: hotels.
Write answers to these questions or prepare to tell a friend.
1 When was the last time you stayed in a hotel?
2 Talk or write about: ,
a the place.
b how long you stayed.
c who you went with,
d why you went there.

278
 3 What was the hotel like? Describe it and talk or write about the
facilities.
4 How much did you enjoy your stay there?

Speaking
3 What would you say?
1 You are in a hotel. You would like to watch TV. You turn the TV on
and nothing happens. You call reception.
2 You can't find the key card for your hotel room. You look everywhere
but you can't find it. You're at reception.

Revision
WHAT IS IT IN YOUR LANGUAGE?
Here are some examples of the important points in this unit.
Translate the sentences into your language.
Remember - translate the idea, not the words.
1 A Who's next?
B I think I am.
N A How many of you are there?

B There are four of us.

3 How much is this one?
4 £3 a packet.
5 I don't mind where we go as long as you come, too.
6 Have you got anything cheaper?
7 Onthe sixth floor.
8 I haven't been to Singapore.
9 He telephoned last week.
10 I got the letter yesterday.

q Writing
~ Write the story of your life. Complete the gaps in the first
paragraph and then write a paragraph for each topic. Follow the
instructions for each topic.
My life story
My name is ________ . Iwas born in ______ (place) on ____ (date).
[________ (be) the _______ (first, second, third, etc.) of two, three, four,
five, etc. children, so I've got ________ brother
(s) and ________ sister (s).

10 Finding accommodation 279

OR: I am an only child.
I went/didn’t go to a nursery and/but I ______ (go) to _______ primary
school when I ____. (be) _____ years old. I really _____ (ike)
when J ______. (be) there. My secondary schoo! ______-. (be)
called {cond Tee study) there from 2 te
years ole Pe so (take) Gens itt ec eect
Life experiences
Now write about your life experiences: use the present perfect to
introduce the topic and the past simple to give details.
1 University
I have/haven't been to university. (If the answer is yes, give details
of where, when and what you studied. Write these verbs in the past
simple because we know when.

2 Work
(Write about your experience of work, e.g. I’ve worked as an office
administrator. Give details using the past simple.)

I've also been a _______. That was when

3 Personal life
(Write about your family situation and children.)
Pu be) single OR Tees | ie) miner
separated/divorced for _______ years
4 Travel
(Write about places you've visited (present perfect) and details, e.g.
when you went/what you did there (past simple).)

280
 5 Foreign languages
(Write about the language(s) you've learned and where/when/why you
learned them.)

Speaking
10.09 Now it’s your turn to join the conversation.
Listen again to The Story 1 conversation.
Say Oliver’s words in the spaces.

») Test yourself
Which one is right?
Choose a or b.
1 I've seen that film on DVD.
Did you? What's it like?
Have you? What's it like?
My room is in the first floor.
My room is on the first floor.
This ice cream costs £3 a box.
This ice cream costs £3 the box.
Could I see the red one, please?
Could I see the red, please?
I hope you to enjoy your trip.
I hope you enjoy your trip.
Yesterday I went to the cinema.
Yesterday I was to the cinema.
Where you met my brother?
Where did you meet my brother?
How would you like to pay?
How would you like to paying?
With card, please.
oo
on By card, please.
sagen
Tana
crn
oaosasea

10 Finding accommodation 281

 10a The bar is in the downstairs.
b The bar is downstairs.
11a What did you at the weekend?
b What did you do at the weekend?
12a When have you arrived?
b When did you arrive?
13.4 I'll take this one, please.
b I buy this one, please.
14,a Inwhich floor is the restaurant, please?
b What floor is the restaurant on, please?

>) Write two dialogues.

Dialogue A: In a travel agency
1 The travel agent You
The travel agent asks about
the type of hotel you want.
2 The only thing you don't like
is noise.

3 She asks about the number

of people.

itl EN aaah You and your partner.

5 She asks you about the
price you want to pay.

Ck tipo Your maximum is £90.

7 She suggests the Plaza
Hotel — £85.

282
9 She asks about method
of payment.

Soames 10 You want to pay by card.

Dialogue B: In a shop
You pay and then you go to the shop next door to buy a suitcase.
You are looking at a small suitcase:
The shop assistant You
1 Theshop assistant offers to
help you.
2 You want the same suitcase
but bigger.

3 Theshop assistant says yes

and shows it to you.
a 4 You decide to buy it.

10 Finding accommodation 283

 SELF-CHECK
ICAN...
Deu heen oseereeaeeeeuewenebpenernyanes ees ese esa eEHGAssMOHen SGN GM hGH SHAHOSOEH ERED URECHSEENDSOSESEFOEDSENNUNYURHSHOUSESAFOHUSO
DES

... talk
SA One dead eee
about length of time, and prices
non eee duane s sen ben seee eases SU neBVEOEENET ESHA IGHEDERSEMEDESDOSEEROHEFOEDE SAGAN EETOETESEEEEEOSESIESLEHERESOSSHEREY

...ask who? and respond using short answers

SURO O ONSHORE See EON OED ESD HSER SE HAAG Sate AEE HEH ES HOSEN USEDESEE EEE EESESOSHEMESEOESERURESEHNUESOSROHPEUBTESESEO
OASYS EDSOOEH

... talk about the number of people, using how many

COR OER EP ORD es eee ODEO MOOR ORP EMM ER DDG ABH E eH EES Ab eV CEED HEHEHE HEESHONSSENSERDSOESDEYREAEEY AUN OEE OSES EOFS OUEHERSOSUSER ASSESSES

,.. talk about the same thing, using one, ones

VANE Ce Ue EER een e Uae E DEED RH ARE BERGE ROUTE EER EEES HOES ERY SER EDOADESEREASEHULNTSNAAEDT ESSE EUS ELE OT ESET EES HE ETE ES OO EEE SEEN SEE Y ANE

... ask for an alternative, using comparatives

nee P Canteen eee R REN eH Ap basse ee nen EAE ser deuce Enns stTSONE ELEM OE HEHE HOG SHE PERSFSESE SER EHESROS EDS SSEH OHA TEER EDERHA SEES OO ESE TORU ED,

... make negative comparisons, using not as ... as

CeO Meee Fee hb ea S HOOF en EERE ESESHOEENOHSERSER SER DH NMMTLLOHEDEHS DOESN STRODE SANE EROHEHUSESHDESCISES DSHS HNO RESESHOFSO HED EHCSONELES

...make decisions — buying things, using I’//

Se RASH SU Eh eb ae nae arn eres Oh FER HPES EON AEH SESUEEHEFO HERONS EOENIDEHEDERESEDSFOSUAEF ESN SOASEMERUAEENOEIGHEHSRE TUS EE EHR ENEESEOOED

... use the verb hope + present simple

FRG R MeO bN eee AHO nee OH EU ER OAE NPE EDELSONHOHEAEEYOHAFS TALE AHR DESEEOEROHAFERSEHSNNEDESOUSEHES POLY ESE SESSDEOPN OPEN ES OURO EERE SON IES

... talk about the past, using the past simple

Ween end PEPE OH AV ERSTE HER ERaHESHD DERE ORE SE NSE REE OHSSH MELEE ENG EN SEONG SHED DESEESSEESHHEHESED EDS ESYEFSESEEMOEPEDESESOEMOH EVER SDE OEE

... talk about life experiences and results, using the

present perfect.

284
 y ‘eideegi
stay coilaneeS
Eb le a mhae

a. ainom
Bie Rae
.
a theresaree Dates
ANSWER KEY

KEY POINTS ABOUT ENGLISH PRONUNCIATION

= 1b,2d,3f,4a,5¢,6e
4 1syllables, 2 examples, 3 conversation, 4 above, 5 important, 6
information
5 1 Some Coke. 2 To London. 3 From David. 4 Are they here? 5 Does it
change? 6 Ask them.
co.) some, to, from, are, does, them
11 b The voice goes down.
13 1 One page (1), Two pages (2); 2 One box (1), Two boxes (2); 3 One bus
(1), Two buses (2); 4 One house (1), Two houses (2); 5 One bridge (1),
Two bridges (2); 6 One sandwich (2), Two sandwiches (3); 7 One slice
(1), Two slices (2); 8 One piece (1), Two pieces (2); 9 One dish (1), Two
dishes (2); 10 One glass (1), Two glasses (2); 11 One orange juice
(3), Two orange juices (4); 12 One kiss (1), Two kisses (2)

286
 UNIT1
The story
1¢,2b,3a
Reading and listening
1 alt's hot, isn't it? b Yes, it is — very hot.
2 aWould you like a drink? b Yes, please.
3 aWhat would you like? b Some Coke, please.
Vocabulary builder

EN (CERES (Cn
ENON ESIGN
RISES NICHES
ERCICIRAIGIESIGI
Gansinicsis|(alldl
DiGicnane)
emi acie
rice crisps sandwich

grapes AS hamburger

biscuits
Me Oo soup SS

- Language discovery 1
1 I’mnot wrong, am I? He/She/It is English, isn’t he/she/it? He/She/It
isn't English, is he/she/it? We/You/They are happy, aren't we/you/they?
We/You/They aren't happy, are we/you/they?
2 1 It's really cold today, isn’t it?
_ 2 Nice and warm this morning, isn't it?
3 The weather's not bad today, is
it?
4, Lovely day, isn’t it?

Answer key 287

How do you pronounce it?
2 1d This programme's not very interesting, is
it?
2g It’s not very warm in here, is
it?
3a It’s avery good film, isn’t it?
4b You're David, aren't you? My name’s Sam.
Sh. They're lovely, aren't they?
6i He's agood singer, isn’t he?
7e She's beautiful, isn’t she?
8c The food's very nice, isn't it?
gf This isn’t right, is
it?
Language discovery 2
1 the isn't. 2 she is, 3 it isn’t. 4 we are. 5 I am. 6 they aren't.
2 1f Yes, it is.2hIam.3b Yes, it is. 4c No, it isn't. 5 e Yes, she is. 6 g No,
it isn’t. or No, it’s not. 7 i No, it isn’t. or No, it’s not. 8 a Yes, they are. 9 d
Yes he is.
4 1Some, some, some; 2 A, a,a

1 Would you like a hamburger?

2 Would you like some bread?
3 Would you like some soup?
4 Would you like a sandwich?
5 Would you like some grapes?

288
 6 Would you like a biscuit?
7 Would you like some crisps?
8 Would you like some rice?
8 1 Another drink? 2 Would you like some more crisps? 3 More wine?
4, Would you like another biscuit? 5 Some more milk?
9102
©03 OO©O4 OOO
Speaking
Possible answers
1 Sorry, I’m not Chris. 2 Thanks, but the coffee’s for my friend and the
tea's for me.
Test yourself
Which one is right?

1 Starting a conversation b Nice day, isn't it?

2 Offering a Would you like a drink?
Saying yes b Yes, please.
3 Starting a conversation b This food’s not very hot, is it?
4 Starting a conversation b This soup’s delicious.
Responding a Yes, it is, isn’t it?
5 Offering more b Some more bread?
Saying no a No, thanks. I’m fine.
Dialogue: model answers

1 You Cold, isn't it?

2 Your friend Yes, it is — very cold.
3 You Would you like a hot drink?
4 Your friend Yes, please.
Yes, please, that would be nice!
Yes, please, I'd love one.

Answer key 289

 UNIT 2
The story 1
1 Yes, 2 No (he wants orange juice), 3 Yes, 4 Yes, 5 No, 6 No
Listening and reading 1
4 Excuse me. 2 Could I have a Coke and some orange juice, please? 3 Here
you are. One Coke with ice and lemon and one orange juice.
Vocabulary builder
a beef, b pork, ¢ chicken, d fish, elamb, f vegetarian
The story 2
aachicken, 2abeef, 3afish, 4alamb, 5b beef, 6b beef, 7a orb we
don't know, 8c asandwich
Listening, reading and speaking
1 1 Chicken, please. 2 Beef for me, please. 3 I'd like fish, please. 4 Could
T have the lamb, please? 5 I'll have beef, please.
Language discovery 1

Passenger 6: The same for me too, please.

C
Nothing for me, thanks ... Could I have a sandwich instead?
= 1I'll
&BWPDN have fruit juice, please. 2 I'll have a slice of the chocolate one,
please. 3 I think I’ll have some bread and cheese. 4 I think I’ll go to
bed. 5 I'll go tomorrow.
5 1Yes, could I have some coffee, please? 2 Yes, can I have a sandwich,
please? 3 Can we have something cold, please? 4 Yes, could I have a
small slice, please? 5 Excuse me, could I have a glass of water, please?
6 Could I have some grapes, please?

2.9G 9.29.40 0 0.0.90... 0.8.0.9. 9.O.O 0.6.9 6.0 9.9 OOO 6.%.9.0.0.9 22.2% 29.6 2.0.0. 9.66.9.9.09.94.009.000.9.60.46.0.9
6.9.09

: Customer 1 Three coffees and one tea, please. 3

: Customer2 — Could I have four Cokes, two ‘orange juices and one hot _ :
: chocolate? . +
: Customer 3 We'd like two lemon teas, please. 3
SHRSTSCSCSCSPOVPOHPISTSSSHSOSTHADSSTHTOTCOHC
SEEKS HHHDECHHOSHR OTR ESET HOTRHEOEETHTHOHKREHHOSSEE

Customer 1 3 coffees, 1 tea

Customer 2 . 4 Cokes, 2 orange juices, 1 hot chocolate
Customer3 2lemon teas.

290
How do you pronounce it?
1 TAR
ky2 P
1R,2P
4h 26
1R,2P
12 2R
Could I have some water, please? (uncountable)
Could I have some bread, please? (uncountable)
Could I have an ice cream, please? (countable)
Could I have another sandwich, please? (countable)
MMOCould I have some more coffee, please? (uncountable) or Could I
NOWD>
ODEWnNA
have another cup of coffee, please? (countable)
The story 3
1 Passenger 1— Apple juice. Passenger 2 — Beer. Passenger
3 — White wine.

2 Passenger 1— Yes. Passenger 2 — Yes. Passenger 3 — No.

Language discovery 2

1 1I’ve got some apple juice. 2 Have you got any cold beer? 3 I haven't
got any more white wine.
2 Negative: I/you/we/they haven't got a drink. He/she/it hasn't got a drink.
Question: Have I/you/we/they got a drink? Has he/she/it got a drink?
Question tags: I/You/We/They’ve got a drink, haven't I/you/we/they?
He/She/It’s got a drink, hasn't he/she/it? I/You/We/They haven't got a
drink, have I/you/we/they? He/She/It hasn't got a drink, has he/she/it?
Short answers: Yes, I/you/we/they have. Yes, he/she/it has. No, I/you/
we/they haven't. No, he/she/it hasn't.
3 1 I've got water, juice, beer or wine.
2 We haven't got any more chicken.
3 A If you're hungry, I’ve got a pizza.
B Have you? Could I have some now, please?
4, A Has he got any milk for the coffee?
_ B Yes, he has. Here it is.
5 A We haven't got any bread.
B Haven't we? OK, I'll go and buy some.
6 Ihaven't got chicken but I’ve got lamb.
7 They've got Coke, haven't they?
8 Why hasn't he got any rice?

Answerkey 291
4 1 Beer — yes. 2 Bread — yes. 3 Cheese — no. 4 Biscuits - we don't know.
5 Crisps — no. 6 Grapes — yes.
Practice
1 1I’ve got some wine but there isn’t any beer. 2 A Is there any more
pizza? B No, but there’s some bread. 3 A Are there any hamburgers?
B No, but there are some sandwiches. 4 A Have you got any biscuits?
B No, and there isn’t any chocolate either. 5 A Is there any soup?
B Sorry, I haven't got any more.
2 1 CWhat would you like to eat? There's chicken or I've got
some beef too.
F I’d like some chicken, please.
H With peas or carrots?
B I really don’t mind, I like all vegetables.
E And would you like something to drink? I've got some wine if
nrWnN

you'd like some.

6 AActually, I don't drink alcohol, so could I have some Coke, fruit
juice or something like that instead, please?
7 D We've got some apple juice in the kane Could you get it for me?
8 G Of course. Here you are.
The story 4
1False, 2 True, 3 False, 4 False, 5 True
Listening and reading 2
This fish isn't very nice at all.
What's the chicken like?
Nicer than the beef?
I think so.
= Beef is more popular than chicken. In fact, beef is the most popular
UubpWDN
dish on the plane.
6 aCould I change this fish then, please?
b Is it all right if Ihave a different dinner?
c Can I try the chicken, please, if that’s OK?
Language discovery 3

1 1It’s bigger than New York. 2 Which is the tallest building in the
world? 3 Which is more difficult, understanding English or speaking
it? 4 He’s the most interesting person I know.
2 1 CanI/Could1[/Is it all right if I use the phone?
2 Can1/Could1/Is it all right if I use the toilet?

292
 3 CanI/ Could 1/ Is it all right if 1smoke?
4 CanI/ Could 1/Is it all right if 1have some more bread?
5 Can1I/ Could 1 /Is it all right if Iwatch TV?
3 1Yes, of course. 2 I’m sorry. 3 Yes, go ahead. 4 I’m sorry, I don’t think
that’s possible.
Speaking
Possible answers
Situation 1: I'm sorry, I’m a customer here, too. (Advanced alternative:
I’m sorry but I don’t work here.)
Situation 2: Excuse me, could I have beef and not chicken, please?
(Advanced alternative: Excuse me, would it be possible for me to have
beef instead of chicken, please?)
Revision
Writing: model answers
1 Dear Chris, I’m planning a party with friends at home next Saturday.
2 I’ve got some bread, cheese and beer but I haven't got any wine. I'll
buy some tomorrow.
3 I've got asmall problem —I haven't got any glasses. Can I/Could I
borrow some, please?
4 If lots of friends decide to come, is it all right if Ihave the party at your
house? Your house is bigger than my flat.
5 I'll call you tomorrow and we can talk about it.
6 Until tomorrow, Pat.
Test yourself
Which one is right?
1b, 2a, 3a, 4a, 5b, 6a, 7b, 8a, 9b, 10b
Dialogue: model answers
41 You Would you like tea or coffee?
2 Friend Coffee for me, please.
3 You Excuse me, (can/could I have) two coffees, please?
Have you got any ice cream?
4 Waiter No, I’m sorry, we haven't.
5 Waiter Two coffees.
6 You Would you like some more coffee?
7 Friend Nothanks, I’m fine.
8 You Excuse me, can/could I have the bill, please?
9 You Is it all right if I pay by card?
10 Waiter _—_Yes, of course.
Answer key 293
UNIT 3
The story
acountries, c nationalities, e languages
Listening and reading
1 1/Yes, 2 Yes, 3 Yes, 4, We don't know. 5 No — she lives in South America. 6
We don't know. 7 Yes, 8 Yes, 9 No, 10 Yes
2 a Where are you from? b I’m English. c I’m from England too.
3 aOh, really? b Actually, I live in South America, in Uruguay. Do you?
c Do you speak any foreign languages? I can speak a bit of French.
Can you?
4 1 aAnd you? b How about you?
2 Actually, I live in South America.
3 I’mnot very good at it.
Practice
1 1,2,3 And you? or How about you?
2G 2G, SO eS ol
Language discovery 1
1 1She speaks Spanish. 2 She lives in South America. 3 She likes it there.
4 He uses French in his job sometimes.
2
1 Does she live in South America? Yes, she does.
2 Does she like it there? Yes, she does.
3 Does the man speak Spanish? No, he doesn't.
4 Does he speak French? Yes, he does.
5 Does he live in South America? No, he doesn't.
6 Do they work together? No, they don't.
7and8 Yes,1 do, or No, I don't.
3 1 Themancan speak French but he can’t speak Spanish.
2 Can the woman speak Spanish? Yes, she can.
3 Can they both speak English? Yes, they're English.
4 I can speak some English.
Language discovery 2
2 ta sVOS;
Zi kes:
No, If the verb in the first sentence is positive, the short question
is positive. If the verb in the first sentence is negative, the short
question is negative,
4 Yes.
294
How do you pronounce it? (1)
bI
al,bNI
al,bNI
aNI,bI
al,bNI
= aNI,bI
krWN
au

Speaking
1

Fn
[|B [oh
raat
musedoyoupay?
canyou? Whatsorof |
My brother's new job's very interesting.

A En ES ee ee,
P Te |Doesher whereatous
Pe [popularinmyhoe
ontheyesvery |
[|e [xeyourWoukyoulkesomethingoannk? |
fe A |Suesnothetetedy
fe _|antsher
thatheroverther?
Looks =|
[|e [Doyouriprterthesummermeeh |
a idea tate ee = TTT |
[e_| doesshegetiowon?
cartshe?So,how ————*|
eo ondten On os
[|e_[Dontyou?thavecbout hecpeaday
[fe [wrertyourwhatsthemate?
Vocabulary builder
a2B,b1G,c7A,d9),e4F f10H,g12E,HSAi3B,j 8A k1 CI 6F,
m14D,n 131

Answer key 295

How do you pronounce it? (2)

Mexico

iene syed or a eg
Pegler MlaVT aad Gaia

‘soins [ennee ||
Fish —_[ronuguae
|_|
Fr i a
Speaking and writing
2 1 Can you speak Arabic? No, not at all.
2 And do you speak Italian? Yes, not too badly.
3 How about Japanese? Yes, but not very well.
4, And what's your native language? (Yours)

4
Possible answers
1I'm sorry but I don’t understand. 2 Excuse me, that’s my dictionary.
Advanced alternative: Excuse me, I think that dictionary’s mine.
Revision
Writing, model answer
Name: Daniela Castro
Contact details: Mob: 07964, 001330
Email: [email protected]
I can use Microsoft Word, Excel and PowerPoint.
My native language is Spanish and I speak English and Portuguese
fluently. I can also speak a little Japanese but I can’t write it.
I can play the guitar and I like dancing. I’m interested in foreign travel.

296
Test yourself
Which one is right?
1q0,26,3b,46,5a
Dialogue: model answers
= You Where are you from?
Claudia I'm from Italy. And you?
You I'm [your nationality].
Claudia Are you? That's interesting.
You Which languages do you speak?
Claudia Italian, of course, some English and a little Chinese.

fou
Nn
N
BW You Chinese? Really? Isn't it difficult? Can you write it too?

Answer key 297

UNIT 4
The story
4 He works in marketing computers. 2 She teaches English.
Listening and reading
4 16,c72'b,d
2 a What do you do? I work in computers.
What's your job? I’m a teacher.
What sort of work do you do in computers?’ I’m in marketing.
I work for a big company.
Do you like your job? Yes, I really enjoy teaching.
Do you enjoy working in marketing? It’s OK.
I’m not very keen on all the travelling.
You're not an English teacher, by any chance, are you?
Whereabouts?
OOWhat about you?
OO.
OO.
7a
Oa

Qa In fact, I'm on my way home now from a fair in Argentina.

Practice
116,26
30 47,5600
2 1No, I’m on my way back. 2 They’re on their way to school. 3 She’s on
her way home. 4 He’s on his way to work. 5 We're on our way to the
airport. 6 I’m on my way there right now.
How do you pronounce it?
4 I'm fine, thanks. How are you?
I'm Carol. And you? What's your name?
I live in London. Where do you live?
My birthday’s in April. When's yours?
I don’t smoke. Do you?
I'd like some coffee. Would you like a drink?
- I live with my parents. Do you live with yours?
DWN
NOM

298
 fer _[s[ar
fone [one
fe[ar [6[ane
Powe [|[oe

Vocabulary builder 1
1 taxi driver 2 waiter 3 doctor 4 receptionist 5 mechanic 6 dentist 7 actor
8 shop assistant 9 tour guide 10 hairdresser 11 travel agent 12 cashier
13 student
Language discovery 1
1 What does Dan do? He's a waiter.
What's Pat's job? He's a hotel receptionist.
What does Carl do? He’s a mechanic.
What's Kate’s job? She's a shop assistant.
What does Jo do? OR What's Jo’s job? She's a tour guide.
UN
(00
DS
OF
OV,
= What's Jim’s job? OR What does Jim do? He’s a travel agent.
3 1in politics. 2 in banking. 3 in education. 4 in publishing.
Sue works for Amazon.
Which company does your brother work for?
Do you know who she works for?
Yes, I quite like it.
No, I’m not very keen on it, actually.
I really enjoy it.
I don't mind it.
Actually, I don't like it at all.
WNYes, I quite like it.
hr
|]
Ov
WY

7 Interviewer: Like doing ... don't like doing...

_ Sophie: enjoy going out... like inviting ... don’t mind doing ... not
very keen on helping

Answer key 299

 5 don't mind waiting

Vocabulary builder 2
1e, 2i, 3b, 49, 5f, 6d, 7a, 8j, 9k, 10¢, 11h, 121
Speaking
Possible answers
1. ‘I'm sorry but John doesn’t work here any more.’
2 ‘No, I’m not in again until Wednesday.’
Revision
Writing: modei answer
I really enjoy the computer work. It’s very interesting
I quite like the secretary and the receptionist. They're very friendly
I don't mind working extra hours. We're very busy sometimes.
= I'm not very keen on travelling to work by bus but there isn’t a car park
BWN
here.
5 And I really don't like the food in the canteen. It’s very expensive and
not very international.
Test yourself
Which one is right?
1b, 2b, 3a, 4b, 5a, 6b, 7a
Dialogue: model answers:
1 I'ma...What do you do? OR What's your job?
2 What sort of work do you do in television?
3 I think I know you. You're David West, aren't you?
4 Do you like working in television?
5_ I... [details about you]
6 I really enjoy it OR I quite like it OR I don’t mind it OR I’m not very keen
on it actually OR Actually I don't like it at all.
7 Would you like some more wine? OR Would you like another glass of wine?

300
UNIT 5
The story
ayes, byes, cno, dyes, eyes, f yes
Listening and reading
1 1 Oliver, 2 Tasha, 3 Russia, 4 mother, 5 Edinburgh, 6 2 weeks ... London,
7 some friends, 8 near, 9 America... 6 months, 10 goes, 11 her family
2 1And yours? 2 aI’m staying in London ... b Because of myjob.
3 Yes, I’m going to England to see some friends of mine. 4 My father’s
working in the States at the moment. 5 My mother organizes her work
so that she can travel with him. 6 Because I need to see...
Ww Tasha is short for Natasha.
So, whereabouts ....
I live in Scotland; actually.
I’m staying in London for a couple of weeks.
She's on holiday.
Oh, right. =

He works abro
Not all the time but quite a lot of the time.
She goes to England even if her parents aren't there.
Every year.
=> Uni is short for university.
The baby spends a lot of the time asleep.
She phones home from Uni every weekend.
My brother is staying with us for a couple of months
=en They’re going on holiday to Italy
WrwWne
auhbwn
sw

Language discovery 1
1 Girls Boys
si Abi/Abigail Ollie/Oliver
Beth/Bethany Chris/Christopher
Ellie /Eleanor Nick/Nicholas
Sam/Samantha Dom/Dominic
Kathy/Katherine Sam/Samuel
Ros/Rosalyn Josh/Joshua
Chris/Christine Mike/Michael
AD
IKAE
SESS
Crt
Oa
Sh
OG Mel/Melanie Finn/Finley
9 Jess/Jessica Tom/Thomas
10 Becky/Rebecca Matt/Matthew

Answer key 301

2 Two: Chris and Sam
WwW What's your name short for?
5 Jo My name's Jo, and yours?
Sam Sam.
Jo So, where do you come from Sam?
Sam_
I’m from New York. I work in a bookshop there.
Jo Do you like it?
Sam _ Yes, I really enjoy it, actually. I love books. So, do you know this
town well?
Jo Quite well. I come for a holiday from time to time. How about
you? Where do you go on holiday?
Sam_ I like going to Europe for my holidays — I love London and I
know Paris and Rome and a few other places. So, how do you
know John and Jean?
Jo John's my brother.
Sam_ Oh, right.
6 1 (Actually), I work for Panasonic, (actually).
(Actually), it’s not mine, (actually).
(Actually), I don’t drink alcohol, (actually).
(Actually), I can’t drive, (actually).
(Actually), I’m from Italy, (actually).
(Actually), I don’t know him, (actually).
(Actually) I’m her mother, (actually).
(Actually) I'm not very keen on it, (actually).
(Actually) I’m not married, (actually).
OUNo, she’s abroad. 2 No, she lives abroad. 3 Oliver travels abroad a
LKLWN
ON
-O

lot for his job. 4 Tasha’s father works abroad quite a lot. 5 I enjoy
travelling abroad.
How do you pronounce it?
1b: organizes’ has four syllables — or-gan-iz-es.
3 I close (1) ... the supermarket closes (2)
I finish (2) ... she finishes (3)
I wash (1)... she washes (2)
I fix (1) ... she fixes (2)
I relax (2) ... she relaxes (3)
I watch (1) ... Kate watches (2)
I dance (1) ... my wife dances (2)
I use (1) ... my wife uses (2)
I change (1) ... Kate changes (2)

302
 I sneeze (1) ... she sneezes (2)
I organize (3) ... she organizes (4)
I kiss (1) my wife and my wife kisses (2) me.
5 1 Who washes the dishes? (NOT: Who does wash the dishes?)
2 Who finishes work at 9.00 (NOT: Who does finish ... )
3 Who watches sport on TV? (NOT: Who does watch ...)
4, Who fixes things? (NOT: Who does fix...)
6 Touch, cross, mix, pass, manage, pronounce, wish. All these words have
an extra syllable in 3rd person singular.
Vocabulary builder
41 1husband, 2 son, 3 brother, 4 partner, 5 related to (preposition! NOT:
related with), 6 daughter, 7 wife, 8 brother, 9 twin brother, 10 girlfriend,
11 Daddy, 12 relative/relation, 13 Mum, 14 sister, 15 a children, b kids,
16 Dad, 17 Mummy, 18 brother and sister, 19 married to (preposition!
NOT: married with), 20 going out with/boyfriend

2 1Mike’s son. 2 Karen’s husband. 3 Daniel's mother’s name's Karen.

4 Josh's father’s name's Mike. 5 Mike’s daughter's name's Naomi. 6
What's Karen's daughter’s name? 7 Who’s Daniel? A friend of Jack’s.
Language discovery 2

Subject | Possessive adjective

earsac

2 1yours, 2 ours, 3 his, 4 theirs, 5 yours, 6 a mine, b his, c hers, d theirs,

e€ ours
Language discovery 3
1 1b (the present), 2 b (temporary)

Answer key 303

 Positive iNiclefelahye
I am

on
not
He is Helse
is not nieces ia dt

She is She is not

OR She isn't
It(’s) working. | It(’s) not working.
OR :isn't

ree,
are You are not

lWeare
are | We(re) not
They(re) They're not
OR They aren't

Questions Question tags — to make conversation

Echo questions — to express interest
Positive Negative
Am 1

Is he

Is it

Are we Are we? Aren't we?

4 1/Yes, 2 No, 3 Yes, 4 Yes, 5 Yes, 6 Yes (aren't I?)

5 Mark Where's Dad?
Dave He’s washing the car. This water's for him.
Mark And Mum?
Dave She's in the kitchen — making a cake for your birthday.
Mark What's Jamie doing?
Dave Watching TV in his room.
Mark Is he?
Is Sharon doing her homework?
Dave Of course she isn't. She's upstairs with some friends. They're
listening to music.
Mark They aren't listening to my new CD, are they?
Sharon, what are you listening to?
304
 Sharon Your new CD. It’s great! I’m really enjoying it!
Mark Are you? Now come on. Give it back to me.
Sharon Sorry! Here you are.
6 1I'm teaching. 2 I’m staying. 3 Is living. 4 You're being ... You are.
5 I work... I’m not. 6 Does your daughter live?
7 1c (future), 2 a (in the past), 3 a (personal), 4 a yes, b yes
8A What are you doing this evening?
I'm going to the cinema with Don. Would you like to come with us?
B ‘

A No, thanks. Jim's arriving/coming in a minute. We're going out for

a drink.
B Which pub are you going to?
A The one by the river.
Practice
1 1Present, 2 Future, 3 Future, 4 Present, 5 Future, 6 Present, 7 Future,
8 Future, 9 Future, 10 Future

2A So, what are you doing next weekend?

B Well, on Saturday morning I’m visiting a friend. Then, in the
evening we're having dinner in the new pizza restaurant.
On Sunday my parents are coming for the day.
Are you coming to class tomorrow?
No, I’m not.
Why can't you come?
Because
anrwy,> tomorrow my mother is coming from Germany. I’m going
to the airport to meet her.
Language discovery 4
41-4 So that she can buy new books for her job.
b Because of her friends and relatives.
C Because it’s her country.
d So that she can have a holiday.
How do you pronounce it?
‘re I’m phoning to tell you about the party.
2 I go to the coffee bar to talk to my friends and have a snack.
I need some change to make a phone call.
I’m going to the kitchen to have some tea.
You call 999 to get an ambulance.
I swim to relax and keep fit.
She's in Italy to learn Italian.
WwW
LD
OU
ON I'd like to go to London to visit the museums.

Answer key 305

Speaking
Possible answers
4 I think it’s my turn, actually OR Excuse me, I think I’m next.
2 (I'm) coming.
Revision
Writing: model answer
1 are/'re having, 2 are/’re staying, 3 am/’m writing, 4 go, 5 relax,
6 sunbathe, 7 are/'re taking, 8 is living, 9 are/’re meeting, 10 is/’s taking,
11 to visit, 12 are/re going
Test yourself
Which one is right?
1b,2b,3b,46,50a,6b,7a,8b,9b
,10b 11b,12a

Dialogue: model answers

1 You Hello, My name's ... What's yours?
2 Gloria I'm Gloria.
3 You Why are you studying English?
4 Gloria Because of my job. How about you?
5 You I'm studying English because I want to work in tourism in my
country. What are you doing after the class?
a Gloria I’m going to the library to do my homework. And you?
7 You I'm having lunch in the cafeteria with some friends.

306
 UNIT 6
The story
1 Yes, 2 Yes, 3 Yes, 4 Yes, 5 No, 6 Yes, 7 Yes
Listening and reading
1 1b. 2a Rees, b --, c 0769 1894304, d 020 74,02 3277, e orees@starmail,
com, 3 a Harrison, b --, c --, d020 8549 6682, e --, 4a visit relatives, b do
other things, c spend time with her friends, Sadef.
2
1 a Wecould meet for a drink...
b Yes, that would be nice.
N a Shall I give you ...?

b I'll give you ... you can phone me and we can arrange something.
3 Or you could email me.
4 a I['llsend you a text.
b Ican give you...
5 a I'll phone you...
b I'll look forward to it.
6 When would you like me to call?
7 I’mgoing to visit relatives and do other things but I’m going to spend
time at home with my friends, too.
3 1Wecould meet one evening. 2 a if you like, b if that’s OK. 3 we can
arrange something. 4 extension, § too, 6 Just a minute. 7 by the way,
8 aI don't mind. b any time, 9 Right then. 10 Some time next week.
11a This is a ‘fasten your seatbelts’ sign. Is it on? b land, 12 a take, b contact
Vocabulary builder 1
1 O-zero; 1— one; 2 — two; 3 — three; 4 — four; 5 — five; 6 — six; 7 — seven;
8 — eight; 9 — nine; 10 — ten

2 The odd numbers are 1, 3, 5,7, 9. The even numbers are 2, 4, 6, 8, 10.
Even numbers are numbers you can divide by two.
3 1b,2b,3a
Practice
1 1Some time tomorrow. 2 Any time you like. 3 Any time between
10.a.m. and 9 p.m. 4 Some time next Wednesday.
2 Ineach question, by the way can go at the beginning or the end of the
question. 1 What's your boyfriend’s name, by the way? 2 By the way, how's
your baby? 3 By the way, I’ve got a new computer. 4 Is it OK if my new
girlfriend comes to the party, by the way? 5 Are you going to England, by

Answer key 307

the way? 6 By the way, have you got X’s phone number? 7 By the way, do
you like fish? 8 Hello. My name's X, by the way.
How do you pronounce it? (1)
2 13210.255 3131.3 4178. 4 01532.
4 1sister, 2 Wednesday, 3 fantastic, 4 lots, 5 under, floor, 6 my, I'll, you
Language discovery 1
1 1f,2h,3i,.4¢,5a,6e,7b,89,9d
2 1b; 2a Take the children to school, b Make a cup of tea, c Phone a
doctor, d Cook dinner; 3a yes, b yes, c yes, d no
3 11 can take the children to school for you if you like. She says, ‘That’s
very kind of you.’ 2 I'll make you a cup of tea. 3 Shall I call the doctor? She
says, ‘Could you?’ 4 Where can I find the number? 5 Would you like me to
cook (for you all)? 6 The children could eat at my house. She says ‘Thanks
for the offer, but it’s alright.’
5 1Wecan/ We could / Shall we; 2 We can / We could / Shall we; 3 I can
/T could /T'll / Shall 1 /Would you like me to; 4 Could you / Would; 5 I can
/ I could /T'll / Shall I / Would you like me to; 6 I can / I could /T’ll / Shall I /
Would you like me to
6 1 Yes, 2 Yes, 3 Yes, 4, No
Vocabulary builder 2
Hello, my name's Williams. (family name)
A What’s your name? B Daniel. (first name)
Hi! I’m Peter. (first name)
A And your name is ...? B Richards. (family name)
A Could I have your name, please sir? B Yes, it’s Stevens. (family name)
Is that Hugh? (first name)
Her father’s name's Matthews. (family name)
No, Edward's his other name. (first name)
OM
-
NONThe international
KRWDN code for Britain is 0044.
Emergency (fire, police and ambulance): 999.
Directory enquiries (national) 118 500.
Directory enquiries (international) 118 505.
Language discovery 2
4.1¢,2€,30,40,5b
3

308
 1 Tom Hi, this is Tom. Is that Andrea?
Vicky Hello, Tom. No, this is Vicky ... Andrea, it’s Tom on the phone...
2 Speaking OR This is David (speaking).
How do you pronounce it? (2)
=
}
06.44
oO
SHSOSHASHFOSHESHOHOTOHHHTOS
EET ETHHHESEDHHT
TEEHOOHOEOEHHSOEOLESHHDESER
TOZEHO
e
Teacher So, could you tell me your surnames, please? Lesley, What's
your surname?
Lesley Crowley.
Teacher , How do you spell that, Lesley?
e686
eee
Lesley
eeseegceaeesoece C-R-O-W-L-E-Y,
Teacher And yours, Denise?
Denise Myfarnily name's Farnish.
Teacher Is that with an ‘F’ or a‘V’?
Denise With an ‘FP.F-A-R-N-I-S-=H,
Teacher And how about you, Matt? What's your other name?
Matt Hannant. That's H- A double N—A-—N-T.
Teacher Anne, your surname is ...?
Anne Johnson, spelt ]-O-H-N-S-O-N
Teacher Simon, yours next, please.
Simon Lawrence.
Teacher How do youspellit?
Simon L-A-W-R-E-N-C-E.
Teacher And John? I've got Pierson here. Is that right?
John Yes.P—E-A-—R-S-O-N.
Teacher Oh, I've gotP-I-E.
- John No, It's P—E—A at the beginning.
Teacher And Joan — How about you? What's your other name?
Joan Rawlings. R-A-W-L-I-N-G-S.
Teacher And the last one is Liz, please.
Liz My surname’s Thompson-Smith.
Teacher Is that Thompson with a ‘P’ or without?
Liz With a ‘P’ and ‘Smith’ at the end.
Teacher Thanks very much everybody. Now let's start the lesson. SPOHTOHHESAE
OSEEEEE
LEED
EEOEHOTET
SHEATHS
SOKO SHTSHSSHHHHHSHHHOHHHHORHSHSSHTHTHOSSEHHTHHHHHEHRTEHHSTCHSCHHTHHTHOHCHHTHRHOEHHS

1 Lesley Crowley, 2 Denise Farnish, 3 Matt Hannant, 4 Anne Johnson, 5

Simon Lawrence, 6 John Pearson, 7 Joan Rawlings, 8 Liz Thompson-Smith.

Answer key 309

2 How do you spell it? (NOT: How do you write it?)
Speaking and listening
2 ‘S’ for Sierra
A for Alpha
‘K for Kilo
‘O’ for Oscar
‘T for Tango
A’ for Alpha
Ww

2a
Oo My name's Hallis.
Double R is that?
No, double L, H-A- double L—I-S.
The name's Frazer.
Do you spell that with an S or a Z?
With a Z.
My name's Stevens.
Is that with PH or a V?
With a V.
> My name's Simms.
Is that one M or two?
S-I-double M-S.
Her name’s Helen Stubbs.
Is that P for Papa or B for Bravo?
Double B for Bravo.
What's your initial?
S
Is that F for Foxtrot or S for Sierra?
S for Sierra.
SPOS
-D>WSPLTOLSPOS
POSSOY
a,2b,3b,4a,5b,6b

Piper, that’s P—I-P—E-R.

My name’s Snaithe, spelt S-N-A-I—T—H-E.
Yes, it’s Smeaton, S-M—E—A-T—O-N.
And my surname is Taylor, T-A-Y-L—O-R.
The family name's Sheridon, S-H-E—R-I-D-O-N.
And the second name is Reeder, that’s spelt R-E-E-D-—E-R.
SI
Oss Samuels, S-A-M—U-E-L-S.
Oruk:

310
| Possible answers
1 I'mvery sorry. I've got the wrong number.
Advanced alternative: Sorry to disturb you. I think I've got the wrong
_ number.
2. I’msorry, the signal is bad. I can’t hear you. .
_ Advanced alternative: I’m sorry, this signal's terrible. Could you speak up a
_ bit, please?
_ Revision
_ Writing: model answer
Hi guys,
Great news! Jo and I have just got a new flat.
We're going to paint it next weekend. Jo’s brother’s going to help us and
we're going to paint all the rooms white. We're going to buy a new sofa
and we also need a small table for the kitchen
We're going to move in at the end of the month. My Dad has got a van
so he’s going to help us. The flat’s near the centre of town and it’s not far
from my office so I’m going to sell my car and buy a bike.
When the flat’s ready we're going to have a house-warming party so...
So watch this space for an invitation!
Test yourself
Read and choose |
1b, 2a,3b,4a,5)b, 6b, 73, b, iia, 8b, 9a, 10 b, 11, 12 b, 13 b, 14 b,
15 b, 16 b, 17.a, b,c
Dialogue: model answers
1 You We could have a Chinese meal and watch a DVD at your house.
2 = Your friend Yeah, why not?
3 Lou Shall I get the food and the DVD on the way?
4 Your friend That would be good, Could you get me a Chinese chicken with
rice, please?
5 You No problem. I could get some beer, too.
6 = Your friend No, don't worry about that. I've got some.
7,» Nou What sort of film would you like to see?
8 = Your friend I don't mind.

Answer key 311

UNIT7
The story
acdef
Listening and reading

44 5,2: 5,3 a
2 1 ladies and gentlemen, 2 This is,3 Captain, 4 If you would like to
adjust your watches, 5 estimated time of arrival, 6 forecast.
Vocabulary builder 4

17 seventeen
18 eighteen
19 nineteen
pe
tinereen
20 twent
30 thirt .
40 fort
50 fifty
60 sixty
80 eighty
90 ninety

2 Ninety-nine — 99; Twelve — 12; Forty-three — 43; Thirty-one — 31;

Eleven — 11; Seventy-six — 76; Eighty-five — 85; Twenty-two — 22;
Sixty-four — 64; Fifty-seven — 57; Seventeen — 17; A hundred = 100
[REPT
ise ER Re ee
3 [48 eighteen
93 ninety-three
RCRA SSAOR
86 eighty-six
19 nineteen
14 fourteen
59 fifty-nine
15 fifteen
16 sixteen
37 thirty-seven
68 sixty-eight
13 thirteen
21 twenty-one
45 forty-five
12 twelve
100 a hundred

312
| 4 1Nine and six is fifteen, and twenty-three is thirty-eight and eighteen
| is fifty-six. 2 Four and twelve is sixteen, and two is eighteen and fourteen is
_ thirty-two.
5 a Two, four, six, eight, ten, twelve, fourteen, sixteen, eighteen, twenty
_b One, three, five, seven, nine, eleven, thirteen, fifteen, seventeen,
nineteen
c Five, ten, fifteen, twenty, twenty-five, thirty, thirty-five, forty, forty-five,
fifty
d Three, six, nine, twelve, fifteen, eighteen, twenty-one, twenty-four,
twenty-seven, thirty, thirty-three, thirty-six
e One eight is eight. Two eights are sixteen.
Three eights are twenty-four. Four eights are thirty-two.
Five eights are forty. Six eights are forty-eight.
Seven eights are fifty-six. Eight eights are sixty-four.
Nine eights are seventy-two. Ten eights are eighty.
6.0 20 +10 =30,,b.12—4 =11.¢ 4% G=2/,.d.27 +3 =:
Language discovery 1
1 1 shop,2 dinner party, 3 school, 4 office,5 shop,6 dentist’s,7 office,
8 dentist's, 9 dinner party,10 school
2 16 2.-6,3 ¢4.e¢,5.0
The story 2
VT Gs 2063) fA 5.) 654
2 1 Passport control, 2 Trolleys, 3 Information desk, 4 Baggage reclaim,
5 Customs, 6 Arrivals.
31a Dpankss) Bd SA 6B
Ao Cpe gb
5 1Nowlet’s find ...2 a Would you mind waiting forjust a minute?
b Of course not. c Could you look after my trolley and can you take my
coat, please? d Sure. Go ahead. 3 a Can I help you? b Could you tell me
where the ladies’ is please?
6 1 Tasha's got quite alot of luggage. 2 No, not yet. 3 The suitcases
aren't there yet, anyway. 4 ‘Is that it?’ ‘Is that everything?’ 5 It’s this way.
6 a You haven't got anything to declare, have you? b No nothing. 7 It’s
been really nice talking to you, Tasha. 8 Tasha thanks Oliver for his help...
9 I'll be in touch next week. 10 b.

Answer key 313

Vocabulary builder 2
4 1 baggage, 2 hand luggage, 3 pieces of luggage, 4 (suit)cases
(Luggage is wrong here because the verb is plural — are.)
2 1for (Thank someone for something), 2 to (Talk to someone) (American
English uses ‘talk with someone’), 3 in (be/stay in touch with someone)
3 1by, 2 at, 3in, 4 on, 5 to, 6in, 7 on, 8 to, 9 in
Language discovery 2
4 Suggestions: 1 Let’s have a drink. 2 Let’s go and visit Hilary this
afternoon, shall we? 3 Let’s not watch the football. Why don’t we watch
the film on Channel 5 instead? 4 Let’s go to Mexico. Let’s invite Sam, too.
5 Let's not go to the party. Let’s stay here instead.
Responses
©: any of the following positive responses: Yes, let’s!/OK/All right/Yes,
why not?/that’s a good idea./Yes, why don't we?
@) any of the following negative responses: No, let’s not./Do you
really want to?/I’m not too sure./Perhaps not./Actually, I’m not
too keen.
Practice 1
41 1 Can you say that again, please? “This is more common than ‘Can
you repeat that, please?’ 2 Could you pass the water, please? Yes. Here
you are. 3 Mum/Dad, can you help me with my homework? Of course.
What is it? 4 Would you mind taking a photo of us, please? Not at all.
What do I do? 5 Can you call me back in 10 minutes, please? I’m sorry
but I’m going out right now and it’s urgent. 6 Would you mind not
smoking in the kitchen? Oh, sorry! 7 Could you spell that for me, please?
Yes, its T-H-A...etc.

fF OF

1 Passengers are requested to remain in their seats with their seat belts
fastened — we are entering an area of turbulence. |
2 Passenger Smith going to Rome is requested to go immediately to
Gate 12 where the flight is now closing.
3 All transfer passengers are requested to report to the transfer desk.
4 All passengers are requested to return to their seats. We are beginning
our descent.
5 Passengers are requested to put all hand luggage in the storage space
above your heads.

314
6 All passengers are required to complete a landing card for the
_ immigration authorities.
7 Passengers are requested to remain in their seats until the plane
comes to a complete halt.
a4,b7,¢ 5,d 2,e 1,f 6,9 3
_ Language discovery 3
Excuse me, can you tell me where the coffee bar is, please?
Excuse me, could you tell me where the toilets are, please?
Excuse me, could you tell me how much this is, please?
Excuse me, would you mind telling me how much these are, please?
Excuse me, can you tell me how much this magazine is, please?
= Excuse
rWhDN
au me, could you tell me how much these crisps are, please?
The story 3
A et 2) 2°NO
Zt D240, 3-64 CSreroud
Vocabulary builder 3
1
07.06
1 apacket of crisps; 2 a can of Coke; 3 abar of chocolate, 4 a packet
of chewing gum; 5 a packet of biscuits; 6 a bottle of water; 7 a carton of
fruit juice; 8 a packet of sweets
How do you pronounce it?
1b2436445b66a,7b8a
Practice 2
1 1 Excuse me, how much is this, please? (Direct), 2 How much does this
cost, please? (Direct), 3 Do you know how much this is, please? (Indirect),
4, Excuse me, could you tell me how much this costs, please? (Indirect)
cE TRoe BroMetad2 as A AlSMD aeakoR Ma 0 AL We0ks: a GA cat Bl)
Speaking
Possible answers
4 How much is it again? or I’m sorry but I don't think this change is right.
Advanced alternative: I’m sorry but I think there’s a mistake here.
2 Excuse me, I don’t know where my suitcase is. Could you help me,
please?

Answer key 315

Revision
Writing
4 1 Inthe morning we could go ona tour of London.
Let's go by car.
Who are you talking to?
Is it goingto be on TV?
Stand next to your brother. -
How many passengers are there on this plane?
Don't they have dinner together at the end of the flight?
Bye! I'll see you in five minutes.
Oo Would
KhWN
aU
ON you mind signing on page 2, please?
10 You can change your mind at any time.
2 Talking to a friend: Can you ...?
Asking an office colleague for help: Could you ...?
Asking a hotel receptionist for help: Would you mind ...?
A friend: 1 Can you turn the TV off (please)? 3 Can you pass me the bread
(please)? 8 Can you lend me £20?
An office colleague: 2 Could you show me how to use the new photocopier
(please)? 6 Could you take a message for me? 9 Could you lend me your
stapler?
A hotel receptionist: 4. Would you mind signing here please, sir? 5. Would
you mind not using your mobile in here, please, madam? 7. Would you
mind taking a seat for a moment? 10 Would you mind calling a taxi for
me, please?

Speaking
We AIO

That would be a good_jdea — I've got quite_a lot_pf luggage.

i inute_ Oli
Would you mind waiting for justia minute, Oliver?
Tasha Could you look after my trolley, oh, and can you take my
coat, please?
ies is,
Yes, could_ you tell me where the ladies_is, please?
Tasha The suitcase, the small bag and my handbag — yes that's,
everything.
Yes_,and thanks for the help with the luggage.

316
Test yourself
1b, 2b, 3b, 4a, 5b, 6b, 7b, 8b, 9a, 10b, 11b, 12b
Dialogue: model answers
1 Barbara Could you take the children to school, please? I’m working this
morning.
2 Eva Of course. Would you like me to go to the supermarket on the way
back?
3 Barbara Could you? Can you get some bread, some milk and some cartons
of fruit juice?
4G Eva Fine. Do you need anything else?
5 Barbara No, thanks. Could you take the children to the park after school and
would you mind working on Saturday evening?
6 Eva I can take the children to the park but I’m sorry, I can’t work on
Saturday evening — I'm going to a party.
7 Child Let's all have an ice cream!

Answer key 317

UNIT 8
The story 1
1 By bus
2 candd
Listening and reading 1
1 16°20, 3-40 So
2 1a Could you tell me how to get to the centre of town, please?
(preposition!) b You can go by bus, by train or by underground. 2 a Which
part of London are you going to? b I need to get to Victoria Station. 3 You
can take the A1 Airbus. 4a Where do I get the bus from? b You follow the
sign that says Airbus’. 5 No, the A1 bus goes all the way to Victoria Station.
6 How long does it take to get there?
How do you pronounce it?
Victoria
Paddington
Marylebone
King’s Cross
St Pancras
Euston
Liverpool Street
AU Waterloo
=
BEWD
ON

Listening and reading 2

1 Corrections to false sentences are given in brackets. 1 True. 2 False (270
lines). 3 False (each line has a name). 4 False (the fare depends on the
number of zones). 5 True 6 True. 7 False (it’s quite expensive).
2 1Marble Arch, 2 Oxford Street, 3 Piccadilly Circus, 4 Green Park, 5
Buckingham Palace, 6 Trafalgar Square, 7 Downing Street, 8 The Houses
of Parliament, 9 The LondonEye, 10 St Paul’s Cathedral, 11 Tower eat
12 The Tower of London

318
| How do you pronounce it?
4
08.09

Park Road High Street Eton Avenue

Buckingham Gardens Tudor Drive Moor Close
West Hill Elm Crescent Rose Walk
River Lane Church Grove Esher Place
Orchard Way Maple Court Nova Mews

2 1¢Road/Rd, 2 f Gardens/Gdns, 3 i Lane/La. 4 e Street/St, 5 b Drive/Dr.

6 | Crescent/Cres. 7 j Grove/Gr. 8 h Court/Ct, 9 a Avenue/Ave. 10 d Close/Cl.
11k Walk/Wk 12 g Place/PI.
Language discovery 1
1d,29,3¢,4k, 5j, 6a, 7i, 8b, 9f, 101, 11h,12e
Vocabulary builder
1 1 Train/station/platform, 2 underground (train)/station/platform, 3 bus/
bus stop, 4 coach/coach station, 5 taxi/taxi-rank
2 1map, 2 timetable, 3 ticket, single, return, 4 ticket office, ticket
machine, 5 platform, 6 fare, 7 zone, 8 line, 9 journey, 10 fast, 11 direct,
12 announcements, 13 excursion, 14 tip
3 1fare, 2 timetable, 3 map, 4 ticket machine, 5 ticket office
4 1journey, 2 travel, 3 travel, 4 journey
5 1First you find out about times and prices. 2 Then you book a ticket.
3 You can either change your ticket or cancel the trip. 4 a You get on the
coach b You get off the coach.
Language discovery 2
1 4G, 20
2 All the questions are correct.
3 1how do! get to, 2 where can I book, 3 how could I find out about,
4, how to buy, 5 how I get to, 6 how I can open, 7 how I could change
4 1you follow, 2 you go down, 3 you collect, 4 you go through, 5 you wait,
6 you go up, 7 you get on, 8 you put, 9 you look for, 10 you go to

Answer key 319

5 1Where do I sign? 2 Can you tell me what to write/what I write in this
card? 3 Where do I pay, please? 4 correct 5 correct 6 How do I open this
door? 7 correct 8 Do I give a tip or not?
6 -1bp2e 3.640). 54 69-7 heed
7. 11,20, 3h,.4656.6b, 74, 8 £9 9, 10) 17k, 12)
8 1¢,2a
The story 2
4b
2 1Excuse me, can you tell me the time, please? 2 Yes, it’s five to eight.
3 Many thanks.
Language discovery 3
4 Watch hands should show the following times: 1 11:00, 2 3:30, 3 4:15,
45:45, 5 8:50, 6 10:25

2
08.07
The first train in the morning leaves at 6.22, then there’s another at 7.49,
one at 8.13, and another at 9.56. To come back you can leave at 13.05, or
14.50, or there are later trains at 15.32 and 16.09.
To go To come back
1 6.22 (six twenty-two) 1 13.05 (thirteen ‘o’ five)
2 7.49 (seven forty-nine) 2 14.50 (fourteen-fifty)
3 8.13 (eight thirteen) 3 15.32 (fifteen thirty-two)

4 9.56 (nine fifty-six) 416.09 (sixteen ‘o’ nine)

3 a3A Every hour, on the hour. b 2 C Twice an hour, at a quarter past

and quarter to each hour. c 1B Four times an hour, at five past, twenty
past, twenty-five to and ten to the hour.
4 1b, 2d, 3a, 4c
5 1 Desde
7 1How long does it take you to have breakfast? 2 How long does it take
you to get to work? 3 How long does it take you to get to the nearest
supermarket? 4 How long does it take the children to walk to school?

320
 eo aa
a
It’s a few minutes to one.

ing
Of course. Er, actually, it's exactly one o'clock.

Yeah, it’s just before one.

Could you tell me what the time is, please?
Yes, it's just after one.
Excuse me, can you tell me what time it is, please?
Sorry, I haven't got a watch but I think it’s around one.
6 A Do you know what the time is, Sharon?
B Let me see, it's almost one.

a1, 3,5,6;b2,5;C4,5
9 1 Dad, what’s the time? 2 Excuse me, could you tell me the time,
please? 3 John, have you got the time? 4, Could you tell me what the time
is, please? 5 Excuse me, can you tell me what time it is, please? 6 Do you
know what the time is, Sharon?

=o so fo fo
10

eo
111624
fe ooJwfoos oe
42 1a in the past. 2 a in the past. For example, you've got your ticket.
Practice
1 1 fly, 2 leaves, 3 picks you up, 4 drive, 5 takes, 6 get, 7 happens, 8 do we
get?, 9 meets, 10 takes, 11 show, 12 leaves, 13 are, 14, come, 15 do we get?
21j, 2h, 3f, 4i, 5b, 6e, 7g, 8c 9a, 10d
3
~ > .@
06.10

Excuse me, how can I get to Windsor?

Take the train at Platform 5 and change at Egham.
2 You Do you know if this train stops at Reading?
No, this is a non-stop to Paddington.
Which platform is it for Brighton, please?
Number 7, sir.
How much is a single to Hull, please?
£22.

Answer key 321

 5 You How often do the trains run to Waterloo?
Every half an hour— at ten to and twenty past the hour,
6 You Is this the right train for Birmingham?
No, this is the Liverpool train.
7 You I want to go to Cardiff. Where do I change?
It’s not necessary, this bus goes all the way there.
8 You When's the next coach to Glasgow, please?
In ten minutes, at half past.
9 You Could you tell me how to get to London from here, please?
Yes, take the next train from Platform 10.
10 You How long does it take to get Cambridge from London?
On a fast train? Just under an hour.

Writing and speaking

2 Possible answers
1 I’m sorry but I’m not from here. 2 Excuse me, have you got change for a
£20 note, please? I need to buy a ticket from the machine.
Revision
Writing: model answer
On 15th September I fly to Lima in Peru. I'm staying at the Hostal Las
Americas, like last year. Then, two days later, on the 17th, my Spanish
course starts. I’m doing intermediate this time. On 19th December I
take my end of course exam. I hope I pass. I’m spending Christmas and
New Year with friends and then on 2nd January I fly to Cusco where I’m
meeting my brother Ben. The next day we take a train to Aguas Calientes
and walk up to Machu Picchu. I’m really looking forward to it! On sth
January Ben and I fly to Sydney in Australia. We're going to visit our family
there and meet our new baby cousin. A week later, on the 12th, Ben flies
home to London because he’s got a new job and he starts on the 14th.
On the same day I go to Beijing in China where I’m staying with Caroline,
an ex-colleague. Caroline's got tickets for us to go on a coach tour of the
Great Wall of China on the 15th. We leave in the morning and come back
around five. Then I’m spending two days visiting Beijing with Caroline.
Finally, on 18th January I fly home to London. I think I'm going to need a
holiday after all that travelling!

322
Test yourself
Which one is right?
1b, 2a, 3b, 4a, 5A b,Bb,6b, 7a, 8a, 9b, 10b

Dialogue: model answers

You Two tickets to Hampton Court, please.
Clerk Single or return?
You Return, please.
Clerk That's nineteen pounds elghty please.
N
pW
ou You When's the next train? OR At what time does the next train
leave?
7 Clerk In 10 minutes, at twenty to eleven.
& You And to come back, how often do the trains run?
9 = Clerk There are two trains an hour, at ten past and twenty to the hour.
Oo You How long does the journey take?
1 Clerk About half an hour.
12 You Thank you.
13 You Excuse me. Is this the right train for Hampton Court, please?
OR
Excuse me. Does this train go to Hampton Court, please?

Answer key cm)h

UNIT 9
The story 1

b
Listening and reading 1

41 1False, 2 True, 3 We don't know, 4 False, 5 False, 6 False

2 1Hi, 2a It’s lovely to see you again. b It’s great to see you too. 3 How
are things, 4 a How was your flight? b It was all right. c 13 hours is a bit
long and tiring but I’m here now. 5 a Thanks for picking me up, by the way,
b That’s OK. We're glad you could come.
Language discovery 1
4 1expensive to go. 2 correct to ask. 3 difficult/hard to understand.
4 interesting to visit; boring. 5 kind of him to invite. 6 useful to know.
7 important not to arrive. 8 tiring to work. 9 wonderful to see.
10 frustrating not to get. 11 difficult/hard not to eat
2 1It’s nice to talk to you again. 2 It’s better not to go. 3 It’s easy
to contact people with email. 4 It’s boring to wait for someone for a
long time 5 It’s exciting to visit a foreign country. 6 It’s normal not to
understand everything in a foreign language.
3 1¢2b,3a
4 1Awas B wasn't, was, 2 A were B was, wasn't, 3 A wasn’t B wasn't, was
it?, 4 A was A was, 5 A weren't B was (Children call their teachers Miss or
Sir). 6 A were, 7 was, was
How do you pronounce it?
41 1weak, 2 strong, 3 weak, 4 weak, 5 strong
3 10,20a,3b,4a,5b,6b,74a,8b
Language discovery 2
1 1tired, 2 surprising, 3 bored, 4 interesting, 5 boring, 6 interested,
7 fascinating, 8 frustrating, 9 disappointed
2 1 tiring —reason/source, 2 excited — feeling, 3 surprised — feeling,
4 boring — reason/source, 5 Correct
3 1 Thanks for helping me. 2 Thanks for coming to pick us up. 3 Thank
you very much for waiting for me. 4 Thank you for meeting us. 5 Thanks
for calling. ;
4 1 Thanks for inviting me. 2 Thanks for waiting for me. 3 Thank you
for helping me. 4 Thanks for letting me know. 5 Thank you for asking.
6 Thanks for going with me. 7 Thanks for calling. 8 Thanks for coming.

324
| 5 1Informal: EITHER No problem OR Any time 2 Formal: EITHER You're
_ welcome OR Not at all 3 Neutral: That’s OK OR That’s all right 4 Neutral:
That's OK OR That's all right 5 Informal: No problem OR Any time 6
Formal: You're welcome OR Not at all
Vocabulary builder 1
4
10 —ten
100 — a hundred
1,000 — a thousand
10,000 — ten thousand
100,000 — a hundred thousand
1,000,000 — a million
1,000,000,000 — a billion
2 True
3 1Five hundred and ninety-four thousand. 2 Six hundred and eleven
thousand, four hundred and twenty. 3 Four thousand, six hundred and
one. 4 Eight hundred and twenty-seven. 5 Thirty-two thousand, one
hundred and fifty-eight. 6 Twenty-four million, two hundred and fifty
thousand. 7 Six thousand, three hundred and sixty-eight. 8 Nine hundred
and twenty-three thousand, seven hundred and fifty.
4 Seventy million (passengers a year), a hundred and ninety-one
thousand, two hundred (people a day), one thousand, three hundred
(flights), eighty (airlines), a hundred and eighty-four (destinations), three
hundred and twenty (businesses), seventy six thousand, five hundred
(employees), three hundred and fifty-three thousand and twenty (square
meters).
The story 2
a False, b False, c False
Listening and reading 2
41. The True sentences are: 2, 4, 7, 9 and 11.
2 1Thecar is on level 4. 3 The car park costs £6.00. 5 They take the trolley
in the lift. 6 Helen’s got a green Ford. 8 They put the suitcase in the boot.
10 Helen puts her coat in the back but Tasha keeps her coat on.

Answerkey 325
3 1But first, I have to pay ... 2 Wait a minute. 3 Let me see if I've got the
right money. 4 a I'm afraid I haver't got ... b Don’t worry. 5 I’m getting
this. 6 a Can I help you with your suitcase? b No, really, it’s all right, thanks.
I can manage. c Come on! Let me help. Don't lift that big suitcase. d OK.
Thanks, It is quite heavy.
4 1Here it is, in my pocket. 2 change; notes 3 Could you just hold this bag
.. 4 while 5 on the top 6 on your own 7 quite 8 I think I'll keep mine on.
9 have arest 10 i biiciiia.
5 1i, 2h, 3e, Gf, 5j, 6c, 7b, 8a, 9d,10g
Language discovery 3
4 1has to. 2 do I have to. 3 We don't have to. 4 Do I have to? 5 you don't
have to. 6 I don't have to. 7 do you have to. 8 have to. 9 have to. 10 do I
have to.
2 1Don't wait. 2 Don't forget. 3 Don’t worry! 4 Don't write.
3 1b,2a,3¢,4f,5d,6c
4 A:2¢,B:6e,C:4f,D:5d,E:3a,F:1b
5 1b,2¢,3d,4a
6 1-5 are all True.
Vocabulary builder 2
1 1Mind your head, 2 Insert your card here, 3 Queue here, 4 Look right,
5 Please drive slowly, 6 Cut along the dotted line, 7 Beware of the dog,
8 Book your tickets here, 9 Stop, 10 Give way
2 1Mind the bus! 2 Mind the step! 3 Mind your legs! 4 Mind your door!
OR Mind the car!
3 1Nosmoking, 2 No parking, 3 No bathing, 4 No entry, 5 No left turn,
6 No photography
Language discovery 4
2 19,2¢,36,4d,5h,6i,7a,8e
3 1No, it’s heavy. Let me take it! 2 Come on! It’s my turn. Let me pay.
this time. 3 Wait a second. Let me open the door for you. 4 Let me call an
ambulance. 5 Come on, it’s late! Let me take you. 6 No really. Let me do
something to help. 7 Come on! Let me have a look at it.
4 1e,29,36,4h,50,6d,7f, 8c
5 11’mafraid so. 2 I’m afraid not. 3 I'm afraid not. 4 I’m afraid not.
5 I’m afraid not. 6 I’m afraid so.

326
|

Practice
1 1TI'll get this. 2 I'm getting these. 3 Let me get the ice creams today, 4
I'll get this on my credit card.
2 Possible answers
1 What shall I call you? Advanced alternative: What would you like me to
call you? 2 I've got some change. Here you are.
Revision
Writing: model answer
The phrases from the box are in bold.

TITANIC
The film Titanic is about a real passenger ship. The producer creates a love
story to show what happens when the huge ship hits an iceberg and sinks
in the North Atlantic. This was on 15th April 1912, during the ship’s first
voyage, from England to New York, with 2,224 people on board.
The film begins with 101-year-old Rose Calvert on a boat around the wreck
of the Titanic. She tells the story of when she was a 17-year-old first-class
passenger, travelling with her rich fiancé Cal and her mother, Ruth. Young
‘Rose is unhappy with her life and tries to jump off the ship but Jack
Dawson (a third-class passenger) doesn’t let her. Later Cal gives Rose a SHCHOOSHS

present, a necklace with an enormous and extremely expensive, heart-

shaped blue diamond, called ‘The Heart of the Ocean’.
Rose goes to find Jack to thank him for saving her. They become close
SRAOSHEHHSSTHSSTOOHOTEHEHEEHAHSEDEHSERESLOESBOY
and spend time having fun, drinking and dancing in third class.
The next day Rose's mother, Ruth, tells her daughter that she has to
marry Cal because they have no money. Rose knows this but she loves
Jack. That evening Jack draws a picture of Rose wearing her ‘Heart of the
Ocean’ necklace.
Suddenly, the ship hits an iceberg. It rips a big hole in the ship and water
begins to rush in. Rose finds Jack but there aren't enough lifeboats and the
ship is going to sink. They go to the back and jump off as the ship goes
down. Jack dies in the water but Rose manages to survive and she finds
the ‘Heart of the Ocean’ diamond in her coat pocket. She changes her
name to Rose Dawson and never has contact with Cal again.
At the end of the film, Rose is 101 years old. She goes to the edge of
the salvage boat and throws the ‘Heart of the Ocean’ diamond into the
water - her love for Jack is still alive. She goes to her cabin and goes to
sleep: she is with Jack again.
ODE SPSOSCHCHS
POOH OSHHSSOHSSHSHHSSHSHEHHSTHHSHHHEHEHHEHDHHOHTHEHHHHHTHHHHEHETESSHHETHEHHEHHEHHOHTH
SSSSTSHSSHOHSHSTETHSHHTOTHEHTESHESEHEHESHSEHEHHHBHEOBES

Answer key 327

Review: How was the film for me?
It’s very easy to see why Titanic is such a famous film. The main actors,
Kate Winslet (Rose) and Leonardo di Caprio (Jack) are amazing but I’m
afraid it’s difficult to follow the story in places because it jumps from the
past to the present and back to the past etc. I was very impressed by the
music. It’s not a new film but if you don't know it, let me recommend it.
Don’t miss it!
Test yourself

Which one is right?

1q,2a,3b,4b,5b,6b,7a,8b,9b,10a

Dialogue: model answers

1 Your friend Hello, X. It’s great to see you again.
2 You Hi, X. It's lovely to see you too.
3 Your friend How was your journey?
4 You Tt was good thanks. How are things with you?
5 Your friend I'm fine. The taxis are this way.
6 You Thank you for picking me up, by the way.
7 Your friend That's OK. Look, here’s a taxi. Go on!
You get in first.
8 Your friend How much is it, please?
9 You Let me pay.
10 Your friend No, I’m getting this.

328
UNIT 10
The story 1
1 No; 2a Yes, b No, c Yes, d Yes
Listening and reading 1
41 Number of nights: 14; Price range: £80 — £100 a night; Location:
central; Name of hotel: Trafalgar; Price: £95
2 1a Who's next? b I think lam. 2aHow many of you are there? b It’s
just for me. 3 a How much is that one? b £95 a night.
3 1I'd like to book a room, please. 2 a How long is it for? b From tonight
until the end of next week. 3 He needs a single room. 4 I don’t mind,
as long as it’s central. 5 a What sort of price are you looking to pay? b
Between £80 and £100 a night. 6 Have you got any vacancies? 7 Would
you like to take a seat...
Language discovery 1
41 1How many is it for? (‘it’ refers to ‘table’) 2 When are they for? 3 How
much is it for? 4 Who are they for? 5 How long is that for?
2 1 aslong as we go to London.
2 aslong as you take me home afterwards.
as long as it doesn't rain.
as long as we get there by twenty past.
as long as it isn’t too noisy.
WwW
Db
nu as long as you are back by eleven o'clock.
7 aslong as you find me a room.
3 1£130 amonth, 2 £7.50 a bunch, 3 £1.20 akilo,, 4 £2.00 a box, 5 £1.35 a
packet, 6 £6.99 a bottle
Vocabulary builder 4
1¢c,2d,3b,49,5h,6¢,7j,8a,9f,
10i
Language discovery 2
4 1Johnand Sheila do. 2 I am. 3 Sue isn't. 4 I have. 5 We can. 6 I’m afraid
Mike doesn't. 7 I do but my partner doesn't. 8 Robert is. 9 I do. 10 No one
does. 11 Kate has. 12 We all do.
2 All answers: There are XXX of us. If you're alone, the answer to
Question 2 is: Just me.
3 1¢,2d,3¢,4a,5b
4 1acold one, 2 the black one. 3 the/my old one. 4 the/this/that red one.
5 a short one. 6 the/your new ones. 7 a red one. 8 the dirty ones. 9 the/my
other one’s.

Answer key 329

The story 2
1 1No23
Listening and reading 2
1

Name of Hotel |The Park Hotel The Royal Hotel

Price per night £95 £99
Ensuite bathrooms _lYes ae. ete EGS a
=
Free wifi —
Yes a
Yes
tri}
Tea and coffee facilities ~Yes shi Yes oe
Breakfast included Yes ae Sa
Nes
|
Type of breakfast : _{Continental/English Continental:
|
Oliver chooses Yes |
2 1Sorry to keep you waiting. 2 Have you got anything else? 3 The Park is
smaller, it’s in a quieter street and is perhaps a little more comfortable. It’s
more traditional. 4 I'll take the room at the Park.
Vocabulary builder 2
1 C-Close to (near) King’s Cross Station.
2 The Royal Scot is: large, modern, good for visiting London's shops, good
for tourists (sightseeing). It has got: more than 200 rooms.
3 1quiet ... near, 2 expensive ... central ... comfortable, 3 clean ... friendly
4 arolls, b butter, c jam, d hot chocolate, e coffee, f toast, g tea, h
yoghurt, i cheese, jcroissants, k cereal, |coffee, m cereal, n eggs, o bacon,
p tomatoes, q mushrooms, r sausages, s marmalade, t fruit juice, u toast,
v butter, w tea ‘
Language discovery 3
1 1Have you got anything smaller? 2 Have you got anything longer?
3 Have you got anything earlier? 4 Have you got anything nearer the
centre? / more central?
2 ‘not as quiet. 2 not as comfortable as. 3 not as traditional. 4 not as
good as, as near.
3 1I'll take the small one, please. 2 I'll take the black and white one
please. 3 I'll take the more expensive one, please.
The story 3

a passport — no, b room number — yes, c restaurant —no, d breakfast room

— yes, e cost — no, f luggage — yes

330
| Listening and reading 3
1 1the registration card. 2 508. 3 downstairs. 4, 7.00 — 10.00. 5 Not much.
2 1I’ve got aroom booked. 2 In what name? 3... on the fifth floor. 4
Breakfast is served in the breakfast room. 5 Downstairs. 6 Round the
corner to your right. 7 1 hope you enjoy your stay.
Vocabulary builder 3
1 10th — tenth; 9th — ninth; 8th — eighth; 7th — seventh; 6th — sixth; 5th —
fifth; 4th — fourth
2 1It's onthe ground floor. 2 Yes, it’s on the second floor. 3 Downstairs,
the breakfast room’s on the lower ground floor. 4, The bar’s on the first
floor.
3 For ordinal numbers, add the letters ‘th’ to the number. The ordinals
first, second, and third are irregular.
Language discovery 4
1 Ihope you have a good weekend. 2 I hope you have a nice evening. 3
I hope you enjoy your holiday. 4 I hope you have a good journey. § I hope
everything goes well,
The Story 4
1 aNo,b Yes, c Yes, d No, e Yes, fNo, g Yes
2 1b,24,3b,44,5¢,6b ’
Listening and reading 4
41 11 haven't stayed here before. 2 a First I visited our new
representative ... b then on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday I went
to the Computer fair. c I talked to a lot of people there and had lots of
meetings 3 a On the flight on the way back I met a very interesting girl.
b Oh, did you? 4 I’m going to call her one day next week. 5 We might
have dinner together. 6 a Here, get means receive b I left a message at
your hotel two days ago. c What was it about? (preposition!) 7 What's
happened?
2 1 Hello dear.
2 aQuite nice, b No, it’s a quiet hotel.

Answer key 331

Language discovery 5
4 Natalie Hi, Dan, did you have a good weekend?
Dan Yes, I did thanks. It was really nice, actually. On Saturday, I
washed the car. Then in the afternoon I took the children to
the park. Yesterday I played tennis in the morning and for
lunch we had a barbecue in the garden.
Natalie Great!
Dan How about you? What did you do?
Natalie I was so tired after last week. I really didn’t do much at all. I
saw a good film on the TV on Saturday night and yesterday
I just relaxed at home. My husband's sister came to see us.
We didn’t want to cook so we got an Indian takeaway. Later,
in the evening we went out for a drink and then we drove
her home.
2 1 Oliver has arrived. 2 He has spoken. 3 Has he called. 4, He hasn't
contacted. 5 has he been.
3.1 A Have you seen the film Titanic?
B Yes, I have.
2 A How many times have you been to France?
B I've been lots of times.
A How many countries have you visited?
B Me? I’ve been to the States but I haven't been anywhere else.
A How many jobs has your brother had?
B He hasn't had many actually.
A How many English books have you read?
B I've read hundreds.
A Have you finished?
B No, not yet.
A You haven't forgotten, have you?
B No, of course not.
A My sister's (has) bought a new house.
B Oh! Has she? Whereabouts?
Practice
40B, GyrA, CE, 3, LHD
3 Possible answers
1 The television in my room doesn't work. 2 I’m very sorry but I can't find
my key card. Advanced alternative: I'm terribly sorry but I think I’ve lost
my key card.

332
| Revision
__ Writing: model answer

re MY LIFE STORY
_ 3 My name is Nicolette Smith. I was born in Edinburgh on sth April 1982.
: Iam the first of two children, so I’ve got one sister.
I didn’t go to a nursery but I went to Fernhill primary school when I was
four years old. I really liked reading and art when I was there. My secondary
school was called Teddington High School and I studied there from 11 years
to 18 years old. I took exams in Maths, Chemistry and English.
eeeeeeeeoeceeoes
: I haven't been to university OR I’ve been to university. I studied English in York
: and got my degree in 2003. Ilived in student accommodation for the first
year and after that I shared a house with three friends. I’ve never lived on my
own. Every year, during the summer holidays, I worked as a tourist guide.
I've also worked as a hotel receptionist. That was in the evenings during
my university course. After my degree my first job was as a trainee
manager in a pharmaceutical company. I worked there for three years,
from 2003 to 2006. After that I moved to my present job as a research
assistant in the same company.
My husband and I have been married for three years and we have one
child, a girl.
I've travelled quite a lot. As my mother is French, I’ve spent a lot of time
with my grandparents in France. I’ve also been to Kenya, Korea and some
Latin American countries. In Brazil Iwent on a trip down the Amazon. It
was amazing.
My mother has always spoken to me in French so I speak it fluently. I’ve
also learnt some Mandarin. I did an evening course for beginners a few
years ago. I love foreign languages and cultures. STEREO
SSHS
ORHSSSSHS
SCOHOHSOSHTHSHSHSSHHSHSHSHHSHSHSHSFHSHSSSHSSSSHHSHFHGSHHHSHHGEHHHEHGHSHGHSIHHHSHTOFOSHVGE
ESAS
SHSOSSTSHSHHSHSHOHOSHSHAHHFHHSS
EHHHOSORHOEEHHESEEDES

Test yourself
Which one is right?
1b,2b,3a,40,5b,6a,7b,8a,9b,10b, 11b, 12 b, 13.4, 14b
Dialogues: model answers
A
4 ‘Travel agent What sort of hotel are you looking for?
2 yOu I don't mind, as long as it’s quiet.
3 ~—«CTravel agent How many of you are there?
4 You There are two of us.

Answer key 333

 Travel agent What sort of price are you looking to pay?
au You Anything up to £90.
Travel agent How about the Plaza Hotel? That one’s £85
a night.
You OK.
Travel agent How would you like to pay?
You By card, please.

Shop assistant Can I help you?

You Yes, have you got a bigger one like this?
Shop assistant Yes, I have = this one.
You I'll take that one, please.

334
Glossary
Auxiliary (verb) A verb used with another verb. The auxiliary (verb)
shows tense etc. For example:
She is reading Present progressive
He can drive Modal auxiliary/ability
I have finished Present perfect
Reading, drive and finished are the main verbs — they give the meaning.
Is, can’t, have are the auxiliaries.
> The auxiliary for the present simple is do/does.
> The auxiliary for the past simple is did.
> Auxiliaries are always part of the verb in all other tenses,
We use auxiliaries to make questions. We change the word order: the
auxiliary goes before the person. For example:
She is reading.
Is she reading?
She likes Coke.
Does she like Coke? ’
To make the verb negative, we add n’t (not) to the auxiliary. For example:
He can't drive.
She doesn’t like Coke.
Some auxiliaries have a short form or contraction (see Contraction), for
example he’s, they're, we’ve. Contractions are common in spoken English
and informal written English.
Auxiliaries are very important in English because we use them a lot
to make conversation: Question tags and short answers both use
auxiliaries.
Some examples of auxiliaries in question tags are:
He’s working, isn’t he?
They're married, aren’t they?
She’s got a cat, hasn’t she?
“And here are some examples of auxiliaries in short echo questions:

Glossary 335
 A He's here. B Oh, is he?
A They can't come. B Can't they? Why not?
A She's had the baby. B Has she? Is it a boy or a girl?
Comparative Comparing two things. For example:
Peter is older than his brother. Short adjective old + er (than)
A house is more expensive than a flat. Longer adjective, more +
adjective (+ than)
Contraction A short form of verbs be and have, some auxiliary verbs and
us in let’s. We write an apostrophe (‘) in the place of the missing letters.
For example:
ITam=I’m
It is and it has = it’s
He would not = He wouldn't
Contractions are very common in spoken and informal written English.
Direct language can be impolite in English. For example: Give me a
glass of water is often impolite. It is more polite to use indirect language,
for example: Could you give me a glass of water, please?
Echo questions help conversation. They show you are interested and
want to continue the conversation. Echo questions have two words: the
auxiliary + subject. For example:
A I live in Paris. B Do you?
A He hasn't got a car. B Hasn't he?
Formal language is appropriate with people you don't know, people in
authority and official situations and documents (see Informal language
and Neutral language). For example: Thanks is informal language.
Thank you very much indeed is formal.
Gerund The verb + -ing, used like a noun. For example:
I enjoy travelling.
Imperative The verb without to, for example, Wait a minute.
Remember the imperative is a danger zone for learners of English. We
often use other forms of the verb to ask/tell someone to do something.
The imperative is common for:

336
 Wishes: Have a nice day!
Instructions: Take this train.
Directions: Turn left at the end of the road.
Warnings: Be careful!
Informal language Appropriate with family, friends and children. For
example, Bye/See you later is informal and Goodbye is neutral/formal.
Intonation is the music or movement of the voice on the syllable with
stress. English expresses different meanings through intonation. For
example:
Yes 2m
Flat intonation. The person isn’t interested.
Yes
A big movement in the pitch of the voice. The person is interested.
Less direct language English uses indirect language a lot. It helps
conversation and communication. Direct language with flat intonation
can sound rude. For example:
Dialogue 1 — direct Dialogue 2 — less direct
A Where's John? Do you know where John is?
B I’ve got no idea. I’m afraid I’ve got no idea.
The words in Dialogue 1, with flat intonation, can sound rude. The words in
Dialogue 2 are less direct.
Neutral language Appropriate in most situations. For example, Thank
you is appropriate with people you know, people you don’t know, people
in authority and children; Thanks is informal and Thank you very much
indeed is formal (see Formal language and Informal language).
Past participle The verb + ed. The third part of an irregular verb, for
example see/saw/seen — seen, is the past participle. We use the verb have
+ past participle to form the perfect tenses. For example, J have eaten —
present perfect.
Plural More than one. For example: sandwiches, grapes.
Preposition Little words that connect nouns, etc., with other words. For
example, to the station (direction), at the restaurant (place), before two
o'clock (time).
The preposition is sometimes part of a phrase. For example: interested in,
I’m interested in sport or to be married to, She’s married to a Frenchman.

Glossary 337
There are lots of prepositions in English. They are a problem zone for
learners because it’s often difficult to know which preposition to use. To
help you:
> Try to learn the meanings of the prepositions (for example
direction = to)
> When you learn a phrase with a preposition, remember to learn the
preposition, too!
Question tag A short question form at the end of a sentence. This
question form with falling intonation isn't really a question. It is a way of
starting or making conversation.
For example:
A Terrible weather, isn’t it? —_B Yes. It’s not very good, is it?
The speakers know that the weather is terrible. They are not really
asking questions. They are using question tags to start/continue the
conversation.
Schwa The vowel sound / a /, as in a book. It is the only sound in English
with a name!
Short answers Yes and No alone can often sound rude in English. Short
answers are: Yes/No + person + auxiliary. For example:
A Is Sue here? B Yes, she is.
A Can you drive? B No, I can't.
Singular One only, for example, a bus, a biscuit.
Stress Emphasis or force on a syllable or word. In all words with two
syllables or more in English, one syllable has stress. Example, Eng - lish,
fan — tas — tic.
In sentences, the stress is on the important words, the words with a lot of
meaning. For example, I’ve bought some bread, some cheese and some
fruit. .
In English we also use stress to give a particular meaning or emphasis:
Could I have a cold drink? (meaning not a hot one).
We also use it to correct people. For example, The books on the desk, not
under it.
Syllable Part of a word with a vowel sound. For example, the word
question has two syllables, ques — tion. And the word popular has three,
pop —u-—lar.

338
Uncountable Nouns that you can’t count — mass nouns. For example, rice
and money are uncountable nouns. You can't say one, two, three + noun.
Weak form In some short, common words (for example but, for, from,
to, was, does), the vowel has two pronunciations: one strong (when the
word has stress), for example, who is it for?; and one weak (when the
word doesn’t have stress), for example, it’s for you. Read the following
phrases: it’s for you, but not now, from Tom, to Paris, Was it good? Does
she know? In all the words that are not stressed - those not in bold - the
pronunciation of the vowel is schwa - it is very short and weak. Schwa is
the most common weak form vowel sound.

Glossary 339
Quick reference:
communicative
functions

The figure in brackets () is the unit number.

Ability (3)
Questions: Can you + verb?
Do you + verb?
Responses: No, not at all
Yes, but not very well
Yes, not too badly

Asking about the same topic (3)

And you?
How about you?

Asking for an alternative — general (10)

Have you got anything else?

Asking for an alternative - specific

Can I/ Could I have X instead, please? (2)
Have you got anything + short adjective + -er?
Example: Have you got anything cheaper? (10)
Have you got anything + more + long adjective
Example: Have you got anything more suitable?

Asking for help — indirect questions (7)

Can you tell me where X is, please?
Do you know how much X costs, please?
Could you tell me if...

340
Asking for help, systems - present simple (8)
What/Where/When/How do I... + verb?
Example: Where do I sign?

Asking for information (6)

Could you tell me...? I'd like (to know)... What’s the ...?
Example: Could you tell me
Tetike (éo know) the time of the next train,
please?
What’s

Asking for opinions (9)

How is/was ...?
Example: How was your meal?

Asking for things (2)

Could I have ...?
Example: Could I have a glass of water, please?

Asking someone to do something

Can you ..., Could you ..., Would you mind + verb + -ing (7)
Examples: Can you/Could you wait a moment, please?
Would you mind waiting a moment?
Ifyou would like to ... (very indirect) (7)
Example: Ifyou would like to call again tomorrow...

Attracting attention (1)

Excuse me...
Example: Excuse me, could I have the bill, please?

Buying things, decisions (10)

I'll take...
Example: I'll take this one

Choosing ~ responding to offers (2)

X, please
X for me, please

Quick reference: communicative functions 341

I'd like X, please
Could I have X, please?
I'll have X, please

Decisions (2)
Files
Negative decisions — I don’t thinkI will (2)

Decisions, buying (10)

I'll take ...
Negative decision — I think I'll leave it

Insisting, offering help (9)

Come on! Let me... + verb
Example: Come on. Let me do that!
Response: Yes: Thank you / Thanks
No: No thank you / thanks. I can manage

Invitations and offers

Question: Would you like a....? (1)
Example: Would you like an ice cream?
Responses: _ Yes: Yes, please. That would be nice
Yes, please. I'd love one/some
No: No, thank you
No, thanks. I’m fine
Question: Would you like to ...? (7)
Response: Yes: Yes, that would be nice
No: I'm sorry, I’m... (reason)
Question: Ifyou would like to ... (a very indirect way of
asking someone to do something)
Responses: _ Yes: Thank you
Yes, of course
Yes, that’s fine
Yes, I'll...
No: I’m sorry but I can't

342
| Likes and dislikes - like, enjoy, mind, be keen on (4)
Question: Do you like/enjoy X/verb + -ing?
Do you like your job?
Do you enjoy being a mother/father?
Responses:
Very positive: Yes, I really enjoy it
Yes: ~ Yes, I quite like it
Neutral: I don’t mind it
No: I’m not very keen on it, actually
Very negative: Actually, I don't like it at all

Making conversation
actually (3) Actually, I + verb OR I + verb, actually
Example: I live in London, actually
echo questions (3)
auxiliary + person
Do you? /Have you?/Can she?/Aren't they? etc.

Number of people, talking about the (10)

Question: How many of you are there?
Response: There are X of us

Offers (see Invitations and offers)

Offering help (6)

Offers: I can...
I could...
LW
Shall I ...?
Would you like me to ...?
Example: Ican
I could do that for you (, ifyou like).
I'll

Quick reference: communicative functions 343

Example: Shall I
Would you like me to do that for you?

Responses: Yes: Thanks

Thank you
That's very kind of you
Can you? Could you? Would you?
No: Thanks for the offer but it’s all right
Thanks but I can manage

Offering more
(some) more, another (1)
Question: Would you like some more coffee?
Would you like another sandwich?
Responses: (see Invitations)

Permission, asking for (2)

Questions: Is it all right if I ...?
Could I ...?
Can I...?
Example: Is it all right ifI
Could I use your phone?
Can I

Responses: Yes: Of course. Go ahead.

No: I’m sorry but ...+ reason

Possibilities and suggestions (6)

We could ...
Example: We could go to the cinema
You can...
Example: You can tell me tomorrow

344
Possibilities, suggestions and offers (see Offering help)

Price, talking about the (10)

Question: What sort of price are you looking to pay?
Response: Maximum: Anything up to XXX
Anything under XXX
As long as it’s less than XXX
Approximately: About XXX
Around XXX

Rejecting an offer of help (9)

No, really. It’s all right thanks
No, really. Ican manage

Requests (see Asking for things/Asking people to do things)

Same, asking for the (2)

The same for me, please
I'll have X, too, please

Starting a conversation — question tags (1)

Adjective,+ isn’t it?
Example: Nice, isn't it?
Not very + adjective, + is it?
Example: Not very interesting, is it?
Sentence + question tag
Examples: He isn’t playing very well, is he?
It was a good film, wasn't it?

Suggesting doing something together (7)

Let’s ... + verb
Example: Let's go to the cinema
Responses: Yes: OK
All right
Yes, why not?

Quick reference: communicative functions 345

 That’s a good idea
Yes, why don’t we?
No: Do you really want to?
I’m not too sure
Perhaps not
Actually, I’m not too keen
Negative suggestion: Let’s not...
Example: Let’s not go to the party. I’m too tired

Suggestions, possibilities and offers (see Offering help)

Thanking (9)
Neutral: Thank you for + verb + -ing
Thank you e.g. for inviting me
very much
Formal: Thank you
very much
indeed
Informal: Thanks
Many thanks
Thanks a lot
Responses:
Neutral: That’s OK
That's all right
Formal: You're welcome
Not at all
Informal: No problem
Any time

346
Why, saying (5)
Question: Why are you ...?
Responses: to... + verb
because I want to...
because I need to...
because I like to...
so (that) (I can)
because...
because of ... + noun
Example: A Why are you going to Italy?
B To
Because I want to
Because I need to
visit my Italian friends
Because I like to
So (that) (I can)
Because of my friends — they're Italian
Because I’m going to visit my Italian friends

Quick reference: communicative functions 347

Quick reference: English
grammar :
Grammar is about the job of each word or phrase in a sentence. Let's
look at eight of the main parts of speech.
1 Nouns
Nouns — e.g. table, John, happiness — are people, things, animals, places
and abstract concepts.
4.1 Nouns can be common or proper, e.g. bus is a common noun and
July is a proper noun, i.e. it starts with a capital letter
4.2 Nouns can be singular or plural, e.g. a dictionary (singular = one),
three clocks (plural = more than one). We usually add s or es to make a
noun plural but there are some exceptions, e.g. one child, two children.
Some nouns are singular in English and plural in some other languages,
e.g. news, information, advice, furniture.
1.3 Nouns can be countable (= you can count the things) or
uncountable (= you can't count it), e.g. one brother, two brothers but
water, rice, happiness.

LANGUAGE TIP
>» Some nouns can be both. Coffee is uncountable but we often say three
coffees as a short way of saying three cups of coffee.
> We often use unit words with uncountables, e.g. a loaf of bread.

1.4 Genitive or possessive ’s is about possession, e.g. the manager’s

office means the office belonging to the manager. Apostrophe s is also
used with some expressions of time e.g. yesterday's newspaper, in two
years’ time and for buildings, e.g. St Paul’s (cathedral), the optician’s
(shop).

LANGUAGE TIP
‘sors’?
My brother's teacher = one brother but, My brothers’ teacher = two + brothers.
Similarly in a year’s time (singular) — but in a few years’ time (plural).

348
|
| 1.5 Compound nouns are two nouns together that make one, e.g. car
key, wine glass, river bed.

ih PRONUNCIATION TIP 2
| The stress falls on the first part, e.g. finger nail, rain hat. ;

1.6 Gerunds (verb + -ing) are verbs used as nouns, e.g. Eating fruit and
vegetables is good for you (subject) or I like swimming (object).
2 Pronouns
Pronouns (pro-noun = instead of a noun) are words used in the place of
a noun.
2.1 Personal pronouns can be the subject or object of a verb,
e.g. She (subject) sings. I like her (object). Object pronouns can be direct
or indirect, e.g. Eat it! (direct), Give me (indirect) a call.

LANGUAGE TIP
Verbs need a subject in English. If there isn’t one, use it or there — e.g. It’s raining
again. It’s difficult to say. There’s a meeting at 3.30.

2.2 Possessive pronouns (e.g. mine, yours, his, etc.), are ‘owners’, e.g. A:
Whose glasses are these? B: They’re mine. Possessive pronouns replace
the noun.
2.3 Reflexive pronouns are used when the subject and the object of
the verb are the same person or thing, e.g. Oh no! I’ve cut myself. The
washing machine turns itself off automatically.
2.4 Pronouns one/ones are used to avoid repeating a countable noun,
e.g. A: Which cake? B: The big one, please... or I'd like some trousers like
the ones in the window.
2.5 Relative pronouns. These ‘relate’ or link two parts of a sentence, e.g.
A lady called. She’s here. To join these two sentences together we say, The
lady who/that called is here ... Lady is subject — must use who/that.

Quick reference: English grammar 349

3 Quantifiers
Quantifiers tell us about the quantity or number.
3.1 Articles — look at the three types of article in the table.
Zero article Indefinite article a/an Definite article the
e.g. I like peas and cheese |e.g. I've bought a car. e.g. The car's here.
(in general) (We don't know which car.) —_|(We know which car -the
car you've bought.)
With plural and With singular With singulars, plurals and
uncountable nouns uncountable nouns
nouns Meaning: unspecific- new | Meaning: particular,
Meaning: unspecific/ information/ common knowledge/old
general first mention information

LANGUAGE TIP
Some languages don't have articles so this can be a completely new area for some
learners of English. Remember that a singular noun always needs something in
front of it, e.g. the word hat can be a hat (general), the hat (particular), this hat
(demonstrative) or her hat (possessive), but there must be something in front of
| the noun.

3.2 Other expressions of quantity, e.g. some/any/a little/anyone/

nobody.
Some people were late for the meeting because of the transport strike
(quantifier + noun). Others walked and got there on time (quantifier as
pronoun + verb).

LANGUAGE TIP
| Remember to use a singular verb with anyone/anybody, everyone/everybody and
no one/nobody.

4 Adjectives
Adjectives give information about a noun.
4.1 Ordinary adjectives go in front of the noun, e.g. a young girl.
They don't change in English, i.e. we don’t add s to the adjective with a
plural noun, e.g. Two expensive rings.

350
 4.2 The order of adjectives
Look at the categories in the three example sentences below:
Personal | Size | Shape/ Quality/ |Origin
rAVel{8fe
ta(o]a)

dining table
mushrooms
The king- white —_|Egyptian |cotton sheets
size
4.3 Comparative and superlative adjectives
Comparative adjectives
She's younger than Paul (short adjective = adjective + -er + than).
This restaurant is more expensive than the other one
(long adjective = more + adjective + than).
Superlative adjectives
La Paz is the highest capital in the world (short adjectives =
the + adjective with -est).
This is the most frightening film I’ve ever seen (long adjectives =
the + most + adjective).

i LANGUAGE TIP
If in doubt, use the long form.

Some comparatives and superlatives are irregular: e.g. good, better, best
and bad, worse, worst.

LANGUAGE TIP
| To compare three or more things, use the superlative.
The pronunciation of the a in than is the same as the second a in the word Africa,
ae secon ounce rath gue Vesa Se ee

Quick reference: English grammar 351

5 Verbs
Verbs tell us about action or situation and time.
5.1 Verb tenses
There are 12 tenses in English, four present tenses, four past tenses and
four future tenses. Each of these groups has a simple tense:
> Present simple: swim a lot.
> Past simple: / went to Africa last year.
> Future simple: I'll see you tomorrow.
To these three base tenses we can add one or two extra pieces of
information about the action or situation.
5.1.1 Continuous/progressive tenses
One piece of extra information we can show in the verb is that the
action or situation continues over time. To do this we use a continuous/
progressive tense:
Present continuous, e.g. Daniel’s (= is) using the computer. This action is
happening ‘now’ or ‘around now.
Past continuous, e.g. At 10.00 last night Barbara was watching
television. This action continued over time in the past.
Future continuous, e.g. At this time tomorrow I'll be taking my driving
test. This action will continue over time in the future

5.1.2 Perfect tenses

The other piece of information we can show in the verb is that, with a
perfect tense, we make a connection between two points in time, e.g. I’ve
cut the grass, i.e. the speaker is looking for a reaction in the present about
his/her past action of cutting the grass.
Present perfect — e.g. I’ve (have) made some cakes (past action/present
result). The next sentence may be about the cakes, e.g. Would you like one?
Past perfect — e.g. When we got to the cinema the film had started. This
is like a double past — an action before another action in the past, used for
looking back from the second action to the first. We're looking back from
‘getting to the cinema’ to the film starting, which happened before we
arrived.

352
Future perfect — e.g. By the time I get home, everyone will have gone to
bed. This tense looks back from a point in the future (getting home) to a
connected action before it (everyone going to bed),

5.1.3 Perfect continuous progressive tenses |

Lastly we can combine both the ‘continuous’ form for ‘happening over
time’ and the perfect form for showing a connection between two points
in time. These are the three perfect continuous tenses:
Present perfect progressive, e.g. I’ve (= have) been working in the
garden for three hours — an action that started in the past and has
continued up to now.
Past perfect progressive, e.g. J was tired because I’d been studying —
looking back from a situation in the past (J was tired) to the action before
that caused it (I’d been studying).
Future perfect progressive, e.g. When we arrive in Australia next
Wednesday, we'll have been travelling for 24 hours — looking back from
the time of arriving in Australia, which is in the future, to the action of
travelling which will continue up to that time.

LANGUAGE TIP
As languages vary greatly in the number of tenses and their meanings, learning to
use English tenses correctly can take time. To help you decide which tense to use,
ask yourself these questions about the action or situation:
a When? — use a past, present, or future.
b Over time? No = use a simple tense. Yes = use a continuous tense.
¢ Showing a connection between two points in time? Yes = use a perfect tense.
d Both over time and Yes — use a perfect continuous tense.

5.2 Modal auxiliary verbs

Modal auxiliary (helping) verbs go between the subject and main verb.
They tell us about:
ability - My son can play the guitar.
probability - We might go on holiday next month.
requests — Could you open the door for me please?
obligation — You have to turn left here.
vvvvy
prohibition — You mustn't say that!

Quick reference: English grammar 353

 > advice — You should give her a call.
> condition —If we won the lottery, we’d (would) go round the world.

_| Don't put to after a modal, e.g. I should go NOT I should to go.

| We also use modals to deduce from evidence or knowledge:
The two people in the photo might be brother and sister. They look alike.
They must be going on holiday tomorrow— their car is fully loaded.
I must have left my glasses at home. They're not in my pocket.
| Past = modal + have + past participle.

5.3 The passive

We use the passive when the ‘receiver’ of the action has more importance
than the person doing the action:
Shopping is delivered free of charge.
Food and medical supplies are being sent to the disaster area.

The passive is common in formal written English such as formal letters,

reports, books and technical documents.
A reduced passive is used in headlines e.g. Election won by the Democrats.
To include the ‘doer’, use the preposition by, e.g. The President was
attacked by a tall man in his thirties.
5.4 Multi-word verbs (also known as phrasal verbs)
Multi-word verbs are a verb + particle that changes the meaning of the
verb.
There's a large number of phrasal verbs in English. They are informal and
therefore common in spoken English.
There are four types:
41 Mycar’s broken down. — intransitive, i.e. no object.
2 Can you turn the TV on, please?
OR
Can you turn on the TV, please? This is a little more formal.
With pronoun = Can you turn it on? NOT Can you turn on it?
3. I'll look after the children — no change of order with pronoun = I'll
look after them NOT I'll look them after.

354
 4 I can't put up with her shouting any more — two particles. With
pronoun, no change of word order — I can’t put up with it any more.

a8 LANGUAGE TIP
| The particle can sometimes give an indication of the meaning,
e.g In = amovement in — Join in when you're ready,
Pronunciation: The stress is usually on the particle, e.g. Turn it off
| With two particles, stress the first one — e.g. J can’t put up with this any more!

6 Adverbs
Adverbs describe or add to the meaning of a verb or adjective. They tell
us the manner, place or time of the action or how often it happens.
6.1 Adverbs can be one word e.g. She sings beautifully (i.e. adjective +
ly) or a phrase, e.g. They come to the club every week.
6.2 Adverbs with adjectives
Adverbs give extra meaning to adjectives:
This book is really interesting.
Paul’s unbelievably fluent in French.
7 Prepositions
Prepositions — e.g. at the bank, before 1.00, to the supermarket, it’s for
you — are words that tell us about place, time, directions and purpose, etc.
7.1 Many verbs are followed by a particular preposition, e.g. to believe
in something, to suffer from an illness, to congratulate someone on
something.
7.2 Prepositions are also used in many fixed expressions,
e.g. at home, in hospital, for example.
7.3 When a verb follows a preposition, add -ing to the verb
e.g. Please lock the door before leaving.

Prepositions are known for giving learners problems. If a verb takes a preposition, try L
to learn both together.

Quick reference: English grammar 355

8 Conjunctions
These words and phrases link two parts of a sentence, one sentence to
another or one paragraph to another. (Conjunction = con + junction.)
8.1 Conjunctions signal addition, contrast, result, an opposing view, etc:
Addition: He opened the door and saw that the window was open.
Contrast: My sisters went to the party but/whereas | stayed at home.
Result: She had a free day so she went to the beach.

LANGUAGE TIP
Learning to use conjunctions is an important part of writing well in English
ee

356
|
|
|

|
|
The story — American
English audio
transcripts

’ Our story begins on a plane.

fb€ 64.9400 8'd's 000.0 60nee 080600 ecdeee sede sence sree pediavecdocescbsee¥wansecece
4 Man It’s hot, isn’t it?
: Woman Yes, it is— very hot.
« Man Would you like a drink?
: Woman M'm, yes, please,
: Man What would you like?
; Woman Some Coke, please.
@eeseseeee

a) 17.02
p The two passengers would like a drink.
°
e
°
e
e
Man Excuse me.
e
e
°
Flight attendant _Yes, sir?
e
e
e
Man Could I have a Coke and some orange juice, please?
°
°
°
Flight attendant = Of course, Would you like the Coke with ice?
Woman Yes, please.
e
°
°

Flight attendant —_Ice for you, sir?

e
e
°
°
* Man No, thanks.
°
°
J Flight attendant — Here you are. One Coke with ice and one orange juice.
°
«
° Man and woman Thank you/Thanks. SSSTHEHSHOE
°
° SOSSHOHSSSHESTHOTHHOSHSHESHHSHOSTAHHOFSHSSHSSHSHHTHTHSHTHSSHHHOSTHHHSEHHHEHSHHTEHHEDEBEe

The story — American English audio transcripts 357

* Our story continues. The flight attendant serves dinner to eight
passengers.

> 1 Attendant Chicken or beef, sir?

: Passenger Chicken, please.
: 2 Attendant Beef or vegetarian, madam?
: Passenger Beef for me, please.
: 3 Attendant Would you like fish or pork, sir?
: Passenger I'd like fish, please.
: 4 Attendant What would you like to eat, madam, fish or lamb?
: Passenger Could I have lamb, please?
: 5 Attendant Is it fish or beef for you, madam?
‘ Passenger I'll have beef, please.
> 6 Attendant And for you, sir?
: Passenger The same for me too, please.
: 7 Attendant Would you like vegetarian or chicken, sir?
: Passenger I don't mind. I like both.
: 8 Attendant Would you like fish or chicken, madam?
: Passenger Nothing for me, thanks, I’m not very hungry. Could I have a
: sandwich instead?
: Attendant Of course.
POSHHOHSSRASHSHSHSHTHOHSHHHHSSSHHHEHHSHSESHHHGHSOHHEHHHSESHHTHEHHEHRETHETHEHOHGTTEOCHEOSE eSSO
®ee

Our story continues. The flight attendant serves drinks.

Passenger 1

: Attendant Would you like a drink with your meal? I've got some apple juice.
° Passenger Yes, please. :
SCOOPS SOSARHHETSHSHSHESHEHHSHESHHHHSHTHEHHHHOHHHTHHESHHSEHHHEHEHOT
HOH HEHE RESEAS®

Passenger2

: Attendant What would you liketo drink with your meal, sir? :
s Passenger Have you got any cold beer? °
: Attendant Of course ... Here you are. :
SHEOSHHHHHHHHTHOSH HASTE HELHEHOHHTHHHHSHOFOTHHTHOHEHOHHAHOOHHHO
OH BAHEEHHOHOD®

358
 Passenger 3
‘ SHSHHSTSHSSSHSHSSHTSSAEHSSHESHHHHHEHHEHSHHHHSHSHEHEHHHTHATHEHSHEHSHHESTESHETTESOSOCHEHEESEHHORE

Passenger Could I have some white wine, please? :

Attendant I'm sorry, madam, I haven't got any more white wine. Would you:
like red instead?
SHSHSHHSHHSSHSSTTHSHHSHHSTSSHSSHEHHESHSHHEHEHTSHHHSHSTHTAREHSHTHEHTSHHEHHOEEEHHOHROHE
e@eeeaaneseaeoe

9)11,05
The story continues. The passengers have a meal. The flight attendant
talks to a passenger.

: Passenger This fish isn’t very good at all. What's the chicken like? :
‘> Attendant I think it’s very good. :
: Passenger Better than the beef? :
: Attendant I think so, but the beef is more popular. In fact, beef is always the :
: most popular dish on the plane. :
: Passenger Could I exchange this fish then, please? Is it all right if Ihave a :
: different meal? :
* Attendant Of course. What would you like instead? °
: Passenger Can I try the chicken, please, if that’s OK? :

‘)11.06
af) r a
The conversation on the plane continues.
SOP SOHSHSSHEHHOTHASHASHHOHDHEHHSESEHHHRHTHHHOHSHHHHHOHRHHSHSHFHSHHHRHHHDDOEOTFOOHD

: Tasha Where are you from? :

: Oliver The United States. And you? :
: Tasha I'm from the US, too. °
: Oliver Oh, really? But your book isn’t in English. :
: Tasha Well, actually, I live in South America, in Uruguay and so I speak :
: Spanish. :
: Oliver Do you? That's interesting! :
: Tasha Yes, I like it there. How about you? Do you speak any foreign :
: languages? :
: Oliver I can speak a bit of French. :
> Tasha Can you? :
> Oliver Yes, I use it in my job sometimes — but I’m not really very good
: at it. :
: Tasha Oh, aren't you? I really like languages. :

The story — American English audio transcripts 359

” The two passengers continue their conversation. They talk about their work.
COSCO HHHHOHHTHSCHHHOHHFSOHHHHSSHHTFHVHSHHFESHHTHHEHEFOSHEHESHHEHHHTHTHETHHHH
OSES

Tasha What do you do?

Oliver I work in computers. And you? — what's your job?
Tasha I'm ateacher.
Oliver You're not an English teacher by any chance, are you?
Tasha Yes, I am, actually. I teach in a school in Uruguay.
Oliver Really? Whereabouts?
Tasha In a town about 75 miles from the capital. I teach in an
International School,
Oliver Do you? Do you like your job?
Tasha Yes, I really enjoy teaching and the students are lovely. What
about you? What sort of work do you do in computers?
Oliver Well, I'm in marketing. I work for a big company, so I travel a
lot as part of myjob. In fact, I’m on my way home now from a
computer fair in Argentina.
Tasha And do you enjoy working in marketing?
Oliver It's OK, but I’m not very enthusiastic about all the travelling.
SHHSOSHSHHHHHHSHSSHSHSHHHHHHSHSHHHTEHHHHHTHSHHEOHSHHHOHYHSHSHHHSCHOEHSHTETHEHITGTHECOEHS
SPLOHHOHSHHHSHSHHSHHOHSHSSHOHHHHOHHOSHHSHHHHHHHSHHEHESHOHHOHOBES eSOO
Pe

The conversation on the plane continues. They exchange names, talk

about their families and the reasons for their trips.
SHOSCHOSSHHHEHORHHHHOHTHEHRHHHHRVTHOHSHHREHHHOHFHSHFPOHHOHOHOTEHHHOKTH
OHHH HEEAZOETHEREBOED

Tasha What's your name?

Oliver Oliver. And yours?
Tasha My name's Tasha. It’s short for Natasha, a Russian name. My
mother’s Russian, So, whereabouts in the US do you live, Oliver?
Oliver I live in Canada, actually, in Toronto, but I’m staying in Denver
for a couple of weeks, because of my job. And you? Are you on
vacation?
Tasha Yes, I’m going to Colorado to see some friends of mine. They live
near Denver.
Oliver Oh, I see. And your family?
Tasha My father’s working in London at the moment — until next
June. He works abroad quite a lot. It’s nice because my mother
organizes her work so that she can travel with him. Even if they
aren't at home, I go to Denver every year because I need to see
other relatives and friends.
SLSHSSHOSSSHSHHFSSHHEHSHSHHHHSEHEHHHHSSHSHHEHHEHHHHECHHHOE
SHHHSHHHSHHHTHHSHSHHHHOHESHEHSHTHHHGETSHOSHHHOHSHTHHAEHHETHOTHHHHOTEHHATHEHHHHROHOOS OOH
©eee

360
3"
Ta his and Oliver continue their conversation. They exchange personal
|details and plan future contact.
sseneseceeensecosesnaesonsecncsstersssconasessesessecessetesssssonenens

3 Oliver As I'm working in Denver for two weeks, we could...we could

meet for a drink one evening, if you like.
Tasha Yes, that would be nice,
Oliver Can I give you my number? I'll give you both my cell and my
office numbers — then you can phone me and we can arrange
something
Tasha OK. Just a minute. Where's my phone?
Tasha opens her bag and gets her phone.
Tasha OK, What's your last name?
Oliver Rees.
Tasha Is that R, E, E, C, E?
Oliver No, it’s R, E, E, S actually, and my cell number is 769 189 4304,
Tasha 001 769 189 ...?
Oliver 189 ... 4304 and the phone number of the Denver office is
404-555-1212.
Tasha 404-555 «2
Oliver 1212, You can get me at my direct number, 159, I think it is.
Yes, 159. Or you could email me. My email address is orees (O, R,
double E, S) at starmail dot com.
Tasha OK. When we land I'll send you a text and then you'll have my
number. I can give you the number of my friend’s house now, if
you like.
Oliver Why not? Then I can call you.
Tasha My first name's Harrison, by the way. Tasha Harrison.
Oliver Harrison, ‘H’, Tasha Harrison. And your friend's number is ...?
Tasha 303-555-9866.
Oliver 303-555-9886.
Tasha No, it’s 303-555-9866 ... Yes, that’s it.
Oliver When would you like me to call, during the day or in the evening?
Tasha ITdon't mind. I’m going to visit relatives and do other things but
I’m going to spend time at home with my friends, too. So, any
time's all right with me, really. I’m on vacation!
Oliver Great, I'll call you some time next week, Tasha, if that’s OK.
Tasha Yes, I'll look forward to it.
Oliver Oh, look, the ‘Fasten your seat belts’ sign is on. We're landing in a
minute. DOSS
OOHEHSHEELO
SEA
SHSHS
HSEHSELHSOAO
NS
5:6
65.0
54.5.0
0.6.6.0.65.
01010
9:10:96
6:218:9
6:41
SO
1S
S:S
SS
OS
SSO
SS
COO RCO OO ORO O EOE O HTH SOTO H COE EH OHO OEHOEH OEE EESEOE EDO OH EEHOEOO LED EE ESO

The story —-American English audio transcripts 361

“== The plane is arriving at Denver International airport.
cere cence nee e cere e eee reser ences see ses ees ees esse eessosssasseesesenseseses
Pilot Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. This is your captain
speaking again. In a few moments, we will begin our descent
into Denver International Airport. Please return to your seats and
fasten your seatbelt. If you would like to adjust your watches, the
time in Denver is now 6.50 in the morning and the temperature
on the ground |s 28 degrees. Our estimated time of arrival is 7.15.
That's a quarter past seven on the ground in Denver. The forecast
for today Is cold... but bright.
SHOHOOSEOOESASHSEROSHHHHESEHEESHOSHTEHEHHEHHOHHOSHSHHHHSHOSHESHHHESEHESTHTESETEEAES
Pee
SSCCCCEOSSECSOSSSSHSSSESOSBOCHEE

4.97

Our story continues. Oliver and Tasha get off the plane.
a

Oliver Well, it’s been really nice talking to you, Tasha,

Tasha Yes, and thanks for the help with the luggage.
Oliver I'll be in touch next week, then.
Tasha Yes, bye.
Oliver Bye.
CESS HTEHHHOSHEASHHSSSHSSEHSSHOFSHHSHSHOAHHSSSESHSHARHSHSHHEHEHSHEHEHSHOHTHSHEHHEHHRHOTTES
@eeeoeaeeoeeeoeoaseseod
eae
ese

: Oliver Wow, this suitcase is a bit heavy — Is that it now? :

: Tasha The suitcase, the small bag and my purse — yes, that's everything,

SOSSSHSSHSHSHEHSSSTHSHHSHTSHFHEESHAHSSESSEHCSOHTHHSHHSSHETAHTHESSEFEOSHEHOHeeeHeeaseeeseeeeseeee

Cc

: Immigration officer Thank you, madam. Sir, your passport, please. Thank you. :
SHEL OHOHHSOHTSHOHOOHOSESHEHHETERHHHTHOOHSHSEHOHOSEOEHOTRAHOTHREHECEHOOCSREOD®

d
SOOHHSHHHASHHSHEHHEHEHEHOHHHHEHOTHOHTHTTHTOHEHHHHHSEHSTAHESEEHTESEOHEREEGEGAOSEHEEES

: Oliver Do you need a luggage cart? :

: Tasha That would be a good idea - I've got quite a lot of luggage. :
Oliver They're right over here. Now, let’s find the rest of the luggage.
SOHO SHSHHEHHHSHETHSHSHHSSHSTSHETHOHTSOHTESFOHETSHESHOEHTOSH
OSH HEHE REEESASBESESE®

362
|
eee er eeeeeeresere sees sees seeeesseeeseneees
sesses eeueonscnsesenese
eenesns
> Tasha Would you mind waiting for just a minute, Oliver? :
Oliver Of course not. The suitcases aren't here yet, anyway. :
: Tasha Could you look after my luggage cart — oh, and-can you take my :
' coat, please? :
: Oliver Sure, go ahead. :
Tasha asks for help at the information desk. ;
Airport employee = Can I help you? :
» tasha Yes, could you tell me where the restroom is, please? :
Airport employee Of course, madam. Just over there. Can you see the sign? :

}11.42
J) Our story continues. Oliver is in a shop in the airport.
SHOSHSHESSH SST HSHTHSHHHTHSHHFHSHHOSHHHHHTTEHSSHOSTHTHTEEHEHHSHHOTHSOHHEHOSEOCHHHOHHHHE

Oliver Excuse me, do you sell Marketing Week? :

; Seller Yes, sir, they're here. :
Oliver | And a package of mints — have you got Lifesavers? :
The seller gets a package of Lifesavers. :
> Seller Three ninety-five, please, sir. :
Oliver Sorry, I haven't got any change. Is twenty dollars OK? :
| Seller Sure, no problem. Sixteen dollars, five cents change. :
? Oliver Thanks. :
SOHSOSHHSEHSSSHOFHGSHSHSHHSHFHSHSTSHRIFSISTHHFOHRSSHHHHSHHOTSHEHHOHOHHSCHOHOHRESEEEHHOBOE

) 11.13
Oliver is at the information desk at the airport. He needs to get into the
city.

_ Airportemployee Can I help you?

: Oliver Yes, could you tell me how to get into the city, please?
Airport employee You can go by taxi, limousine, rental car, or by bus. Where are
you going in the city?
Oliver I need to get to the Denver Tech Centre.
Airport employee — Then you can take a SkyRide bus. It goes all the way to the
Tech Center. POSSHSCCHTHS

The story — American English audio transcripts 363

 —

: Oliver SkyRide. Good. And where do I get the bus from? :

: Airport employee —_Just over there, sir. You follow the signs that say ‘SkyRide’. :
: Oliver Oh, I see! Do you know when the next bus leaves? :
: Airport employee —_In ten minutes, sir—that's 8.05. :
: Oliver And how long does it take to get there? :
; Airport employee I’m not sure — the best thing is to ask the driver. :
: Oliver Many thanks for your help. :
PSOSHOHSHHEHSHOHSHHAHEGHREHRHSHTOSTHEFOHRHOSHSHSHHHHFOROESTHEHSHSHEHRETHHDEHHHOHCHHHSESHHHTOE

44 47
2 114

~ Our story continues. Oliver is walking towards the SkyRide bus. A man
talks to him.

: Man Excuse me, can you tell me the time, please? :

> Oliver Yes, it’s five to eight. :
> Man Many thanks. :
COKHOHSOSH HOOP OSSESSHEEHSOSTHHHHSOHHSIOHSHTETHEHSSHHETEHSTOHHEHHTESESSHEZ998SHO®

44.15
Tasha leaves customs. Who's there to meet her? What happens next?

Helen Tasha, hi, how are you? It’s lovely to see you again!
: Tasha Hello, Helen! It’s great to see you too. How are things?
: Helen I'm fine. We're all fine. How was your flight?
: Tasha It was all right — 13 hours is a bit long and tiring, but I’m here now.
: Thanks for picking me up, by the way.
: Helen That's OK. We're glad you could come. The car's in the parking lot,
: this way. David and the children are at home, waiting for you.
SHOHHSSSTHOHOHHSHTHHHSHSHHSSHEHHHTSHHSHTHHHHHTHHHOHHHOSHEHHSHESHSHHHHHOSASHTEHHOKRESEEE *se

364
 Our story continues. Helen and Tasha go to the airport parking lot to get
| Helen’s car.
Ie OO OOO Mee eee reese eee Heo eee GOE DOE T TELE ETESCCHTEOCES ECD OT TO CCEELETS

‘3 Helen The car's on level 2. We can take the luggage cart with us in the
elevator. We have to pay on the way out, so I had better get the
ticket and my money ready. Here’s the ticket in my pocket. One
hour — $11.00. Let me see if I’ve got the correct change.
I'm afraid I haven't got any change. I’ve only got bills.
No, don’t worry, I'll pay for this. I’m sure the attendant can make
change,
So, let’s find the car.
There it is — it’s the green Ford. Now, let’s get your luggage in the
trunk. Can I help you with your suitcase?
No, really, it’s all right thanks — I can manage. Could you just hold
this bag for a minute while I get the suitcase in, then we can put
the bag on top.
<= cy ® 3 Come onl Let me help. Don't lift that suitcase on your own.
sha OK — Thanks — it is quite heavy... Ready? One, two, three ...
We can put our coats in the back seat.
I think T'll keep mine on. I’m really cold.
B
Be
a
raza
oOSs
a9
ozs I expect that’s because you're tired after your long flight. Let’s get
home and you can have a rest.
SAC
ETOHOROOESEHOEORECLESESEZEORSOEE®S
COHCSSO
STO
SPOSSHSHHSSSHSHSHHSFSHTHOSHHSHSSHOSHSSHSTHHSHSHSCHHHHSSTHHHOSSHHESHHHEHOHTIMDHAZOHGTOCHHOE e000
OF
TOSSES
HOSE
ORES
ES
OE
OOHE
HOOESOEDEDE
OOSEHHDE
OS

41.17
i

= Oliver is at the hotel reservations desk in the tourist information center.

He needs a room.
SSOHSSHSOSHEHSSHSHSHHTSHSTOHSSSEHHSSHTOHSSTHEHHHHHHOSSSHHSHHHEHOSHCHOTGHOHHHHTHEHORBEHAOEA
°

; Assistant Who's next, please?

: Oliver I think I am. I'd like to reserve a room, please.
Assistant Yes, how many of you are there?
Oliver It’s just for me.
How long is it for?
I need a room from tonight until the end of next week.
RoRE wnao2 3 ctr OK. So that’s a single room for 14 nights altogether.
Yes, that's right.
In any specific area?
I don’t mind, as long as it’s near the Tech Center.
Assistant What sort of price are you looking to pay? OSOSHOSESOH
BESS
eeeseeseeeseeeseeseeseeseeseeseseesasd

The story — American English audio transcripts 365

 : Oliver Between $90 and $125 a night. :
: Assistant There's the Courtyard, Denver Tech Center. :
; Oliver How much is that one? :
> Assistant $100 a night. :
> Oliver That would be fine. : a
:Assistant I'll just see if they have any vacancies. Would you like to take a : .
: seat for a moment? :
: Oliver Thanks. : .
SSSSSSHSHSHSSHEHHOSHHHSSHHSSHSHOHHSHESHHEHSHHTHHSTIFSSEHSHSHHTHHHHHHHFSHSHHTSHTHEHHEHHUEE

2) 11.18
Our story continues. The assistant telephones the Courtyard Hotel, then
talks to Oliver.

: Assistant Sorry to keep you waiting, sir. I’m afraid the Courtyard has no ;
; vacancies. :
¢ Oliver Have you got anything else? :
: Assistant How about these two? Summerfield Suites or TownePlace Suites. :
: Both are close to the Denver Tech Center. :
> Oliver Are they about the same price? :
: Assistant Let me see. Summerfield Suites is $95 a night and TownePlace :
: Suites is a bit cheaper, $85. They both have the same facilities. :
: Breakfast is included, of course, and all the rooms have private
: bathrooms, with free wifi, television and minibar in the room. :
> Oliver Which one is closer to the Denver Tech Center? :
: Assistant They are about the same but you may need a rental car. :
: Oliver I think I'll take a room at Summerfield. It costs more and it might :
: be alittle more comfortable. :

41.19
= Our story continues. Oliver arrives at the hotel. He checks in.
SSHSHHHHHTHHSHHTHSHSHTHLOHHHHHHSHSOHHHOHSHOSEHTHHEHESOTHSEHHOHHTHSHESOHHFGTECEAOSOTESEHED

Receptionist Good afternoon. Can I help you? ;

: Oliver Yes, I've got a room reserved. :
: Receptionist In what name, sir? :
: Oliver Rees, R - double E — S, Oliver. :
: Receptionist Yes, here it is, a single room for 14 nights. :
> Oliver That's right. :
: Receptionist Could you sign this registration card, please? :

366
 Oliver signs...
Oliver There you are.
Receptionist Thank you. Here's your key. Room 508’s on the fifth floor.
Breakfast is served in the breakfast room downstairs from seven
to ten o'clock and the elevator is around the corner to your right.
Do you need help with your luggage?
Oliver No thanks, I’m fine.
Receptionist Thope you enjoy your stay with us, Mr Rees.
Oliver Thank you.
SOHSSHOSHEHEHSOAEHOHSLHSCHHHASOBOE
POSSSTHSHSHHSSOSSHHHSSEHHOESHSIGHSHHEHHEHHOHTOHHHHETHSHHETEHHESEOCHOHHHETHEHHOHS Peecoesac

3) 11.2Mdr (8)

~ Our story continues. Oliver is in his hotel room. He phones his mother.
PIPFSSSHSHHHSHEHTSSHHHOHHHOFGHTHHTHFSSSHHSHHHOHHHOHHHHSEHHHORHRHHORHTREHHHESCTOROOES

Oliver Hi, Mom it’s Oliver. How are you?

Mother Hello, dear. Where are you?
Oliver I'min a hotel in Denver, the Summerfield Suites. I haven't stayed
here before, It’s quite nice — comfortable and quiet. I've just got
here from the airport.
Mother
Seeeeeeeseeocasesoecne
How was your trip?
Oliver It went quite well, actually, First, I visited our new representative
in Chile, and then on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday I went
to. the Computer Fair in Buenos Aires, I talked to a lot of people
there and had lots of meetings. And then on the flight on the
way back I met a very interesting girl.
Mother Oh, did you?
Oliver Yes, she’s an English teacher in South America. She's on
vacation here, staying with friends, just outside Denver. I've
got her number there so I can contact her again. I’m going to
call her one day next week. We might have dinner together, or
something. Anyway, how are you?
Mother Did you get my message?
Oliver What message?
Mother I left a message at your hotel in Argentina two days ago.
Oliver What was it about, Mom? Come on - what's happened? SSHRSSHSSH
SCOT HHSHHOHSHAHGEHSHSHSHOHSSHHOHEHITEADHSHHHSSEHHSEHETHEHHGHOHHEHHHESHHAHERYXHVED
SSCSOSSHSSHHASOHSSEHOESHAOSHTAHHSOCOHEOEOEREOHOSELE

The story — American English audio transcripts 367

Index eeEL
re

a/an and per: (10), 257 asking someone to do

a/an for measurements of time, something: If you would
quantity etc: (10), 250 like to... (7), 141
a/an with jobs (4), 68 asking someone to do
abbreviations, street names something: Can you,
(8), 178 Could you, Would you
a/some (1), 10 mind? (7), 152
ability, can (3), 46 asking someone to do
ability, expressing: British Life something: official
(3), 54 announcements (7), 154
abroad (5), 85 asking the price: direct and
accommodation for visitors: indirect questions (7), 163
British Life (10), 260 asleep and sleeping (5), 97
actually: correcting people as long as (10), 248
(5), 84 attracting attention: British Life
actually: making conversation (2), 20
(3), 43 availability, have got (2), 28
alphabet, the Pronunciation xviii there is/are (2), 30
adjectives + ed/ing (9), 215
And you? (3), 43 be: past simple (9), 272
asking about the same topic: breakfast foods, (10)
And you?, How about buying things, decisions, I’ll take
you? (3), 43 «» (10), 265
asking for an alternative: by the way (6), 115
(10), 264
asking for help: indirect can: ability (3), 46
questions (7), 155 pronunciation, (3) 48
asking for help: Invitation common mistake, (3) 48
customs (8), 188 expressing ability: British Life
asking for opinions: How was...? (3), 54
(9), 212 car park and parking - Lang Tip
asking for things: Could I (9), 225
have...? (2), 24 comparatives (2), 34
asking for information: Could asking for an alternative
you tell me (8), (10), 264

368
continuing a conversation — bring (7), 148
short answers (1), 8 buy (9), 239
- saying more, (1) 9 contact (6), 173
contractions ’s, has/is, (5) 97 pay (9), 239
contractions, end of sentence, put, with difficulty (9) 222
Language Tip, (1) 9 take (6), 773
correcting with actually (5), 84 going to for future plans (6), 178
correcting mistakes, using stress
to (6), 116 have got: availability (2), 28
Could I have...? and Can I have to: obligation and
have...?: Lang Tip (2), 25 necessity (9), 225
countries, nationalities, hope, verb (10), 269
languages (3), 57 hotel language (10), 253, 280
how often: expressions of
decisions, I'll (2), 23 frequency/timetables
decisions, buying, I'll take (8), 193
(10), 265 How long does it take? (8), 194
do, don’t, does, doesn’t - pron.,
(4) 64 I'll: decisions (2), 2,3 (10) 265
drinks: vocabulary (1), 4 I’m afraid: introducing
drinks, ordering (2), 25 something negative ina
polite way (9), 238
echo questions (3), 49 I’m afraid so/not: short answers
(9), 238
family, the: vocabulary (5), 89 imperative instructions/public
first names: British Life (5), 82 transport (8), 200
first names and surnames positive (9), 227
(6), 174 negative (9), 233
food and drink: vocabulary impersonal it (9), 270
(1), 13 in: future time expressions
food and drink: vocabulary (8), 194
(2), 30 indefinite article: jobs (4), 68
food: British culture (2), 57 measurements of time,
for at the end of questions (10) 247 quantity, etc. (10), 250
future arrangements (5), 98 indirect questions: asking for
future plans: going to (6), 118 help (7), 155
indirect questions: common
gerund after like, enjoy, mind, mistake, word order, verb
be keen on (4), 71 be (7), 163
get, verb: meaning 224 with present simple (7), 163

Index 369
 *

Hs
infinitive of purpose (5), 100 mind: no preference (2), 23
insisting: offering, rejecting, be careful of (9), 232 i

insisting, accepting mistakes: using stress to

(9), 236 correct (6) 116 y
a
x
|
instead: asking for an money: sterling British Life *
alternative (2), 23 (7), 157 a

instructions: asking for and saying sums of: (7), 157

giving (8), 184
Shall I? and Do I?(8) 190 names, first: British Life (5), 82
interest, expressing: echo negative comparisons: not as +
questions (3), 49 adjective (as) (10), 265
intonation (see pronunciation) negative decisions: I don’t think
introducing something negative I will (2), 24
in a polite way: I’m numbers 1-10 (6), 113
afraid (9), 238 numbers — 100 (7), 139
‘inviting’ people to do things numbers pron. 13 v 30, 14 v 40
(7), 141 etc, (7) 167
invitation to dinner: British Life numbers, large with ‘and’,
(8), 188 (9) 220
numbers, ordinal, (10) 268
jobs (4), 67
jobs, common mistake (4) 68 obligation and necessity: have
to (9), 225
let’s — suggesting doing offers — (1), 10
something together offering more: some more/
(7), 150 ‘ another (1), 13
likes and dislikes: like, enjoy, offering, rejecting, insisting,
mind, be keen on (4), 70 accepting (9), 234
London Heathrow Airport: offers, responses to
British Life (9), 220 (yes/no) (1), 13
London Underground: British open (2), 22
Life (8), 175 offers, possibilities, suggestions
(6), 119
making conversation: on with ordinals and floor
actually (3), 43 (10), 268
echo questions (3), 49 on the (my, you etc.) way to/
manage, verb (9), 234 there/home etc. (4), 62
maths language (7), 140 one/ones (10), 255
meeting people at the end of a opinions and comparisons, (2) 34
journey: British Life (9), 279 ordering drinks (2), 25

370
ordinal numbers (10), 268 prohibition, public signs
(9), 233
past simple (10), 274 PRONUNCIATION
past simple, verb be (9), 212 3rd person singular, present
permission, asking for + simple, extra syllable,
_ responses (2), 34 (5) 86
phone: language, (6) 127 Alphabet, the, Pron. xviii
numbers, (6) 174 Numbers, 13 v 30, etc., (7) 167
services (6) 125 plurals with extra syllable,
sounds, (6) 126 Pron xxiv
plurals with an extra syllable linking (7), 138
Pron xxiii linking: units of quantity,
possessive pronouns (5), 93 packet of, etc. Pron: xx
possibilities, suggestions, offers intonation
(6), 119 echo questions, expressing
prepositions interest (3), 49
for at the end of questions interest, expressing, narrow
(10), 247 and wide pitch range,
at the end of questions words, phrases (4), 66
(8), 179 introduction to Pron, xxi
on, to, by, at, in, (7) 150 invitations (1), 10
work for/work in (4), 69 offers (1), 14
present perfect, (10), 276 requests (2), 26
present progressive: future strong feelings (9), 214
arrangements (5), 98 to sound polite, (2) 26
short answers with/without wh questions Pron xxii
subject (5), 97 schwa, 252, 263, 270
temporary present actions to, infinitive of purpose
(5), 94 (5), 101
present progressive or present stress
simple (5), 97 for emphasis: asking the
itineraries and arrangements same question (4), 65
(8), 198 on adjective + one/ones
present simple: everyday (10), 258
activities (3), 44 using stress to correct
timetables and itineraries mistakes (6), 116
(8), 197 word, phrase and sentence
price, asking: direct and indirect stress Pron xix
questions (7), 163 word stress: countries
price, talking about (10), 249 (3), 52

Index 371
 word stress: languages responding to offers, (2) 22
(3), 53 responding to requests (2) 35
word stress: London revision
stations (8), 173 Topic 1, saying hello, 15
London Tourist attractions Topic 2, asking for things, 36
(8), 177 Topic 3, making
street names (8), 177 conversation, 55
weak forms/strong forms Topic 4, talking about your
can (3), 48 daily life, 74
do/don't, does/doesn’t Topic 5, giving
(4), 64 explanations, 103
was (9), 213 Topic 6, staying in contact, 137
public signs: imperative, Topic 7, travelling and
vocabulary (9), 232 handling money, 164
prohibition, vocabulary (9), 233 Topic 8, using public
public transport: British Life transport, 202
(8), 174 Topic 9, meeting friends, 240
vocabulary (8), 187 Topic 10, finding
purpose, infinitive of, so (that), accommodation, 287
because (of) etc. (5), 100
saying an email address (6) 170
question tags (1), 5 saying large numbers (9), 220
questionnaire: Why are you saying sums of money (7) 157
learning English? (5) 102 saying thank you for... + gerund
questions ending in for, (1) 247 + responses (9), 276
quite v quiet, (10) 274 saying yes and no to offers:
British Life (4), 13
rejecting an offer of help shall I? and do I?: (8), 190
(9), 234 short answers (1), 8
requests: asking for things short answers to who as subject
(2), 24 questions (10), 253
requests, intonation: asking for sleeping and asleep (5), 97
things (2), 26 so for introducing/changing
requests: asking someone to do topic (5), 83
something, some/any, (2) 32
Can you, Could you, Would sometime/anytime (6), 114
you mind? (7), 152. snacks: British Life (7), 160
requests: official spelling, names and giving
announcements (7), 154, contact details (6), 128
spelling, vowels (6), 730 frequency, four times an hour
starting a conversation, etc. (8), 193
question tags (1), 5 How long does it take? (8), 192
stress (see pronunciation) in timetables (8), 193
suggesting doing something in + future time expressions
_ together: Let’s (7), 150 (8), 194
suggestions, possibilities and other time expressions (8), 196
offers (6), 119 timetables and itineraries
suitcase, luggage and baggage (8), 197
- (7), 148 thanking + responses (9), 216
superlatives (2), 34 there is/are: availability (2), 30
surnames: British Life (6), 123 travel and journey: common
mistake (8), 183
talking about how much you trips —- vocabulary (8), 183
want to spend, (10) 249
the number of people (10), 255 we could, we can and let’s:
telling someone to do suggestions (7), 152
something: the weak forms (2), Pron xix
imperative (9), 237 weather, the: conversation
tests starter: British Life (1), 6
Topic 7, saying hello, 16 What Would You Say? Two
Topic 2, asking for things, 38 situations related to Topic
Topic 3, making Topic 1, 15
conversation, 56 Topic 2, 36
Topic 4, talking about your Topic 3, 55
daily life, 75 Topic 4, 73
Topic 5, giving Topic 5, 103
explanations, 104 Topic 6, 131
Topic 6, staying in Topic 7, 164
contact, 133 Topic 8, 202
Topic 7, travelling and Topic 9, 240
handling money, 167 Topic 10, 281
Topic 8, using public where v whereabouts, (4) 62
transport, 204 who as subject + short answers
_ Topic 9, meeting friends, 247 (10), 253
Topic 10, finding why, saying (5), 100
accommodation, 283 work: British Life, (4) 73
time, the (8), 192 work, studies (4), 72
asking and giving the time Would you like...? v. Do you
(8), 196 want...? (1), 12

Index 373
Writing Topic 3: Your abilities, 55
Topic 1, Food and Drink, 16 Topic 4: Your work/studies,
Topic 2, Email planning a work in your country, 73
party, 37 Topic 5: Your First name, 83
Topic 3, CV, 56 Your family relationships, 92
Topic 4, New job - Email likes Questionnaire, Why are you
and dislikes, 74 learning English? 102
Topic 5, Holiday Email, 103 Topic 6: Names in your
Topic 6, Facebook entry - new country, 124
flat future plans, 131 Topic 7: Money in your
Topic 7, Sentence word order + country, 157
prepositions, 165 Snacks in your country, 161
Topic 8, Arrangements for Topic 8: Invitations in your
world trip, 203 country, 191
Topic 9, Film Summary and How long does it take
review, 241 you? 195
Topic 10, Your Life Story, 281 ~ Public Transport, 202
Topic 9: Meeting people you
You, your family and your know, 219
country - Speaking/ Large numbers, population of
Writing your country etc., 221
Topic 1 About you - food and Topic 10: On which floor?
drink, 15 (10) 269
Topic 2: Food and drink in your Hotels in your country, 280
country, 36

374
“Global scale” of the Common European Framework of Reference
for Languages: learning, teaching, assessment (CEFR)
Can understand with ease virtually everything heard or read, Can
summarise information from different spoken and written sources,
reconstructing arguments and accounts in a coherent presentation. Can
express him/herself spontaneously, very fluently and precisely, differenti-
ating finer shades of meaning even in more complex situations.

Can understand a wide range of demanding, longer texts, and recognise

implicit meaning. Can express him/herself fluently and spontaneously
Advanced
5 without much obvious searching for expressions. Can use language
flexibly and effectively for social, academic and professional purposes.
Can produce clear, well-structured, detailed text on complex subjects,
showing controlled use of organisational patterns, connectors and
cohesive devices.

Can understand the main ideas of complex text on both concrete and
abstract topics, including technical discussions in his/her field of speciali-
sation. Can interact with a degree of fluency and spontaneity that makes
regular interaction with native speakers quite possible without strain for
either party. Can produce clear, detailed text on a wide range of subjects
oO
EY) and explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the advantages and
= disadvantages of various options.
3 LEVEL
CEFR
B2
C1
C2 (A
Level)
a)
E
2
Can understand the main points of clear standard input on familiar
matters regularly encountered in work, school, leisure, etc. Can deal
with most situations likely to arise whilst travelling in an area where the
language is spoken. Can produce simple connected text on topics which
are familiar or of personal interest. Can describe experiences and events,
dreams, hopes and ambitions and briefly give reasons and explanations
for opinions and plans.
B1 (Higher
GCSE)
CEFR
LEVEL

Can understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to

areas of most immediate relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family
information, shopping, local geography, employment). Can communicate
in simple and routine tasks requiring a simple and direct exchange of
information on familiar and routine matters. Can describe in simple terms
aspects of his/her background, immediate environment and matters in
areas of immediate need.
CEFR
LEVEL
A2:(Foundation
GCSE)

Can understand and use familiar everyday expressions and very basic
Beginner phrases aimed at the satisfaction of needs of a concrete type. Can in-
troduce him/herself and others and can ask and answer questions about
personal details such as where he/she lives, people he/she knows and
things he/she has. Can interact in a simple way provided the other person
talks slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.

CEFR
LEVEL
At
© Council of Europe. www.coe.int/lang.
Extract reproduced with the permission of the Council of Europe, Strasbourg
For learning on the go download our Complete English as a
Foreign Language companion app:
English as a Foreign Language: Teach Yourself
¢ Choose how you learn - our apps follow the same unit structure as
our courses, so you can get extra practice wherever and whenever
you want.
¢ Make learning fun —- our apps are packed with interactive activities
that give you immediate feedback.
* Take your learning further — compare your spoken answers and
pronunciation to recordings of native speakers with our unique
record and compare feature.
¢ Listen as you learn — our apps include full audio to accompany
dialogues and listening exercises.
¢ Control your learning — track your progress and your scores to
quickly identify what you need to review.

PWecTitcloltemela meat)
C PAV)obs) (0)c=
ANDROID APP ON

> Google play

Image Credits
P1724, © National Rail
P182 © Shutterstock.com
P182 © National Rail
P259 © Shutterstock.com

Image Credits 377

SOTPeHY PEEL
fe
 Discover a new way tolearn —
English as a Foreign Language
Complete English as a Foreign Language gives Sandra Stevens has
you all the language, practice and skills you need Lae nue |
to communicate comfortably and accurately italien entail
in English. Move confidently from beginner to world including for
intermediate level with this complete course that __ the British Council.
enables you to master the four key skills: reading, She is the University
writing, listening and speaking. | Star h. os a
Through authentic conversations, vocabulary building, —Certificate in English
grammar explanations, extensive practice and Language Teaching
review you will get the knowledge to use the language eee lh rs
how you want to when you want to — from giving oe
opinions to making plans.
With our interactive Discovery Method, you'll absorb
language rules faster, remember what you learn easily,
and put your English into use with confidence. Complete
English as a Foreign Language delivers noticeable results: ‘
language
co!
@ *Learn to learn — tips and skills on how to be a C1? 6.202 2 0 9:0:4 em e.e8

better language learner

PERFECT YOL
@ Outcomes-based learning — focus your studies B2°eeseeseasesaes

with clear aims oA

Bleossecccene
des og.
@ Discovery Method - figure out rules and patterns
for yourself to make the language stick COMPLET
@ Test yourself— see and track your own =
@ Get your companion app— for
INTERMEDIATE
LEVEL
ADVANCED
BEGINNER
more learning on the go
Apple and Android versions available.

{ By the end of this course

Rely on Teach Yourself®, trusted by | will
beatB1of the Comras|
| European Frare+york ( == ’
language learners for over 75 years BF for languages =
~ | most situation =
=
Pe ero Se eee oem Ee e eT nT NN a RT Te a aE whilst travellin =
_}| where'the lan:
Bee eater ISBN-13: 978-1-4736- 8 “) and discussd
ISBN-10: 1-4736-015
reasons and ¢

Join the conversation: i

Ml473"6015 iv TYLanguages Ei Teach Yourself Langu

|EFL $42.00 £24.99 @ TYLanguages ‘in| Teach Yourself Languc
www.hodder.co.uk
Cover photograph © Shutterstock.com